CN100563130C - Illumination light communication device - Google Patents

Illumination light communication device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN100563130C
CN100563130C CN 200380104093 CN200380104093A CN100563130C CN 100563130 C CN100563130 C CN 100563130C CN 200380104093 CN200380104093 CN 200380104093 CN 200380104093 A CN200380104093 A CN 200380104093A CN 100563130 C CN100563130 C CN 100563130C
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
light
information
communication
illumination
lighting
Prior art date
Application number
CN 200380104093
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
CN1723639A (en
Inventor
中川正雄
北野尚吾
小峰敏彦
小池康博
春山真一郎
石榑崇明
菅原靖夫
Original Assignee
株式会社中川研究所
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to JP309557/2002 priority Critical
Priority to JP2002309557A priority patent/JP3827082B2/en
Priority to JP352075/2002 priority
Priority to JP4560/2003 priority
Priority to JP37746/2003 priority
Priority to JP70673/2003 priority
Priority to JP82278/2003 priority
Priority to JP84819/2003 priority
Priority to JP161859/2003 priority
Priority to JP177816/2003 priority
Priority to JP323052/2003 priority
Application filed by 株式会社中川研究所 filed Critical 株式会社中川研究所
Publication of CN1723639A publication Critical patent/CN1723639A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of CN100563130C publication Critical patent/CN100563130C/en

Links

Abstract

本发明就是鉴于上述情形而完成的,其目的是提供实现利用了照明光的通信的各种构成及应用例。 The present invention has been accomplished in view of the above, an object thereof is to provide a configuration implemented using a variety of communication and application examples of the illumination light. 第1发明的技术方案提供一种广播系统,其特征在于,作为其构成具有:用于照明的LED光源(115);用于向LED光源(115)供给电力的电力线(103);对多个信息进行调制和多路化后使之与电力波形重叠并送出到电力线(103)的电力线调制器(102);以及从电力线上经过调制后的多个信息有选择性地分离一个或多个、并控制LED光源(115)的光量或者亮灭的滤波器(112),其中,根据上述LED光源的光量的变化或者亮灭来发送信息。 The first aspect of the invention provides a broadcast system, wherein, as the constituent having: a light source for illuminating an LED (115); a power line for supplying power (103) to the LED light source (115); a plurality of after the information is modulated and multiplexed so as to overlap with the power waveform and fed to a power line (103) of a power line modulator (102); and from the power line through a plurality of modulated information selectively separating one or more, and controlling the LED light source (115) or the amount of light filters (112) blinking, wherein, according to a change amount of the light intensity or blinking of the LED light source to transmit information.

Description

照明光通信装置 Illumination light communication device

技术领域 FIELD

本发明涉及利用照明光进行通信的技术。 The present invention relates to an illumination light communication technology. 背景技术 Background technique

近些年,随着便携终端等的普及利用了电波的通信系统已成为身边之物。 In recent years, with the spread of portable terminals using a radio wave communication system has become the object side. 最近随着频率的枯竭,进而波长较短的红外线等的利用也得以盛行。 Recently with the exhaustion of the frequency, and thus the use of shorter wavelength infrared rays is also prevalent. 但是,除了频率的枯竭以外电波对医疗设备或各种精密设备的影响也得到确认,另外关于红外线还担心其对人体的影响(例如眼睛安全等)。 However, in addition to the effects of radio frequency depletion of medical devices or various precision equipment has also been confirmed, in addition to also worry about its impact on infrared human body (such as eye safety). 为此,作为可安全地进行通信的办法利用光的通信就为人所关注。 To this end, as a way to communicate safely using optical communication on human interest.

另一方面,通过蓝色LED的开发而实现了白色LED。 On the other hand, the blue LED is developed to achieve a white LED. 白色LED与以往的白热电灯或荧光灯等相比具有电力消耗格外少,另外小型且长寿命之类的特征。 And the like conventional white LED lamp of incandescent or fluorescent lamps having particularly low power consumption, small size and a long life additional features such comparison. 为此,就考虑将该白色LED作为照明光源进行利用。 For this purpose, consider the white LED as a light source for use. 白色LED进而还具有对于所输入的电力应答速度快之类的特征。 Further features white LED also has a power input for the response speed or the like. 着眼于此特征,通过以电气方式控制亮灭或者光量而使之具有信号传输功能的研究已经进行。 In view of this characteristic, research has been performed by a signal having a transmission function of electrically controlling blinking or light intensity of the.

使利用了这种白色LED的借助于光的信号传输功能,与如上述那样的电力线通信系统融合的研究也已进行。 Signal transmission function makes use of this white LED light by means of research and a power line communication system as described above, it has also been fused. 例如在电子信息通信学会技术研究报告,社团法人电子信息通信学会,2002年3月12日,Vo1. 101, No. 726, pp. 99 - 104等中发明者小峯敏彦,田中裕一,中川正雄提出了「白色LED照明信号传输与电力线信号传输的融合系统J 。在这种系统中,由于使用了光所以可对人体没有影响地、安全地进行通信。而且,还期待着其进一步的应用。 For example, in Information and Communication Engineers Technical Report, Institute of Electronics, Information and Communication Engineers, 2002 March 12, Vo1 101, No. 726, pp 99 -.. 104 like the inventor small peak Toshihiko, Tanaka a, Nakagawa Masao proposed a "white LED power line signal transmission and signal transmission illumination system J fusion. in such a system, since it is possible to use the light without being affected by the human body, to communicate securely. further, also looking forward to further applications.

发明内容 SUMMARY

本发明就是鉴于上述情形而完成的,其目的是提供实现利用了照明光的通信的各种构成及应用例。 The present invention has been accomplished in view of the above, an object thereof is to provide a configuration implemented using a variety of communication and application examples of the illumination light.

本发明提供一种广播系统,其特征在于,具有:用于照明的半导体发光光源;用于向该半导体发光光源供给电力的电力线;对多个信息进行调制,根据频率分割进行多路化或者根据时间分割和所附加标记的信息进行多路化,使之与电力波形重叠并送出到该电力线的信息调制装置;从电力线上的经过调制后的多个信息中,根据频率选择或者根据时间分割的标记选择用光发送的l个或多个信息的选择装置;以 The present invention provides a broadcast system, comprising: a light source for illuminating a semiconductor; a light source to supply power to the semiconductor power line; a plurality of information is modulated according to frequency division multiplexing, or according to time division and information additional marker are multiplexed, so as to overlap the power waveform and sent to an information modulation means of the power line; from a plurality of information after the modulated power line in accordance with frequency selection or separated according to time l or more marker selection means selecting information transmitted light; in

及使被选择的信息的信号重叠在上述半导体发光光源上施加的电压上的叠加装置,其中,根据上述半导体发光光源的光量的变化或者亮灭,以光来发送由上述选择装置选择的信息。 And that the signal information is selected overlap superimposing means on the voltage applied on the semiconductor light source, wherein the above-described semiconductor variation of the light amount emitting light or blinking, the light to transmit information by said selecting means.

本发明提供一种利用所供给的电力来发光并进行照明的电灯泡,其特征在于,具有:用于照明的半导体发光光源;从重叠于所供给的电力的经过调制后的多个信息中,根据频率选择或者根据时间分割的标记选择用光发送的1个或者多个信息的选择装置;以及使被选择的信息的信号重叠在上述半导体发光光源上所施加的电压上的叠加装置,其中,根据上述半导体发光光源的光量的变化或者亮灭,以光来发送由上述选择装置选择的信息。 The present invention provides utilizing power supplied to the light emitting and light bulb lighting, comprising: a semiconductor light emitting source for illumination; a plurality of modulated information supplied from the power of the overlapping in accordance with frequency selective or time division mark selection means selects one or a plurality of light information transmission according to; superimposing a signal voltage superimposed on said semiconductor light source and that the applied information is selected, wherein, in accordance with the semiconductor light source changes the amount of light or blinking, the light to transmit information by said selecting means.

本发明提供一种照明装置,利用供给的电力使用于照明的半导体发光光源发光以照明,该照明装置具有:从重叠于所供给的电力的经过调制后的多个信息中,根据频率选择或者根据时间分割的标记选择用光发送的l个或者多个信息的选择装置;以及使被选择的信息的信号重叠在上述半导体发光光源上所施加的电压上的叠加装置,其中,根据上述半导体发光光源的光量的变化或者亮灭,以光来发送由上述选择装置选择的信息。 The present invention provides an illumination apparatus using the electric power supplied to the lighting using semiconductor light emitting source to illuminate, the lighting device comprising: a plurality of information is superimposed on the electric power supplied via the modulation, according to according to a frequency selection or time division selection marker light transmitted l or plural information selection means; and the selected information signal superimposed on the voltage applied to the semiconductor light source emitting a superimposing means, wherein, according to the semiconductor light emitting light source the change in the amount of light or blinking, the light to transmit information by said selecting means.

笫l发明的目的是提供一种通过电力线信号传输和利用了LED的照明光信号传输,来配送多数信息的广播系统,并且提供一种在这样的广播系统中所用的照明用的电灯泡。 L Zi object of the invention is to provide a power line and a signal transmitted through the use of LED-based lighting optical signal transmission, distribution to most broadcast system information, and provide a broadcast system such as used with an illumination bulb.

在广播系统中,其特征是作为其构成具有:用于照明的LED光源;用于向该LED光源供给电力的电力线;对多个信息进行调制和多路化后使之与电力波形重叠并送出到该电力线的信息调制装置;以及从电力线上经过调制后的多个信息有选择性地分离一个或多个并控制上述LED光源的光量或者亮灭的滤波器装置,其中,根据上述LED光源的光量的变化或者亮灭来发送信息。 In a broadcast system, characterized by having as its constituent: the LED light source for lighting; LED light source for supplying power to the power line; a plurality of information so as to modulate the multiplexed and overlapped with the power waveform and sent the power line to the information modulation device; and a power line from a plurality of modulated information through the selective separation of the one or more light sources and controlling light quantity of the LED or blinking filter means, wherein, based on the LED light source change in the amount of light to transmit information, or blinking.

这样在第l发明中,使多个信息乘载在电力线上进行传输。 L so that the first invention, the plurality of information transmitted by the power line carrier. 而且,例如作为滤波器装置,设置用于选择倌息的选择装置,如果根据所选 Further, for example, as a filter means is provided for selecting groom the information selecting means, if the selected

择的信息来控制LED光源的光量或者亮灭,就那个从该LED光源有选择性地通过光来广播倌息.倌息的逸棒除了通过物理上的滤波器等来进行以外,还能够构成为按照电力线上的指示信息进行选择,或者在接收側装置进行信息的选择. Optional information to control the amount of light or a blinking LED light source, to the light from the LED light by selectively groom broadcast information. Groom the information Yi rod except filter or the like is performed by a physical, but also can be configured is selected according to the instructions of the power line, the receiving-side apparatus or selection information.

更具体地讲,能够构成为在信息调制装置中通过频率分割将多个信息多路化后送出到电力线,在滤波器装置中设置频带各自不同的多个带通滤波器,并选择其一来分离信息.或者,能够构成为在信息调制装置中通过时间分割将多个信息多路化并且在经过分割的信息上附加标记信息后送出到电力线,在滤波器装置中根据标记信息来识別信息并有选择性地分离信息。 More specifically, as the information can be configured by the modulation means after frequency division multiplexed plurality of information sent out to the power line, respectively different frequency bands arranged plurality of bandpass filters in the filter apparatus, and to select one separation information. Alternatively, the information can be configured as a split in the modulation device by a plurality of time multiplexed information and additional information after the division flag information sent out to a power line, the filter apparatus in accordance with the identification information to the flag information and selectively separation information.

另外,提供一种在这样的广播系统中所用的、利用所供给的电力来发光并进行照明的电灯泡,其特征在于,具有:用于照明的LED光源;以及从重叠于所供给的电力的经过调制后的多个信息有选择性地分离一个或多个并控制LED光源的光量或者亮灭的滤波器装置。 Further, there is provided a such broadcasting systems used by electric power supplied to the light emitting and light bulb lighting, which comprising: LED light source for lighting; and after the electric power supplied from overlapping in a plurality of modulated information selectively separating the one or more light amount of the LED light source and controlling the filter means or the blinking. 一般而言所利用的电力是交流,在以交流电力进行使用的情况下采用以下构成为好,即,设置将交流变换成直流的AC/DC变换装置,将用滤波器装置所分离的信息成分重叠于由AC / DC变换装置所变换的直流的电力来驱动LED光源。 Generally AC electricity is utilized, the following configuration in the case of using the AC power as well, i.e., conversion from AC to DC is provided an AC / DC converting means, the filter means with information components separated superimposed on the DC AC / DC converting means converting the power to drive the LED light source. 仅通过取代一般所用的电灯泡而使用这种电灯泡,就能够将电力线上的信息通过光来进行发送。 , The power line information can be transmitted through the light bulb is generally substituted by only used and the use of such electric bulb. 从而,就能够使用原来的照明器具来实现借助于光的信息的配送,而不用进行照明器具的变更等施工。 Thus, it is possible to use the original lighting fixtures to achieve the distribution of information by means of light, without changes lighting equipment and other construction.

第2发明的目的是提供一种在利用了照明光的通信中,利用照明光进行下行链路,并且对于上行链路也通过光(包含红外光等)来进行通信,而实现借助于光的双向通信的照明光通信装置。 The second object of the invention is to provide a communication using illumination light, the illumination light for downlink and for uplink communication is also performed by light (including infrared light), is realized by means of light illuminative light communication device for bidirectional communication.

在作为用于其的下行链路的发送侧,另外成为上行链路的接收侧的照明光通信装置中,其特征在于,具有:发光并进行照明的照明装置;依照数据来控制上述照明装置的闪烁或者光量并对照明光进行调制的调制装置;以及对从外部所送来的调制光进行接受的受光装置, 其中,根据上迷照明装置所发出的照明光来发送数据,并通过上迷受光装置来接收数据。 In the downlink for a transmission side thereof, the other communication apparatus becomes the illumination light receiving side of the uplink, comprising: a light emitting means and illuminating the illumination; in accordance with the data to control the lighting device blinking or light intensity and illumination light modulation means for modulating; and from outside the sent modulated light for the light receiving means for receiving, wherein the light transmitting data in accordance with lighting on a fan illumination device emitted, by the above-light means for receiving data. 根椐这种枸成,就能够与利用照明光的下行链路一起,通过受光装置上行链路也通过光来进行,而实现借助于光的双向通信. As noted citrate into this, it is possible to use a downlink with the illumination light, the light is also performed by the light receiving means through an uplink, and the two-way communication by means of light.

此外,作为照明装置能够由一个或多个LED构成,能够借助于活用了LED的特性的照明光来进行下行链路.另外,受光装置能够接受红外光或者可见光作为调制光.进而,作为受光装置能够用二维传感器构成.由此,就能够通过利用接受调制光的部分和其他部分的信号效率良好地除去扰乱光等噪声成分.另外,通过利用透镜等光学系统, 就能够分离并接受来自多个位置的调制光,接收来自多个发光沐的上行链路。 Further, an illumination device can be constituted by one or a plurality of LED, by means of utilizing the characteristics of the LED illumination light for the downlink. Further, the light receiving means can receive infrared light or visible light as the modulated light. Further, as the light receiving means a two-dimensional sensor can be constructed. thus, it is possible to remove noise components disturbing light or the like with good efficiency by using the other portion and the signal receiving portion of the modulated light. Further, by using an optical system such as a lens, can be separated and received from multiple position of the modulated light received from a plurality of light emitting uplink Mu.

另外,在作为下行链路的接收側,另外成为上行链路的发送側的照明光通信装置中,其特征在于,具有:接受根据数据经过调制后的照明光以取得上述数据的受光装置;以及发出按照待发送的数据经过调制后的光的发光装置。 Further, on the reception side of the downlink, further illuminative light communication device becomes the transmission side of the uplink, characterized by comprising: receiving the data via the modulated light illuminating the light receiving means to obtain said data; and issued in accordance with data to be transmitted to the light emitting device after modulation. 根据这种构成,就能够在受光装置接受借助于照明光的下行链路,通过发光装置来实现借助于光的上行链路。 According to such a configuration, it is possible by means of the light receiving device receives illumination light downlink, the uplink is achieved by means of light emitting devices. 由此,就能够实现借助于光的双向通信。 Accordingly, bidirectional communication can be realized by means of light. 例如在移动终端等也可进行双向通信。 For example, in the mobile terminal or the like can also be two-way communication.

能够将发光装置发出的光设为红外光或可见光。 Light can be emitted from the light emitting device is set to visible or infrared light. 另外通过采用发光装置具有将发光光朝向外部的受光装置的跟踪装置的构成,就能够实现更为可靠的上行链路。 Further by using a light emitting device having a light receiving device to the tracking device emitting light towards the outside, it is possible to realize a more reliable uplink.

进而, 一种作为下行链路的接收侧,另外成为上行链路的发送侧的其他照明光通信装置,其特征在于,具有:接受根据数据经过调制后的照明光以取得上述数据的受光装置;以及反射上迷照明光并且送出按照待发送的数据经过调制后的反射光的反射调制装置。 Further a downlink receiving side, further illuminative light communication device for other uplink transmission side, characterized by comprising: receiving the data via the modulated light illuminating the light receiving means to obtain said data; and the illumination light reflected on the fan and sends data to be transmitted according to the modulation means for reflecting light reflected after modulation. 以这种构成,也能够进行借助于照明光的下行链路,并且利用该照明光的反射光来进行上行链路,双向均实现借助于光的通信。 In this configuration, can be performed by means of the downlink illumination light, and using the reflected light of the illumination light for the uplink, two-way communications are realized by means of light. 进而,如上述那样照明光为非常大的电力,通过将其用于上行链路就能够更为可靠地进行通信。 Further, as described above, the illumination light is very large electric power, it is possible to more reliably communicate through it for the uplink. 另外,由于不需要新的发光装置等,所以就能够将电力消耗抑制到调制所要的电力程度,还能够非常有助于省电力化。 Further, since no new light emitting device or the like, so that power consumption can be suppressed to a level of power to be modulated, can also be very useful power saving.

作为这种反射调制装置,能够采用包含一个或多个角隅反射器(以下,简称为CCR)的构成。 As such reflection modulation means can be employed configuration comprising one or more corner reflectors (hereinafter referred to as CCR) a. CCR具有将光反射到光的入射方向的性质,能够朝向下行链路中所用的照明光的光源送出反射光。 CCR has a light incident direction of light reflected to the nature of the illumination light toward the light source can be used in the downlink out of the reflected light. 利用此反射光来实现上行链路.在这种构成中,不需要用于将上行链路中所用的光朝向受光装罝的跟踪机构.另外,由于能够将从多个光源入射的光朝向各自的光源进行反射,所以在通过来自多个光源的照明光接受下行链路的情况下就能够对各自的光源返回用于上行链路的反射光,能够减轻通信错误等,而使通信品质得以改善. This is achieved by using an uplink reflected light. In such a configuration, it is unnecessary for the light used in the uplink direction the tracking mechanism mounted catching rabbits receiving the light. Further, since a plurality of light sources from the light incident toward each of the reflected light, so that when the light receiving downlink by the illumination light from a plurality of respective light sources can be used to return the reflected light the uplink, a communication error can be reduced, the communication quality is improved .

此外,作为用于进行调制的装置,能够利用光闸根据数据对反射 Further, as means for modulating, according to the data can be utilized for the reflective shutter

光的透过及遮断进行控制,以进行调制.或者能够通过使CCR的反射面变化,使CCR的反射特性变化来进行调制。 Blocking transmission of light control and to perform modulation. CCR or by causing the reflecting surface changes, so that changes in the reflection characteristics of the CCR is modulated.

另外反射调制装置能够采用具有排列了多个CCR的角隅调制阵列;进行配置以成像于上述角隅调制阵列的透镜;和对上述角隅调制阵列中的一个或多个CCR逐个控制反射光的调制的调制装置的构成。 Further reflection modulation means can be employed having a corner cube modulation array arrangement of a plurality of CCR; configured in the imaging lens to the corner cube modulation array; and the above-mentioned corner cube modulation array CCR individually control one or more of the reflected light modulation means configured to modulate. 如上述那样由于CCR具有朝光的入射方向反射光的性质,所以成像了照明光的光源的CCR朝向其光源返回反射光.如果存在多个光源,则各自的光源已成像的CCR就对相对应的光源返回反射光,利用此,通过按对应于各自的光源的一个或多个CCR逐个进行反射光的调制,就可进行并列传输。 As described above, since the CCR toward the incident direction of the light having the reflection properties of the light, so the CCR imaging illumination light source reflected light returns toward its source. If there are multiple light sources, each light source is imaged on the right corresponds CCR retroreflected light source, with this, by modulation of reflected light with one or more CCR individually corresponding to the respective light sources, it can be carried out in parallel transmission.

此外在此情况下作为对一个或多个CCR逐个进行反射光的调制的装置,还能够构成为利用光闸,或者通过使CCR的反射面变化来进行调制。 Also in this case, as means for modulating one or more of the CCR-by reflected light, the modulation can also be configured to use a shutter or by CCR to change the reflection surface.

因为照明有时会被熄灭,故第3发明的目的提供一种在灭灯时也可进行通信,另外谋求红外光通信的有效利用的照明光通信装置,和适合用于这种照明光通信装置的照明元件。 Sometimes because the lighting is extinguished, it is a third object of the invention to provide a light-off time can communicate further illuminative light communication device seeking effective utilization of the infrared light communication, and optical communication suitable for use in such an illumination device lighting element.

在照明光通信装置中,作为用于它的构成,其特征在于,具有: 发光并进行照明的照明装置;依照数据来控制上述照明装置的闪烁或者光量并对照明光进行调制的调制装置;通过照明光以外的光通信方式来发送上述数据的通信装置;以及依照上述照明装置的亮灯及灭灯来切换上述调制装置及上述通信装置的动作的切换装置,其中,上述切换装置进行切换以在上述照明装置灭灯时上述通信装置进行动作。 Illumination light communication device, as for its composition, comprising: a light emitting means and illuminating the illumination; in accordance with the data to control blinking or light intensity of the lighting device and the illumination light modulation means for modulating; by optical communication method other than the illumination light transmitting said data communication apparatus; and a lighting in accordance with the lighting device and the light-off operation of the switching means to switch the modulating means and said communication means, wherein said switching means is switched to the the communication device can be operated off the illumination device lamp. 作为通倌装置能够构成为利用红外光通信来发送数据 As it can be configured to pass groom device communication using infrared light to transmit data

这样,由照明装置发出通过调制装置进行了调制后的照明光,进行照明光通信,并且组合如红外光通信那样历来所进行的通信装置,在将照明装置亮灯时进行照明光通信,在灭灯时进行利用红外光通倌等的通信装置的通信.由此,在照明被熄灭时也能够继续进行通倌. Thus, emitted by the lighting it means illumination light modulated by the modulation means, illumination light communication, and a communication device such as a combination of an infrared light communication as traditionally performed, illumination light communication when the lighting apparatus is in the OFF groom communication by infrared optical communication and other communication devices while the lamp. Accordingly, when the illumination is extinguished can be continued through the groom.

此外,作为通信装置能够在进行红外光通信的情况下在设置于照 Further, as a case where a communication device capable of performing infrared communication as provided in

明装置的多个LED元件上内置可选择性地发出红外光的红外光发光元件部而构成。 Built-infrared light emitting element portion selectively emits infrared light and a plurality of LED elements on the next device is configured. 由此,就不需要另行设置在灭灯时所用的通倌装置,并且能够在室内利用不会出现影子这样所配置的照明装里来进行红外光通信,能够降低阴影的影响进行穗定的红外光通信, Accordingly, it is not necessary to provide the means through groom unlit when used, and can utilize such a shadow does not appear in the indoor illumination apparatus configured to perform infrared communication was possible to reduce the influence of shading will be given of infrared ear Optical Communication,

另外,在照明光通信装置中,其特征在于,具有:发光并进行照明的照明装置;依照数据来控制上迷照明装置的闪烁或者光量并对照明光进行调制的调制装置,其中,上迷调制装置依照亮灯及灭灯的切换指示在亮灯时为了进行照明对上述照明装置一边供给充分的电力一边进行与上迷数据相应的调制控制,在灭灯时进行与上述数据相应的调制控制并使上述照明装置进行仅通信所必需的闪烁。 Further, in the illuminating light communication device, comprising: a light emitting and illumination device for illuminating; in accordance with the data to control blinking or light intensity of the fans of the lighting device and the illumination light modulator for modulating apparatus, wherein the above-modulation switching device according to the indicator lights off the light source to illuminate when supplied while lighting the illuminating means with sufficient power while data corresponding to the above-modulation control is performed corresponding to the data modulation control and when unlit so that the illumination apparatus flashes only necessary for communication.

在这种构成中,也能够进行作为照明具有充分的光量的亮灯时的通信,和在光量不需要时通过仅通信所需要的发光来进行灭灯时的通信。 In such a configuration, it is possible to communicate with, and by the amount of unwanted light emission required for communication only when the lighting illumination of light having a sufficient amount of time to perform communication unlit. 从而,用户能够进行照明的亮灯及灭灯,并且在灭灯时也可进行借助于光的通信。 Thus, the user can perform the lighting and lighting off the light, and when unlit can communicate by means of light.

进而,作为发出照明光的照明元件,其特征在于,包括:发出用于照明的白色光的照明发光元件部;以及发出用于红外线通信的红外光的红外光发光元件部。 Further, illumination light emitted as illumination elements, characterized in that, comprising: a light emitting element that emits illumination section for the white light illumination; and emits infrared light and infrared light emitting element for infrared communication. 能够构成为通过上述照明发光元件部与上述红外光发光元件部区别进行调制驱动可进行利用了照明光的通信,如上述那样能够进行作为照明在亮灯时借助于照明发光元件部的照明光通信,另外在照明的灭灯时进行借助于红外光发光元件部的红外光通信。 It can be configured with a light emitting element portion distinguish the infrared illumination light emitting element via the driving portion can be modulated communication using illumination light as described above can be used as the illumination means of the illumination light emitting element illuminating light communication at the time of lighting portion in addition for communication by means of infrared light emitting element is an infrared light illumination unit when unlit. 由此,在以往的照明光通信中无法进行通信的灭灯时也可进行通信。 Whereby communication is also possible, in the conventional illuminative light communication can not be unlit communication. 另外,不需要为了红外光通信而另行设置通信装置,并且能够进行降低了阴影的影响的稳定的红外光通信,能够提高红外光通信的可能性。 Further, the infrared light communication is not necessary to separately provide a communication apparatus, and is capable of reducing the influence of the shadow of a stable infrared light data communication, the possibility of infrared light data communication can be improved.

此外,作为照明元件的构成,能够适用将红、蓝、绿的发光元件部与红外光发光元件部并列进行了配置的构成,或者将由蓝或紫外光的发光元件部和设置于该发光元件部的周围的焚光剂所构成的照明发光元件部与红外光发光元件部进行了并列配置的构成等。 Further, as a constituent element of the illumination, can be applied to the red, blue, and green light emitting element and the infrared light emitting element section portion arranged in parallel configuration performed, or by ultraviolet light or blue light-emitting element portion and a light emitting element disposed in the portion illumination light emitting element and the infrared light emitting portion of the element portion around the burning agent consisting of light were arranged in parallel configuration and the like. 笫4发明的目的是提供一种利用使用了光纤的照明装置,能够进行高速、高品质的通信的照明光通信方式. Zi object of the invention is to provide a 4 by using the illumination apparatus using an optical fiber, an optical communication system capable of illuminating the communication speed, high-quality.

作为用于它的构成,在利用照明光来传送信息的照明光通信方式 As the illuminating light communication system for its configuration, the illumination light to transmit information

中,其特征在于,具有:放射照明用的光的光源;通过根据待发送的信息控制光源的亮灭或者光量使调制光进行放射的光源控制装置;对从光源所放射的调制光进行导通的光纤;以及设置在光纤的端部对导通于光纤的调制光进行散射后放射的光散射体,其中,将从光散射体所放射的散射光用于照明并且通过该散射光来发送信息. It is characterized in that: a light source light emitted for illumination; by the information to be transmitted from the control light source blinking or light intensity of the modulating light source control means emitted; turned on the light source emitted modulated light fiber; and provided at a rear end portion of the optical fiber to modulate the light conducting fibers scattered radiation in light-scattering body, wherein the light scattering body is radiated from the scattered light and the illumination light for transmitting information through the scattering .

光纤及上述光散射体能够用塑料材料构成.另外,光纤和光散射 Fiber and said light-scattering body can be formed of a plastic material. Further, the optical fiber and light scattering

体能够一体化构成, Integrated body can constitute,

另外光源能够使用放射紫外线或者蓝色光的光源,此时,能够构成为在光散射体中混入荧光体通过荧光光来进行照明及通信。 Further possible to use light source emitting ultraviolet or blue light, this case can be configured as a phosphor mixed in the light scatterer to carry out lighting and communication light by fluorescence. 或者, 能够设置发出各自不同颜色的光的多个光源。 Alternatively, a plurality of light sources can be provided to emit light of different respective colors. 此时能够构成为光源控制装置对多个光源之中的至少一个进行亮灭或者光量的控制。 In this case can be configured as a light source control means controls blinking or light quantity of at least one among the plurality of light sources.

第5发明的目的是提供一种不需要电缆或光纤的敷设施工,且不会如利用电灯线的通信那样产生频带的限制或电波辐射、噪声的重叠等问题的照明光通信系统,和在这种照明光通信系统中所用的照明装置及照明光源。 A fifth object of the invention is to provide a cable or fiber laying does not require construction, and will not as a limitation or radio wave radiation band using power line communication, the illumination optical communication system noise problems like overlap, and in that an illumination source and an illumination device illuminating light types used in the communication system.

作为用于它的构成,在利用照明光进行通信的照明光通信系统中,其特征在于,具有:发出照明光的多个照明装置,以及对上述照明装置在空间中通过光来发送信息的光通信装置,其中,上迷照明装置接受来自上述光通信装置的光以取得信息,并按照上述信息对照明光进行调制。 As for its configuration, the illuminating light communication system using illumination light communication, comprising: a plurality of illumination devices emits illumination light, and the light to transmit information by means of the illumination in the space communication means, wherein the fan means receives light from the illumination optical communication means to obtain information, and said information modulated in accordance with the illumination light. 另外本发明,在相同的照明光通信系统中,其特征在于, 具有:发出照明光的多个照明装置;以及对一个或多个上述照明装置在空间中通过光来发送信息的光通信装置,其中, 一个或多个上述照明装置接受来自上述光通信装置的光以取得信息,对其他照明装置在空间中通过光来进行通信以发送上述信息,在各照明装置中,按照从上述光通信装置或者其他照明装置接收到的上述信息对照明光进行调制并通过照明光来发送信息。 Further according to the present invention, in the same illumination optical communication system, comprising: a plurality of illumination means emitting illumination light; and an optical communication device transmits optical information to one or more of the lighting device through the space, wherein one or more of the illumination device receives light from the optical communication means to obtain information, to the other lighting apparatus via the optical communication in space to transmit the message, in the illumination device, the optical communication apparatus according to the or other lighting means received said information to and modulate the illumination light by the illumination light to transmit information.

根据这种构成,对于具有调制照明光进行通信的功能的照明装置,将发送的信息从光通信装置或者周围的其他照明装置在空间中通过光被送来.即使是利用相同的光的通倌,在利用光纤的情况下,也需要敷设该光纤,但如果在空间中通过光进行通倌則不需要.为此, 可非常简单地构筑照明光通倌系统.另外,如利用电力线的情况那样的频带的限制或电波輻射等之类的问趙也不会发生. According to such a configuration, a lighting device for modulating the illumination light communication function, the information is sent to the transmission light from the optical communication device, or by another lighting apparatus in the space surrounding Even with the same light pass groom in the case of using an optical fiber, the optical fiber need to be laid, but if the through-groom by light in space is not required. for this purpose, can be constructed very simply groom illumination light communication system. Further, as in the case of using a power line as band limitation or the like wave radiation Zhao Q does not occur.

此外,光通信装置能够构成为在光通信装置或其他照明装置之间进行双向通信。 Further, the optical communication device can be configured to perform bidirectional communication between optical communication devices or other lighting device. 进而,通过设置从接受照明光以接收信息的终端装置接受调制光的受光装置,还能够进行与终端装置之间的双向通倌.另 Further, also capable of bidirectional communication between the groom receiving the illumination light from the terminal apparatus to the information receiving terminal apparatus receiving the light by providing the light modulating apparatus. Another

外照明装置,能够将LED等的半导体发光元件作为照明光源来利用。 Outdoor lighting apparatus, such as an LED can be semiconductor light emitting element as an illumination use light source. 作为照明装置例如既可以是室内的照明灯,也可以是路灯等, An illumination device may be, for example, indoor lighting, street lighting and the like may be,

另外, 一种在如上述那样的照明光通信系统中所用的照明装置, 其特征在于,具有:发出照明光的一个或多个照明发光装置;用于在与设置于其他装置的发光装置之间的空间通过光来进行通信的光收发装置;以及基于由上述光收发装置所接收到的信息来控制上述照明发光装置,并进行控制以根据上述信息对来自上述照明发光装置的照明光进行调制使上述信息发送的控制装置. Further, A lighting device as described above, an illumination optical system used in the communication, characterized in comprising: one or more light emitting device emits illuminating illumination light; a light emitting device disposed between the other devices space to optical transceiver means communicating by light; and controlling the illumination light emitting means based on the information received by the optical transceiver, and controls to illumination light from the illumination light-emitting devices according to said information modulated so It said information transmission control apparatus.

根据这种构成,由于如上述那样不需要电缆或光纤等的敷设,所 According to such a configuration, as described above, since the laying no cables or optical fibers, the

单施工,就可构筑照明光通信系统。 Single construction, illuminative light communication system can be constructed.

此外,能够构成为将光收发装置配置在通信方向不同的多个位置,将由某光收发装置所接收到的信息从其他光收发装置对其他装置在空间中通过光来进行发送。 In addition, the optical transceiver can be configured to be means disposed at a plurality of positions different communication directions, an optical transceiver by means of the received information from the other optical transceiver to another in space by means to transmit light. 据此,就可对照明装置的配置赋予自由度,并且不管照明装置的配置如何都可进行信息的传输。 Accordingly, degree of freedom can be given to the configuration of the lighting device, and regardless of how the configuration of the lighting device can transmit information. 另外,能够构成为光收发装置可与其他装置之间进行双向通信,进而,通过设置从接受照明光以接收信息的终端装置接受调制光的受光装置,还能够进行与终端装置之间的双向通信。 Further, the optical transceiver can be configured for two-way communication device with other devices and, in turn, is also capable of bidirectional communication between the terminal apparatus and the illuminating light from the receiving terminal to the information receiving means receives the light provided by the light modulating means . 另外照明发光装置能够将LED等的半导体发光元件作为照明光源来利用。 Further the illumination device capable of emitting semiconductor light emitting device such as an LED as an illumination light source used. 作为照明装置例如既可以是室内的照明灯,也可以是路灯等, An illumination device may be, for example, indoor lighting, street lighting and the like may be,

进而,在安装于照明装置所用的照明光源中,其特征在于,具有: 出照明光的一个或多个照明发光元件;用于在与设置于其他装置的发光装置之间的空间通过光来进行通信的光收发装置;以及基于由上迷光收发装置所接收到的信息来控制上迷照明发光元件,并进行控制以根据上述倌息对来自上述照明发光元件的照明光进行调制使上述信息发送的控制装置. Further, the illumination light source mounted to the lighting apparatus used, which is characterized in comprising: one or more lighting elements emitting illumination light; for performing in a space provided between the light emitting device according to another device by light optical transceiver communication; and based on the information received by the stray light transceiver means controls the above-illumination light emitting element, and controls to illumination from the illumination light emitting element light modulated according to the above-described groom the information so that the information transmitted the control device.

通过这样在照明光源上设置光收发装置或控制装置,就能够原封不动地利用原有的照明装置,仅通过例如将荧光灯或电灯泡与本发明的照明光源进行更换这样的简单的施工就可构筑照明光通信系统. By providing the optical transceiver device or the control device on the illumination light source, it is possible to use the original intact lighting device only by, for example a fluorescent lamp or a light bulb of the illumination source of the present invention is replacement of such a simple construction can be constructed illuminating light communication system.

能够构成为在通信方向不同的多个位置上配置光收发装置,将由某光收发装置所接收到的信息从其他光收发装置对其他装里在空间中通过光来进行发送。 Configuration information can be configured as a plurality of optical transceiver different positions on a communication direction, received by means of an optical transceiver mounted in the other in space by transmitting light from the other optical transceiver. 另外,通过可变更光收发装置的光的收发方向地进行构成,就在被安装于怎样的配置的照明装置的情况下都可进行对应。 Further, a configuration can be changed by the light transmission and reception directions of the optical transceiver, it can be carried out in a case where the corresponding lighting device is mounted on the kind of configuration. 进而,例如像利用荧光灯的照明装置那样,为了对应配列多个照明光源的情况,作为光收发装置设置用于在与邻接的其他照明光源之间的空间通过光进行通信的装置,和在与安装于其他照明装置的其他照明光源之间的空间通过光进行通信的装置为好。 Further, such as for example by using a fluorescent lamp as an illumination apparatus, corresponding to the case of arranging for a plurality of illumination light sources, as for optical transceiver is provided in a space between the other adjacent illumination light source with means for communicating by light, and is mounted with the space between the other lighting source illumination device of the other communication apparatus is carried out by light as well.

在此照明光源中,也能够构成为光收发装置可与其他装置之间进行双向通信。 In the illumination light source, the optical transceiver can be configured as a two-way communication between the devices may be another device. 进而,通过设置从接受照明光以接收信息的终端装置接受调制光的受光装置,还能够进行与终端装置之间的双向通信。 Further, also capable of bidirectional communication between the terminal apparatus and the light receiving device receiving the illumination light receiving terminal apparatus receiving the information provided by the modulated light. 作为 As a

照明发光元件,使用LED等的半导体发光元件为好。 Illumination light emitting element, such as an LED semiconductor light emitting element as well. 此外,该照明光源除了室内照明用光源以外,还可以是路灯等室外用光源。 Further, in addition to the illumination light source indoor lighting, outdoor street lamps may also be a light source.

第6发明,作为第l应用例,其目的是将用于对于人们使光直接可见的显示装置中所用的LED等的半导体发光元件,利用于装置间的通信。 Sixth invention, as a first application example l, for the purpose of the semiconductor light emitting element such as an LED display device for people directly visible light is used, the use of the communication between devices.

作为用于它的构成,在具有显示用的半导体发光元件的电气设备中,其特征在于,具有:按照信息来控制上述半导体发光元件的亮灭或者发光量的控制装置,并利用显示用的上述半导体发光元件来发送信息。 As for its configuration, the electrical device having a semiconductor light emitting element in the display, characterized by comprising: in accordance with the above-described information to control the semiconductor light emitting element blinking or light emission amount control device, display and use of The semiconductor light emitting element to transmit information. 例如,用于显示装置的状态的LED光源或、显示装置的照明用的LED光源等历来根据各自的显示目的来进行设置,通过将该半导体发光元件利用于设备间的通信,就可进行信息的传输而不用设置新的通信装置。 For example, for displaying the status of the device or an LED light source, an LED display light source illumination device always be set according to the respective display purposes, the light emitting element is used for communication between devices, the information can be carried out by the semiconductor transmission without providing a new communication device. 另外,即使在具有用于装饰的LED光源的装置中,也能够使诸如该装饰的本来的功能持有信息的传输之类的新功能。 Further, even in a device having a LED light source for decoration, it is possible to make the original functions such as functional decoration hold the new transmission of such information. 另外,在外观上部件也不会增加,且不会损害与以往同样的设计。 Further, the member does not increase the appearance, and without compromising the same conventional designs.

利用了显示用的半导体发光元件的信息传输,可从本机向其他设备进行信息发送,作为用于接收倌息的构成,能够原封不动地利用例如在电视接收机或盒式录像磁带等中广泛得以利用的使用了红外线的接收装置.或者,还能够构成为设置接受来自外部的光的受光装置, 从其他装置接收通过对光进行调制所送来的信息,发送接收均能够利用光来进行通倌. Display information transmission using the semiconductor light emitting device, the information may be transmitted to another apparatus from the machine as configured for receiving groom the information can be intact using, for example a television receiver or a video tape cassette or the like to take advantage of widely used infrared receiving device. Alternatively, the light receiving device can be configured to receive light provided from the outside, for receiving information sent by modulating the light from other devices, both transmission and reception can be carried out using light pass groom.

另外,在具有利用上述的红外线的接收装置的用于对电气设备进 Further, in a receiving apparatus using the infrared rays into electrical equipment for

行指示的控制器中,其特征在于,具有:接受根据来自电气设备的发送信息经过调制而发出的光以接收发送信息的受光装置;以及用于对电气设备发送指示信息的红外光通信装置.根据这种构成,就能够如上迷那样通过用设置于电气设备的显示用的半导体发光元件所发出的光来接收信息,另外通过红外线对电气设备发送信息,并进行对于电气设备的指示, Row indicated by the controller, comprising: a light receiving device receiving light transmitted information to transmit the information received from the electrical device in accordance with the modulated issued; and an infrared light communication apparatus for electrical equipment transmits instruction information. according to such an optical configuration, it is possible as described above by a fan disposed in the electrical equipment used in the semiconductor light emitting display device receives the information emitted, sending additional information via infrared electrical equipment, and an instruction for electrical equipment,

进而,在具有上述的受光装置的用于对电气设备进行指示的控制器中,其特征在于,具有:半导体发光元件;以及按照对上迷电气设备发送的指示信息来控制上述半导体发光元件的亮灭或者光量的调制装置。 Further, the controller having the above-described light-receiving means for instructing the electric device, comprising: a semiconductor light emitting device; and the order of bright indication information sent by the electrical fan controls the semiconductor light emitting element blinking or light intensity modulation means. 特别是,若设置用于对从半导体发光元件发射的光进行聚光的光学系统,则用于传输信息的光就作为聚光光到达电气设备。 In particular, when the optical system provided for the light emitted from the semiconductor light emitting element is converged, the light for transmitting information to a converging light from reaching the electrical equipment. 如同遮住手电筒那样,能够对欲发送信息的电气设备朝向聚光光,就能可靠地、而且有选择性地、对电气设备通过光来发送信息。 As cover flashlight that can be transmitted towards the electrical equipment to be converging light information can be reliably and selectively, on the electrical device to transmit information via light.

此外,在此情况下,通过设置接受自上述电气设备发出并根据发送信息经过调制后的光以接收上迷发送信息的受光装置,发送接收均可进行借助于光的通信。 Further, in this case, by providing the receiving emitted from the electric apparatus and transmits information via optical communication light receiving device to receive light transmitted information modulated on fan, according to transmission and reception can be carried out by means.

另外,能够在设置了受光装置的控制器的构成中,设置用于对受光装置进行聚光的光学系统。 Further, it is possible by the configuration controller is provided an optical device, an optical system is provided for condensing the light receiving means. 根据这种构成,即使在外部的发光源存在多个的情况下,也能够通过光学系统来选择发光源,并能够有选择性地接收发送信息。 According to such a configuration, even in a case where a plurality of external light-emitting source is present, it is possible to select the light emitting source through the optical system, and is capable of selectively receiving a message.

第7发明,作为第2应用例,其目的是提供一种具有电力效率良好、长寿命的光源的应急灯,并且提供一种将这种应急灯作为异常时的数据发送源进行利用的应急灯无线数椐传输系统和在该系统中所利用的应急灯。 Seventh invention, a second application example, an object is to provide a good power efficiency, long-life source of emergency lights, and emergency lights to provide a method of use such as emergency lamp data transmission source is abnormal noted in the number of wireless transmission systems and emergency lights in the system utilized.

作为用于它的构成,在搭栽蓄电池,在异常时没有外部电源而使光源亮灯的应急灯中,其特征在于:作为光源使用了LED.由于作为LED的特征即较高的电力效率,就能够抑制蓄电池的消耗、实现因蓄电池的小型化带来的装置的小型化或者发光时间的长期化.另外,由于是长寿命,所以能够将光源的更换等的维护间隔变长,并能够削减维修费用.进而,LED在耐撞击性上也出色,能够提供可在剧烈灾害时不会破损地进行利用的应急灯. As for its structure, the battery in the ride planted in abnormal emergency lights lit without the external power source, which is characterized in that: the use of LED as light source, i.e., since the LED is a feature of the high power efficiency, it is possible to suppress consumption of the battery, the device can be miniaturized because of the size of the battery caused by emission or protracted time. Further, since the life is long, it is possible to replace the light source becomes longer maintenance intervals, etc., and can be reduced maintenance costs. Moreover, LED is also excellent in impact resistance, we may be able to provide emergency light will not be damaged in use during strenuous disaster.

进而,能够构成为在这种应急灯上设置存储着在异常时进行传榆的数据的存储装置;以及基于存储装置所存储的数据来控制向LED供给的电力并控制LED的发光量或者亮灭的光调制装置,通过光来传输数据.如上述那样由于LED其应答特性较好,所以可进行基于这样的数据的调制,能够将用于进行显示的光原封不动地用于数据传输.根据这种构成,就能够将在以往仅仅在紧急出口或紧急楼梯等显示的应急灯作为异常时的信息源进行活用。 Furthermore, can be configured as emergency lights provided on such storage device stores the data transmitted elm abnormal; and based on the data stored in the storage means to control the supply of power to the LED and controls the light emission amount of the LED or blinking light modulation means to transmit data through the optical as described above, since the LED is preferably its response characteristics, such modulation may be based on data, can be used for the light display intact for data transmission in accordance with With this configuration, it is possible only to an emergency exit or emergency stair and the like in a conventional emergency light source is displayed as the information of abnormality utilization. 此时,由于原封不动地利用作为应急灯的光源,所以几乎以光源中的电力消耗程度即可解决而不会如声音输出等那样与光源不同消耗很大功率。 At this time, since the intact used as an emergency light source, so that power consumption almost to the extent of the light sources can be solved without the sound output, etc. as light sources of different power consumption greatly. 从而不需要为了这种数据传输功能而重新搭栽大容量的蓄电池,可以显示用所搭载的蓄电池程度进行作为信息源的动作。 Thereby eliminating the need for such data transfer function to re-take the plant a large capacity battery, the display can operate as an information source with the degree of the mounted battery.

进而,还能够构成为设置在异常时以外的时候通过外部电源来驱动的状态下将重叠于外部电源的电压所送来的数据进行分离并解调的解调装置,使通过该解调装置所得到的数据存储在存储装置中。 Demodulation means further be configured such that the external power source voltage is superimposed on the data sent under separate demodulates and is driven by an external power state other than the abnormal time is provided in the apparatus through the demodulator the resulting data is stored in the storage means. 根据这种构成,就能够将在异常时传输的数据在异常时以外的时候通过电源线对各自的应急灯进行配送。 According to such a configuration, it is possible for distribution of the respective emergency lights when an abnormality other than when the abnormal data transmission through a power line. 由此,就能够容易地进行在异常时发送的数据的设定或更新等, Accordingly, it is possible to easily set or the like in the abnormal data transmission,

另外本发明,在利用在异常时没有外部电源而使光源亮灯的应急灯将数据传输到终端装置的应急灯无线数据传输系统中,其特征在于, 应急灯具有:蓄电池;作为光源的LED;存储着在异常时进行传输的数据的存储装置;以及基于存储装置所存储的数据来控制向LED供给的电力并控制LED的发光量或者亮灭的光调制装置,终端装置具有: 接受从应急灯的LED放射的光并变换成电气信号的受光装置;以及对从该受光装置输出的电气倌号进行解调以取得数据的解调装置.根据这种构成,就能够在异常时从应急灯通过光将数据传输到终端装置. 例如,能够使避难硌线或通报筲标等备秤备样的信息与楼层的地困或文章等一起显示在终端装置,能够在异常时顺利地进行利用者的避难引导. Further according to the present invention, when there is no abnormality in the use of the external power source of the emergency lamp lighting to transmit data to a wireless emergency light data transmission system of the terminal apparatus, wherein the emergency lamp has: a battery; the LED as a light source; stores storage device for data transmission at the time of abnormality; and based on the data storage device of the controlled power to the LED supply and controls the light emission amount of the LED, or light modulating device blinking, the terminal apparatus comprising: receiving from emergency lights and an LED light radiated light into an electric signal means; and demodulates the electrical groom the number of light receiving means to obtain output data demodulation means in accordance with such a configuration, it is possible from the emergency light by abnormal. optical transmitting data to the terminal device. for example, it is possible that the other apparatus scale sample preparation information and floor evacuation Ge line or communications Shau standard, etc. trapped or articles displayed together in a terminal apparatus capable of abnormality smoothly user in the evacuation guide.

笫8发明,作为第3应用例,其目的是提供一种将在路上多数设置的照明装置利用于照明以外的用途,实现顺利的交通,并且对道珞的利用者提供种种信息. 8 Zi invention, as a third application example, an object is to provide a lighting apparatus disposed most outside on the road used for illumination purposes, a smooth transportation, and to provide various kinds of information on the track Luo user.

作为用于它的构成,在用于通过路上所设置的多个照明装置对路上进行照明的道路照明控制系统及道路照明控制方法中,其特征在于: 将照明装置以一个或多个设为照明组,按照明组逐个进行例如亮灭或者光量、或者发光光的颜色等的照明的控制, As for its structure, a plurality of illumination devices in the way provided by way of illuminating a road lighting control system and road lighting control method, comprising: the lighting device to illuminate in one or more group, for example, control of the lighting or blinking light amount, the light emission color or the like one by one according to specified groups,

例如能够在路上发生了事故等异常时,利用者进行异常发生的操作或者自动地感知异常来检测异常,按照该异常检测确定进行照明的控制的照明组,就所确定的照明组控制亮灭或光量、颜色等,以报知路上的异常发生。 For example, it can be the occurrence of road accidents abnormality such as the user operation abnormality occurs or automatically sensing abnormality abnormality is detected, determining illumination of group control illumination in accordance with the abnormality detection, to the determined lighting group controls blinking or light quantity, color, etc., to the road abnormality notification. 由于路上的照明装置每隔数10米进行配置,所以能 Since the road lighting device every several tens of meters configuration, it is possible to

够将异常的发生细致地传给道路利用者。 The occurrence of abnormal enough to pass detailed road user. 另外,由于照明装置设置于较高的位置所以可见性也高,可广泛地通知异常的发生。 Further, since the lighting device is disposed in a high position so that the visibility is high, and can be widely notified of the occurrence of abnormality.

另外,在照明装置用半导体发光元件构成的情况下,由于一般而言半导体发光元件具有高速的应答特性,所以通过按照信息使半导体发光元件发出调制光,就能够通过照明光来发送信息。 Further, in the case where the semiconductor light emitting element lighting device constituted, in general the semiconductor light emitting element having high-speed response characteristics, so that according to the information by the semiconductor light emitting element emits modulated light, it is possible to transmit information by the illumination light. 照明光为非常大的电力,通过利用它来发送信息就能够进行可靠的通信。 The illumination light is very large electric power, it transmits information through the use of reliable communication can be performed. 另外,照明装置一般被配置成使路上变得不暗,所以如果从许多照明装置发送相同的信息,即使移动通信也不会中断。 Further, the lighting apparatus is generally configured such that the road does not become dark, if so many of the same information from the illumination transmitting means, even if the mobile communication is not interrupted. 反之由于一个照明装置照明的区域不那么宽广,所以通过按一处或数处的照明装置逐个变更将要发送的信息,还可对比较狭窄的区域逐个进行通信。 Conversely a lighting device since the area illuminated is not so broad, so that, also on the relatively narrow region one by one by one by changing the communication information to be transmitted by the illumination device or at a number.

进而,在如上述那样利用从半导体发光元件从照明装置发送信息的情况下,在弯曲的基板上设置多个上迷半导体发光元件为好。 Further, as described above, in the case of using the transmission information from the semiconductor light emitting element from the illumination device, the plurality of semiconductor light emitting elements is lost in the well on a curved substrate. 根据这种构成,就能够使从路上的照明装置离开的地方的明亮度稍微改善,而维持髙品质的通倌.特别是,通过在照明装置的弯曲的4S^L的端部使指向性变窄,以进行远距离的照明,就能够进一步发挥该效果. According to such a configuration, it is possible to place the brightness of the illumination device away from the road slightly improved while maintaining quality through Gao groom. In particular, by bending the illumination apparatus 4S ^ L so that the end portion of the directivity becomes narrow to illuminate distant, it is possible to further exhibit the effect.

笫9发明,作为笫4应用例,其目的是提供一种可髙速且髙品质地进行移动体通信的移动体光通倌系统及移动体光通信方法. 9 Zi invention, as an application example 4 Zi, an object is to provide a speed Gao and Gao moving body perform quality mobile communication systems and optical communication groom mobile optical communication method thereof.

作为用于它的构成,在对移动体发送信息的移动体光通信系统中,其特征在于:对根据信息经过调制后的光信号进行导通并且自表面将光信号泄漏的泄漏光纤沿上述移动体的移动路径进行敷^L,上述移动体具有,大致相对着上述泄漏光纤设置并接受从上述泄漏光纤泄 As for its structure, the movable body optical communication system for transmitting information to the mobile body, wherein: the movement of information via the modulated optical signal and turned on according to signal leakage from the surface of the optical fiber along a leakage moving path body was deposited ^ L, the movable body having a substantially disposed facing the leaky optical fiber and receiving discharge from the leaky optical fiber

漏的光信号的受光装置;以及对由上述受光装置所接受的光信号进行 Light receiving device of the optical signal leak; and a light signal by the light receiving means is accepted

解调以取得信息的解调装置,通过上述泄漏光纤借助于光将信息发送到上述移动体, Demodulation means demodulates information to obtain, by means of light to transmit information to the movable body via the leaky optical fiber,

另外,在对移动体发送信息的移动体光通信方法中,其特征在于: 将自表面泄漏光信号的泄漏光纤沿上述移动体的移动路径进行敷设, 另外在上述移动体上使接受从上述泄漏光纤泄漏的光信号的受光装置大致相对着上述泄漏光纤进行设置,并且设置对用上述受光装置所接受的光信号进行解调以取得信息的解调装置,使上述泄漏光纤导通根据信息经过调制后的光信号并使光信号从上述泄漏光纤的表面泄漏, 通过设置于上述移动体的上述受光装置接受从上述泄漏光纤的表面泄漏的光信号后用上述解调装置进行解调,而取得信息,由此通过上述泄漏光纤借助于光将信息发送到上述移动体。 Further, in the optical communication method for a vehicle for transmitting information to the mobile body, wherein: the self-surface leakage light leakage signal optical fiber is laid along a moving path of the movable body, additionally makes acceptance on the movable body from the leaky light receiving device of the optical signal fiber leaked almost facing the leaky optical fiber is set, and the set of optical signals the light receiving means receiving demodulating to obtain demodulation means information, so that the leaky optical fiber conducting the information modulated after demodulating an optical signal and an optical signal leaked from the surface of the leaky optical fiber, receiving the optical signal leaked from the surface of the leaky optical fiber by the light receiving means is provided on the movable body by the demodulation means, and acquires information whereby by means of light transmitted to the movable body to the leaky optical fiber by the information.

在这样对移动体发送信息的情况下,使光信号从敷设在移动体的路径的泄漏光纤泄漏,通过设置于移动体的受光装置来接受所泄漏的光信号。 In such a case of transmitting information to a mobile body, the optical signal from the path of the moving body is laid in the leaky optical fiber leaks to receive an optical signal leaked through the light-receiving means provided on the moving body. 在敷设有连续的泄漏光纤的区间,由于从泄漏光纤泄漏相同的光信号,所以如果在该区间内即使移动体移动也能够接受相同的光信号。 In the laid continuous fiber interval leaks, since the leakage from the same optical fiber signal leakage, so even if the moving body moves within the same range can also accept optical signals. 此时,由于是用移动体接受沿移动路径泄漏的光而不是来自固定的点的光,所以能够大致保持泄漏光纤与移动体的距离并且成为近距离的收发光。 At this time, since the receiving light along a path of movement of the moving body with a leakage of light, rather than from a fixed point, it is possible to maintain a substantially leak from the fiber and the moving body becomes close optical transceiver. 从而就可进行高品质的通信。 Thus can perform high-quality communication. 另外由于使用光所以难以受到如电波那样的多通路衰落的影响,即使在隧道内等也能够保持通信品质,另外还可实现高速的通信.进而,在从移动体发送倌息的移动体光通倌系统中,其特征在于: 上述移动体具有,对倌息进行调制的调制装置;将经过调制后的倌息作为光倌号进行放射的发光装里;以及对从上迷发光装里放射的光信号进行导通并且自表面将光信号泄漏的泄漏光纤,另外大致相对着上述移动体的上迷泄漏光纤设里,接受从上述泄漏光纤泄漏的光信号并变换成电气信号的受光装置沿上迷移动体的移动路径以规定的间隔配置多个,通过设置于上述移动体的上述泄漏光纤借助于光将信息从上述移动体发送。 Further the use of light is unlikely to be a multipath fading radio wave as impact, communication quality can be maintained even within a tunnel, the other can realize high-speed communication. Further, the information transmitted from the moving body groom moving body lumen groom system, wherein: the movable body having, for groom the information modulating modulation means; undergone groom the information after the modulated light-emitting device emitted in a light groom number; and radiation from the above-emitting means in the the optical signal is turned on and from the surface of the leaked leakage fiber optic signal, further substantially opposite the fan of the movable body leaky optical fiber provided in the receiving optical signal leaked from the leaky optical fiber and converts it into a light receiving device in the electric signal from the a plurality of spaced fan path of the moving body in a predetermined information transmitted from the moving body passes through the leaky optical fiber provided in the moving body by means of light.

进而,另外在从移动体发送信息的移动体光通信方法中,其特征在于:在上述移动体上设置对信息进行调制的调制装置;将经过调制后的信息作为光信号进行放射的发光装置;以及对从上述发光装置放射的光信号进行导通并且自表面将光信号泄漏的泄漏光纤,将接受从上述移动体的上述泄漏光纤泄漏的光信号并变换成电气信号的受光装置大致相对着上述泄漏光纤、沿上述移动体的移动路径以规定的间隔配置多个,在上述移动体中将信息用上述调制装置进行调制并用上迷发光装置作为光信号发射至上述泄漏光纤,通过上述受光装置接受从上述泄漏光纤的表面泄漏的光信号并变换成电气信号,由此进行来自上述移动体的信息的发送。 Further, also in the optical communication method for a vehicle for transmitting information from the mobile body, comprising: setting modulation means the information modulated on the movable body; it will be a light emitting device emitted through information modulated as an optical signal; and an optical signal emitted from the light emitting device is turned on and from the surface of the optical signal leakage leaky optical fiber and the receiving optical signal from the leaky optical fiber leaks the movable body from and into the light receiving means an electric signal substantially opposite the above leaky optical fiber, a plurality of spaced along the path of movement of the movable body to predetermined information of the moving body will be in the above-described modulation device and light emitting device emits fans to spend the leaky optical fiber as an optical signal, receiving by the light receiving means an optical signal leaked from the surface of the leaky optical fiber and converted into electrical signals, thereby transmitting the information of the movable body from.

在这样从移动体发送信息的情况下,也是使光信号从设置于移动 In the case where such information is transmitted from the moving object, the optical signal is provided from the mobile

体的泄漏光纤泄漏,通过沿移动体的移动路径以规定的间隔所配置的受光装置来接受所泄漏的光信号。 Leak leaky optical fiber member, the light receiving means arranged along a moving path spaced by a predetermined moving body to receive an optical signal leaked. 即使移动体移动、泄漏光纤移动, 光信号在相当于泄漏光纤的长的区间泄漏。 Even if the moving body moves, leakage of fiber movement, a long interval corresponding to the leakage signals leaked light fiber. 从而,如果多个配置的受光装置的至少一个接受从移动体的泄漏光纤所泄漏的光信号,就能够接收来自移动体的信息。 Thus, if at least one of a plurality of arranged light receiving signal from the leaky optical fiber moving body leaked light receiving device, it is possible to receive information from a moving body. 另外,由于移动体上的泄漏光纤与受光装置的距离大致保持恒定,所以可进行高品质的通信,另外由于使用光所以难以受到如电波那样的多通路衰落的影响,即使在隧道内等也能够保持通信品质,另外还可实现高速的通信。 Further, since the leaky optical fiber on the moving body and the distance of the light-receiving means is kept substantially constant, it is possible to perform high-quality communication, while the use of light is unlikely to be fading multipath radio wave as impact, even within a tunnel can be maintaining communication quality, the other can realize high-speed communication.

根据这些第9发明,就能够进行向移动体的信息的发送或者来自移动体的信息的发送。 According to the ninth invention, it is possible to transmit information to the moving body or the transmission of information from the moving body. 在此情况下,移动体侧的泄漏光纤或受光装置能够设置在移动体的地板里,能够将地上倒的泄漏光纤或受光装置^: 置在轨道内。 In this case, the moving body side light-receiving means or the leaky optical fiber can be provided in the floor moving body, the leakage can be an optical fiber or a light receiving device of the ground down ^: set within the track. 由于在进行通倌之际移动体復盖轨遣,所以能够在黑暗中进行借助于光的通信,所以能够降低太阳光等扰乱光的影响进行高品质且髙速的通信. Since during the occasion of moving the body through the groom rail cover removal, it is possible to perform communication by means of light in the dark, it is possible to reduce the influence of disturbing light such as sunlight communicate Gao speed and high quality.

附困说明 Description attached trapped

图l是表示本申请第l发明的广播系统的第l实施方式的框困. Figure l is a block of l trapped embodiment of a broadcasting system of the present invention Application No. l.

图2 (A)是电线上的信号波形的一例的说明困,图2(B)是其部分放大图。 FIG 2 (A) illustrates an example of a signal waveform trapped on the wire, FIG. 2 (B) is a partial enlarged view.

图3是表示本申请笫1发明的广播系统的笫2实施方式的框图。 Zi FIG. 3 is a block diagram of a second embodiment of the present application Zi broadcasting system 1 of the invention. 图4 (A)是表示可适用于本申请第l发明的广播系统的电灯泡的一实施方式的概念图,图4 (B)是电灯泡的装卸形态的说明图。 FIG. 4 (A) is a conceptual diagram applicable to the embodiment of the bulb a broadcasting system according to the present invention, the application of l, FIG. 4 (B) is detachably aspect of the bulb. FIG. 图5是本申请第1发明的第1应用例的说明图。 FIG 5 is an explanatory view of the present application a first embodiment of the present invention is applied. 图6是本申请笫1发明的第2应用例的说明图。 FIG 6 is a sleeping mat 1 of the present application illustrate a second embodiment of the present invention is applied FIG. 图7是表示本申请第2发明笫1实施方式的概略构成图. 图8是照明侧通信装置1的受光部13中的变形例的说明图。 FIG 7 is a schematic block diagram of an embodiment of the present application Zi a second embodiment of the invention. FIG. 8 is a light-receiving portion 13 in the lighting side communication device 1 illustrating a modification of the embodiment. 图9是终端侧通信装置2的发光部22中的变形例的说明图。 FIG 9 is a diagram showing a modification of the light emitting portion 2 of the terminal side communication device 22. 图10是表示本申请第2发明的第2实施方式的概略构成图。 FIG 10 is a schematic configuration diagram showing a second embodiment of the second invention of the present application. 图11是利用镜子作为反射调制部24的一构成例的说明图。 FIG 11 is described using a mirror as a reflector configuration example of the modulation section 24. 图12是CCR的概要的说明图。 FIG 12 is a schematic explanatory view of the CCR.

图13是利用了CCR的情况下的调制方法的一例的说明图,图13 (A)是使用了光闸的形态的说明图、图13 (B)是使用了电介质的形态的说明图、图13 (C)是使用了调节器的形态的说明图。 FIG 13 is the use of an explanatory view showing an example of a modulation method in the case where the CCR, FIG. 13 (A) is an explanation using FIG aspect of the shutters, FIG. 13 (B) is the use of an explanatory diagram form dielectric, FIG. 13 (C) is described using FIG aspect regulator.

图14是至反射调制部24的入射光和经过调制后的反射光的一例的说明图,图14 (A)是表示下行链路的数据传输速度与上行链路的数据传输速度相比高速时的一例的波形图,图14 (B)是表示下行链 FIG 14 is a portion of the incident light to the reflective modulator 24 and the elapsed illustrating an example of the modulated reflected light, FIG. 14 (A) is a high-speed data transmission speed compared with the data transmission rate of the uplink downlink waveform diagram of an example, FIG. 14 (B) is a downlink

时的一例的波形图。 When a waveform diagram showing an example.

图15是将CCR作为反射调制部24进行了搭载的照明光通信装置的利用形态的一例的说明图。 FIG 15 is a CCR as a reflection modulation unit 24 illustrates an example of the use form of the illumination light communication device mounted. 图16是在将CCR作为反射调制部24进行了搭载的照明光通信装置的利用形态的一例中设置了多个照明侧通信装置的情况下的接收信号的合成方法的一例的说明图。 FIG 16 is modulated in the CCR as the reflector portion 24 is a view illustrating an example of the synthesis of signals received in the single case use form illuminative light communication device mounted in a set of multiple lighting side communication devices.

图17是终端侧通信装置2的反射调制部24中的可并列发送的构成例的说明图。 FIG 17 is a diagram showing a configuration example of the terminal side communication reflection modulation portion 24 of the apparatus 2 may be transmitted in parallel.

图18是表示本申请第3发明的照明光通信装置的第1实施方式的框图。 18 is a block diagram showing a first embodiment of the illumination light communication device according to a third application of the invention.

图19是利用开关12 ~ 14的接通切断的动作的一例的说明图。 19 is an explanatory view showing an example using the switch 12 is turned on to 14 the cutting operation.

图20是表示适合用于本申请第3发明的照明光通信装置的本申请第3发明的照明元件的一例的模式图。 FIG 20 is a schematic view showing an example of a lighting element for illumination light communication device for application of the present third invention of the present application the third invention.

图21是本申请第3发明的照明元件的一例的对本申请第3发明的照明光通信装置的适用例的说明图。 FIG 21 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of an illumination device of the present invention, the third application of the present invention is suitable for application of the third embodiment of the illumination light communication device.

图22是表示适合用于本申请第3发明的照明光通信装置的本申请第3发明的照明元件的其他例子的模式图。 FIG 22 is a schematic view showing another example of a lighting element for illumination light communication device used in the present invention, the application of the third application of the present third invention.

图23是本申请第3发明的照明元件的其他例子的对本申请第3发 FIG 23 is another example of the lighting device of the present application the third invention of the present application made 3

明的照明光通信装置的适用例的说明图。 FIG DESCRIPTION application example of the illumination light out of the communication apparatus.

图24是表示本申请第3发明的照明光通信装置的第2实施方式的框图。 24 is a block diagram showing a second embodiment of the illumination light communication device according to a third application of the invention.

图25是一般的白色LED的一例的构成图,图25 (A)表示设置3 色的发光元件的例子,图25 (B)表示利用了荧光材料的例子。 FIG 25 is a diagram showing an example of a general configuration of a white LED, FIG. 25 (A) showing the light emitting elements of three colors of example, FIG. 25 (B) showing an example using a fluorescent material. 图26是表示本申请第4发明的第1实施方式的概念图。 FIG 26 is a conceptual diagram showing a first embodiment of the fourth invention of the present application. 图27是表示本申请第4发明的第1实施方式中的第1变形例的概念图。 FIG 27 is a conceptual diagram showing a first modification of the fourth invention of the present application to the first embodiment.

图28是表示本申请笫4发明的第1实施方式中的第2变形例的概念图。 FIG 28 is a conceptual diagram showing a second modification of the present invention, the first application Zi 4 1 embodiment.

图29是表示本申请第4发明的第2实施方式的概念图。 FIG 29 is a conceptual diagram showing a second embodiment of the fourth invention of the present application. 图30是表示本申请第4发明的第2实施方式的变形例的概略构成图。 FIG 30 is a schematic configuration diagram showing a modification of the fourth invention of the present application according to a second embodiment.

图31是本申请第4发明的应用例的说明图。 FIG 31 is a diagram showing an application example of a fourth invention of the present application. 图32是以往的利用了光纤的照明装置的一例的说明图。 FIG 32 is a conventional diagram showing an example of the use of the optical fiber illumination device. 图33是表示本申请第5发明的照明光通信系统的第1实施方式的概念图。 FIG 33 is a conceptual diagram showing a first embodiment of the illumination light communication system according to embodiments of the present invention is the fifth application.

图34是表示本申请第5发明的照明光通信系统的第2实施方式的概念图。 FIG 34 is a conceptual diagram showing the second embodiment of the illumination light communication system according to embodiments of the present invention is the fifth application.

图35是表示本申请第5发明的照明光通信系统的第2实施方式中的照明器具的一例的平面图。 FIG 35 is a plan view showing an example of the lighting apparatus of the second embodiment of the illumination light communication system according to the fifth application of the present invention.

图36是表示本申请第5发明的照明光通信系统的第2实施方式的第l变形例的概念图,图36(A)是截面图,图36(B)是斜视图。 FIG 36 is a conceptual diagram showing a second embodiment of the l embodiment illuminative light communication system of the present invention, a fifth modification of application, FIG. 36 (A) is a sectional view, FIG. 36 (B) is a perspective view.

图37是表示本申请第5发明的照明光通信系统的第2实施方式的 FIG 37 is a second embodiment of the illuminating light communication system according to the fifth application of the present invention.

第2变形例的概念图。 The second modification example of the conceptual diagram.

图38是表示本申请第5发明的照明光通信系统的第2实施方式的 FIG 38 is a second embodiment of the illuminating light communication system according to the fifth application of the present invention.

第3变形例的概念图。 A third modification example of the conceptual diagram.

图39是表示本申请第5发明的照明光通信系统的笫3实施方式的 FIG 39 is a diagram showing a third embodiment Zi illuminating light communication system according to the fifth application of the present invention.

概念图。 Concept map.

图40是表示本申请第5发明的照明光通信系统的第3实施方式的其他概念图。 FIG 40 is a conceptual diagram showing another embodiment according to the third embodiment of the illuminating light communication system according to the fifth invention of the present application.

图41是本申请笫5发明的照明光通信系统的第3实施方式中的照 FIG 41 is an illumination optical communication system of the present invention is undertaking of application 5 according to the third embodiment of the embodiment according to

明光源的一例的说明图。 Illustrating an example of a bright light source.

图42是表示本申请第5发明的照明光通信系统的第4实施方式的 FIG 42 is a diagram showing a fourth embodiment of the illuminating light communication system according to the fifth application of the present invention.

概念图。 Concept map.

图43是本申请笫5发明的照明光通信系统的第4实施方式中的照 FIG 43 is an illumination optical communication system of the present invention is undertaking of application 5 according to the fourth embodiment of the embodiment according to

明光源的一例的说明图。 Illustrating an example of a bright light source.

图44是表示本申请第5发明的照明光通信系统的第5实施方式的 FIG 44 is a fifth embodiment of the illuminating light communication system according to the fifth application of the present invention.

概念图。 Concept map.

图45是表示本申请第6发明的电气设备的一实施方式的框图。 FIG 45 is a block diagram illustrating an embodiment of an electrical apparatus according to a sixth application of the invention. 图46是表示本申请第6发明的电气设备的一实施方式中的第1应用例的概略图。 FIG 46 is a schematic diagram of a first application example of the present embodiment application of electrical apparatus in the sixth invention.

图47是表示本申请第6发明的电气设备的一实施方式中的第1应用例的变形例的概略图。 FIG 47 is a schematic view showing a modified example of the first application example of an embodiment of the present embodiment application of electrical apparatus in the sixth invention.

图48是表示本申请第6发明的电气设备的一实施方式中的第2应用例的概略图。 FIG 48 is a schematic diagram showing a second application example of an embodiment of the present embodiment application of electrical apparatus in the sixth invention.

图49是表示本申请第6发明的电气设备的一实施方式中的第2应用例的变形例的概略图。 FIG 49 is a schematic view illustrating a modification of the second embodiment of an application example of the present embodiment application of electrical apparatus in the sixth invention.

图50是表示本申请第6发明的电气设备的一实施方式中的第3应用例的概略图。 FIG 50 is a schematic diagram of a third application example of the embodiment of the present embodiment application of electrical apparatus in the sixth invention.

图51是表示本申请第6发明的电气设备的一实施方式中的第4应用例的概略图。 FIG 51 is a schematic diagram of a fourth embodiment of an application example of the present embodiment application of electrical apparatus in the sixth invention.

图52是表示本申请第6发明的电气设备的一实施方式中的第S应用例的概略图。 FIG 52 is a schematic view showing an application example of one embodiment of the electrical apparatus of the present invention in the sixth application of S.

图53是在电气设备中将LED作为显示用进行利用的形态的一例的说明图,图53 (A)表示电视接收机的例子,图53(B)中表示音频设备的例子,图53 (C)表示计测器等的仪表的例子。 FIG 53 is a LED in the electrical equipment for use as a display illustrating an example of morphology, FIG. 53 (A) shows an example of a television receiver, FIG. 53 (B) representing an example of an audio device, FIG. 53 (C ) shows an example of the measuring instrument or the like.

图54是在电气设备中将LED作为显示用进行利用的形态的其他例子的说明图,图54(A)表示设置了液晶面板的设备的例,图54(B) 表示节点个人计算机的例子,图54 (C)表示利用于圣诞树的灯饰的例子。 FIG 54 is a LED in the electrical device as another example was carried out using a display form of an explanatory diagram, FIG. 54 (A) represents an embodiment of the device is provided a liquid crystal panel, FIG. 54 (B) showing an example of a personal computer node, FIG. 54 (C) examples of the use of Christmas tree lighting in FIG.

图55是表示本申请第7发明的应急灯以及应急灯无线数据传输系统的一实施方式的框图。 FIG 55 is a block diagram of an embodiment of an emergency light 7 of the present application and invention, a wireless emergency light data transmission system.

图56是作为光源的LED阵列的一例的说明图,图56 (A)表示拆掉应急灯的灯罩的外观,图56 (B)表示所用的LED阵列的一例,图56 (C)表示设置于灯罩的图画显示的其他例子。 56 is an explanatory view showing an example of an LED array light source, FIG. 56 (A) represents removed emergency light appearance of the shade, FIG. 56 (B) shows an example of an LED array used, FIG. 56 (C) represents disposed other examples shade picture display.

图57是表示本申请第7发明的应急灯及应急灯无线数据传输系统的其他实施方式的框图。 FIG 57 is a block diagram illustrating another embodiment of the wireless emergency light data transmission system of the seventh invention of the present application and emergency lights.

图58是表示本申请第8发明的道路照明控制系统的第1实施方式的框图。 FIG 58 is a block diagram of an embodiment of a road lighting control system according to the eighth invention of the application.

图59是异常发生时的照明灯的照明的形态的一例的说明图。 FIG 59 is a form of illumination lamp illumination when an abnormality occurs explaining an example of. 图60是表示本申请第8发明的道路照明控制系统的第2实施方式的概略构成图。 FIG 60 is a schematic configuration view showing a second embodiment of the road lighting control system according to the eighth invention of the application.

图61是表示照明灯的发光部分的基板形状的一例的概略截面图。 FIG 61 is a schematic sectional view showing an example substrate shape of the light emitting portion of the illumination lamp.

图62是表示本申请第9发明的一实施方式的概略构成图。 FIG 62 is a schematic configuration diagram showing an embodiment of the ninth invention of the present application.

图63是向本申请第9发明的一实施方式中的移动体11发送信息时 FIG 63 is a message sent to the application of the present invention, a ninth embodiment of the moving body 11

(下行链路)的动作的一例的说明图。 Illustrating an example of (downlink) operation.

图64是从本申请第9发明的一实施方式中的移动体11发送信息时 FIG 64 is a message sent from the application of the present invention, a ninth embodiment of the moving body 11

(上行链路)的动作的一例的说明图。 Illustrating an example of (uplink) operation.

具体实施方式〈笫1发明> DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENTS <1 Zi invention>

首先,就本申请第l发明进行说明。 First, the present application will be described l invention. 第l发明涉及通过光来配送信息的广播系统、和适合用于这种广播系统的电灯泡。 The first invention relates to a broadcast system to l delivered information by light, and a light bulb suitable for such broadcast system.

作为通信系统之一,电力线通信系统得以研究。 As the study is one of communication systems, power line communication system. 此电力线通信系统是将敷设于房屋或大楼、供给电力的电力线原封不动用作信号传输介质来传输信息的。 This power line communication system is laid in a house or building, a power line supplying power intact as a signal transmission medium to transmit information. 电力线是普及率非常高的基本设施,基本上可在用电力线所连结的设备间进行通信。 Power line is a very high penetration rate infrastructure, substantially communicate between devices connected with the power line. 但是,在例如像便携终端等那样未用电力线所连结的设备之间则无法进行通信。 However, devices like that, for example, between the electric power lines are not linked to portable terminals can not communicate. 本发明提供以下广插_ 系统对未用该电力线所连结的设备,特别是对多数的设备配送信息。 The present invention provides the following system wide _ interpolation using the device is not connected to the power line, in particular the distribution of information to most devices.

图l是表示本申请第l发明的广播系统的笫l实施方式的框图。 FIG Zi l l is a block diagram embodiment of a broadcasting system of the present invention Application No. l. 图中,101是信息源,102是电力线调制器,103是电力线,104、 105是万能插口, 106是LED照明器具,107是受光终端,111是AC/DC变换部, 112是带通滤波器,113是选择部,114是叠加部,115是LED组。 FIG, 101 is a source of information, 102 is a power line modulator, 103 is a power line, 104, 105 is a universal socket, 106 is an LED lighting apparatus 107 is a light reception terminal, 111 is an AC / DC conversion unit, 112 is a bandpass filter , 113 denotes a selector, 114 is a superposition unit 115 is an LED group. 信息源101除了计算机以外,还能够由TV或CATV,无线电收音机、有线广播等的调谐器或接收机等、输出各种各样的信息的设备构成。 The information source 101 in addition to a computer, is also possible, outputting various information apparatus constituted by the CATV or the like TV, radio receivers, cable broadcast, a tuner or a receiver. 从而, 作为进行广播的信息,还可以是映像或音乐、声音、图像、文字数据等各种各样的信息。 Thus, as the information is broadcast, it can also be a variety of image information or music, sounds, images, text and other data. 进行广播的信息还可以为一个或多个,在这里设多个信息#皮输出。 Broadcast information may also be one or more, where a plurality of information provided # skin output.

电力线调制器102对从信息源IOI输出的一个或多个信息进行调制和多路化,并重叠于电力波形后送出到电力线103。 Power line modulator 102 to one or more information from the information source is modulated and the output IOI multiplexing, and superimposed on the power waveform to the power feed line 103. 此外,在通常的电力线通信中,为了实现双向通信还具有解调装置的情况较多,但由于在广播系统中是单向的通信所以不需要解调装置。 Further, in the conventional power line communication, in order to achieve two-way communication with further apparatus demodulation many cases, it is a one-way communication in a broadcast system is not required demodulating means. 另外,在此例子中作为信息的多路化方法的一例通过频率分割来进行多路化。 One example of the multiplexing method in this example as the information to be multiplexed through frequency division.

电力线103—般是敷i殳于室内、室外的电线。 Power Line 103- Shu i like is deposited on indoor and outdoor wires. 该电力线103能够佳: 用原有的电线。 The power line 103 can be good: use existing wires. 另外,为了从电力线103接受电力的供给,在墙面等上设置万能插口104, 105等。 Further, in order to receive power from the power supply line 103, a universal connector is provided on a wall surface 104, 105 and the like. 此万能插口104, 105也能够使用原有的插座。 This universal connector 104, 105 can be used in existing socket. 在图l所示的例子中,设将电力线调制器102插入万能插口104,另外,将LED照明器具106插入万能插口105来使用。 In the example shown in Figure l, provided the power line modulator 102 is inserted into the universal connector 104, Further, the LED lighting element 106 is inserted into the socket 105 universal use. 当然,电力线103 以及万能插口104, 105均重新进行设置也无妨。 Of course, the power line 103, and a universal connector 104, 105 are re-set it anyway. 此外,在此例子中i殳作为电力供给被用作一般的商用电力的交流电力。 Further, in this example, i is used as the AC power Shu general commercial power as a power supply.

LED照明器具106是连接到电力线103用于照明附近的照明器具。 LED lighting apparatus 106 is connected to the power line 103 near the lighting fixture for illumination. 例如若在室内则设置于顶棚等。 For example, if the room is set in the ceiling and so on. 除此以外还可以是聚光照明等、种种用途的照明器具。 In addition to the lighting fixture may also be spot lighting and other various purposes. 在此例子中,LED照明器具106包含AC/DC变换部111、带通滤波器112、选择部113、叠加部114、 LED組115等而构成。 In this example, LED lighting apparatus 106 includes AC / DC conversion unit 111, a bandpass filter 112, selection unit 113, the superimposition unit 114, LED group 115 and the like configured.

由于为了使LED组115发光需要通过直流电力来进行驱动,所以AC/DC变换部111是将从电力线103供给的交流电力变换成直流。 Since the light emission for the LED group 115 needs to be driven by DC power, the AC / DC conversion unit 111 is supplied from the AC power line 103 into direct current power. 作为AC/DC变换部111能够使用已有的技术。 As the AC / DC converting unit 111 can use existing technology. 另外,还结合LED组115 的动作电压来进行电压的调整。 Further, in conjunction with the operation voltage of the LED group 115 to adjust the voltage. 进而,在带通滤波器112中还进行动作所需要的电力的供给。 Further, the band pass filter 112 is also supplied electric power necessary for the operation. 此外,如上述那样由于在电力线103上重叠着经过调制后的信息的波形,所以希望例如通过平滑化电路等使得信息的波形尽量不出现在直流波形上。 Further, as described above, due to overlap with the waveform information after modulated on the power line 103, it is desirable, for example, by a smoothing circuit such that the waveform information as much as possible not appear on the current waveform.

带通滤波器112是为了抽取在电力线103上所重叠的信息的信号而设置的。 Band-pass filter 112 to extract the information signal on the power line 103 is provided to overlap. 如上迷那样,在该例子中由于各自的信息通过频率分割被多路化,所以可以由仅仅使特定频率通过的带通滤波器l 12从多个信息之中有选择性地分离一个信息。 Fans as described above, in this example, since the frequency of each of the divided information is multiplexed, it is possible only by a band-pass filter 12 l of a specific frequency by selectively separating a plurality of information from among information. 在图1所示的例子中表示出分别并列设置使通过的频率不同的多个带通滤波器的例子。 In the example shown in FIG. 1 shows that the examples are provided in parallel a plurality of different frequency band pass filters pass. 或者、还能够由可以变更使通过的频带的带通滤波器构成。 Alternatively, the band can be made by the band-pass filter can be changed is composed. 此外,关于经过分离后的信息的波形,还可以外加偏压、或者实施整形或放大等。 In addition, information on the waveform after separation, may also be applied bias, or plastic or amplification embodiment.

选择部113选择在设置于带通滤波器112的多个滤波器之中将使用的一个或多个滤波器,由此来选择用光来进行配送的信息。 Selecting unit 113 selects one or more filters in the filter 112 is disposed in a plurality of band-pass filter to be used, to thereby select light distribution information. 选择除了用手动进行以外,还可以有选择性地解调作为某特定频率所送来的控制信号,并根据该控制信号来进行滤波器的选择这样来构成等、也可以是通过其他方法来进行选择这样的构成。 In addition to be manually selected may also be selectively demodulated control signal as being sent to a particular frequency, and thus to choose a filter constructed according to the control signal and the like, may be performed by other methods such a configuration selected. 或者,也可以是采用可 Alternatively, use may also be

以变更带通滤波器112使之通过的频率的构成,选择部113对带通滤波器112设定与配送的信息相应的频率这样的构成。 To change the band-pass filter 112 to pass therethrough so as to frequency and distribution information setting 112 a band-pass filter 113 of the selection unit corresponding to the frequency of such configuration. 虽然在图l中将选择部113设置在带通滤波器112的前级,但也可以设置于其后级。 Although the selection unit 113 is provided in Figure l in the front-stage band-pass filter 112, but may be provided rear stage thereof. 另外, 在可以变更带通滤波器112使之通过的频带的构成的情况下也可以是作为选择部113按照特定频率的控制信号对带通滤波器112设定频带这样的构成。 Further, in the case where the configuration can be changed so that bandpass filter 112 may be passed through the selection unit 113 as a bandpass filter 112 configured to set a frequency band according to a control signal such as a specific frequency. 进而,在作为该LED照明器具106仅仅配送以固定的频率所送来的信息的情况下则不设置选择部113、作为带通滤波器112具备使固定的频带通过的滤波器即可。 Further, selecting section 113 are not provided only at a fixed frequency distribution of the information sent as the case where the LED lighting device 106, bandpass filter 112 includes a filter to make the fixed frequency band.

叠加部114使由带通滤波器112抽取出的信息的信号重叠在用AC /DC变换部111变换成直流的电力波形上。 Superimposing the upper portion 114 from the superimposed information signal band-pass filter 112 extracted with AC / DC conversion unit 111 is converted into direct current power waveform. 由此就能够根据信息的信号使外加于LED组115的电压变化,并能够控制LED組115的光量或者亮灭。 Whereby it is possible to make the applied voltage to the LED group 115 changes in accordance with the information signal, and can control the light amount of the LED group 115 or blinking. 还可以是例如在使LED组115亮灭的情况下根据来自带通滤波器112的信号对来自AC / DC变换部111的电力进行ON / OFF控制这样的构成。 It may also be carried out, for example, the power from the AC / DC conversion unit 111 based on a signal from the band-pass filter 112 in the case of blinking the LED group 115 is ON / OFF control of this configuration.

LED组115基本上是用于进行照明的LED光源,例如能够用多数白色LED等构成。 LED group 115 is basically an LED light source for illuminating, for example, with the majority of the white LED and the like. 当然,釆用汇集红、蓝、绿的LED的构成也同样如此。 Of course, preclude the use of a collection of red, blue and green LED configuration is the same. 该LED组115由从叠加部114给与的电力进行驱动后发光。 The light emitting LED group 115 is driven by the power from the superimposing unit 114 is given. 由于LED 应答特性较好,所以能够通过根据信息的信号使光量变化,或者进行亮灭利用光来配送信息。 As the LED better response characteristic, it is possible to make the light amount distribution information by a change of the signal information, using light or by blinking. 此时,即便使光量高速变化或使其亮灭,由于人们的眼睛不会有知觉所以也能够作为照明原封不动进行利用。 In this case, even if the light amount changes rapidly or blinking it, because people do not have the perception of the eye it is also possible to use as illumination intact.

受光终端107是具有受光装置,接受从LED照明器具106照射的光并抽取信息的信号,进行解调以接收信息的终端。 Light reception terminal 107 is a terminal having a demodulator to receive information light receiving device, receiving the signal light irradiated from the LED lighting apparatus 106 and extract information for. 受光终端107只要具有受光装置的话就可以是任意的装置,除了个人计算机或便携终端、 便携电话等以外,还可以是设置有受光装置的音频设备、电视机等的显示设备等、各种各样的设备。 Light reception terminal 107 long as it has a light receiving device, then it may be any means, in addition to a personal computer or a portable terminal, a cellular phone, it may also be provided with an audio device of an optical device, such as a television display device and other factors, various device of. 其次,就本申请第l发明的广播系统的第l实施方式中的动作的一 Secondly, the operation of the broadcast system of the present application l l a first embodiment of the invention, in one embodiment

例简单地进行说明。 Example briefly explained. 作为信息源101 ,准备进行广播的各种各样的内容。 As an information source 101 in preparation for a wide variety of content broadcast. 例如除了来自计算机的数据以外,依照用途准备好TV或CATV、无线 In addition, for example, data from a computer outside, ready for use in accordance with the CATV or a TV, radio

电收音机、有线广播等、各种各样的信息。 Electric radio, cable radio and other kinds of information.

从信息源101输出的一个或多个信息在电力线调制器102中经过调制、多路化后被重叠于电力波形、并送出到电力线103。 After one information source 101 outputs the information from one or more power line modulator 102 modulates the multiplexed after being superimposed on the power waveform, and sends to the power line 103. 图2是电线上的信号波形的一例的说明图。 FIG 2 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of a signal waveform on the wire. 在该例子中,表示利用商用的交流电源(50Hz/60Hz),《吏信息的信号波形重叠在电波形上的例子。 In this example, a commercial AC power source represented using (50Hz / 60Hz), "on the electrical waveform example of a signal waveform official information overlap. 为了避免对其他设备的影响,重叠信息的信号波形比电力波形小的波形。 To avoid the influence on other devices, superimposed signal waveform information is smaller than the power waveform of the waveform. 在图2 (B)所示的放大图中,表示以BPSK等方式对信息进行调制后与电力波形进行重叠的例子。 In (B), enlarged view of FIG. 2 shows an example of the overlap in a manner such as BPSK modulation and power waveform information. 此外,电力线103能够利用原有的电线。 Further, the power line 103 can utilize existing wires. 另外,如果从万能插口取得电力同时分离信息进行使用,则能够进行与一般所利用的电力线通信同样的信息提供。 Further, if the acquired power from the outlet while separation information for universal use, it can be utilized with a general power line communication to provide the same information.

通过电力线103、将电力及信息从万能插口105发送到LED照明器具106。 , Power and information is transmitted through the power line 103 from the universal connector 105 to the LED lighting element 106. 在LED照明器具106中,从万能插口105获得载有信号波形的电力。 In the LED lighting apparatus 106, carrying a signal waveform obtained from the universal power outlet 105. 然后, 一方面用AC / DC变换部111将其整流成用于驱动LED组115 的直流电力、发送到叠加部114。 Then, on the one hand with the AC / DC conversion unit 111 rectifies the DC power for driving the LED group 115, transmission unit 114 to the superimposition. 另一方面用由选择部113所逸择的带通滤波器112内的滤波器仅取出规定的频率成分。 On the other hand with the selection by the selection unit 113 Yi bandpass filter 112 filters the extracted predetermined frequency component only. 此时,根据需要外加偏压或者进行波形的整形或放大等为好。 At this time, according to need, or applied bias waveform shaping or amplification and the like as well.

将这样用AC/DC变换部111变换成直流的电力波形和用带通滤波器112抽取出的信息的信号用叠加部114进行合成后外加给LED組115。 Thus with AC / DC conversion unit 111 is converted into DC power waveform applied to the LED group 115 and the synthesized signal after the band pass filter 112 with the extracted information superimposing portion 114. 在LED组115上所印加的电压按照经合成后的信息的信号波形进行变化。 On the printed LED group 115 changes according to the applied voltage waveform information signal after synthesized. 由此LED组115的发光量就按照信息的信号波形进行变化,从而能够发送信息。 Whereby the amount of light emission LED group 115 changes according to the waveform information signal, so that information can be transmitted.

从该LED组115发射的光由设置于受光终端107侧的受光元件进行感光。 From the LED group 115 to emit light for the photosensitive elements of the light receiving terminal 107 receiving the light from the side is provided. 然后,通过抽取所接受的光量的变化并进行解调就能够在受光终端107取得信息。 Then, change in the amount of light accepted by extracting and demodulates the optical information can be acquired by the terminal 107. 这样,从信息源101提供的信息之中,在LED照明器具106中所选择的信息就与照明光一起被送出,并在受光终端107 中进行接收。 Thus, from the information provided by information source 101 among the information in the LED lighting apparatus 106 to the selected light is sent along with lighting, and receives 107 the light receiving terminal. 此时,即使受光终端107的受光部也可以不与LED照明器具106 (LED组U5)正确地相对,只要在某种程度上能够接受照明光就能够通过良好的通信品质来取得信息的信号。 In this case, even when the light-receiving portion of the light receiving terminal 107 may not be the LED lighting device 106 (LED group U5) correctly relative, to some extent, as long as it can receive the illumination light can be acquired by the information signal of good communication quality. 这是根据因LED照明光是为了照明而使用故表观上的发送电力非常大。 This is because the LED illumination light used for illumination in accordance with the apparent transmission power so great. 在通过历来所用的红外线以同样的信号强度发送信号的情况下,对人体(例如眼睛)的影响未加回避,即使在该意义上利用光的信息的传输也是有利的。 In the case of transmitting an infrared signal is conventionally used by the same signal intensity, the influence on the human body (e.g., eyes) is not added avoidance, even if transmission of information using light in this sense also advantageous.

此外,虽然在这里仅仅表示一个LED照明器具106,但是例如在附近配置个LED照明器具106的情况下,通过选择相同的信息进4亍广播,就能够对于阴影就变得很强,另外对于移动也变得能够对应。 In addition, although this represents only one LED lighting element 106, but for example, arranged in the vicinity of a case where the LED lighting apparatus 106, by selecting the same broadcast information into the right foot 4, it is possible for the shadow becomes strong, the other for moving it becomes possible to correspond. 反之即使在附近存在选择其他信息进行广播的LED照明器具106,如果在一个LED照明器具106的附近进行接收,由于来自其他LED照明器具106的光衰减所以影响变小。 Conversely, even if present in the vicinity of the other selection information is broadcast LED lighting apparatus 106, if the received near a LED lighting apparatus 106, since the attenuation of the light from other lighting apparatus 106 of the LED so the impact becomes smaller. 另外,在诸如这样与其他LED照明器具的干扰成为问题的情况下在对来自信息源101的信息进行调制之际,采用擅长于千扰的调制方式,例如OOK-RZ (On-Off Keyin g, Return-to-Zero)或OFDM (Or thogon al Frequency Division Multiple xing)等进行调制即可。 Further, in cases such as this interference with other LED lighting fixture becomes a problem in the information from the information source 101 modulates the occasion of using the modulation scheme good in 1000 interference, e.g. OOK-RZ (On-Off Keyin g, Return-to-Zero) or OFDM (or thogon al Frequency Division Multiple xing) and the like can be modulated.

另外,在图l所示的例子中设在LED照明器具106内设置AC / DC 变换部111或带通滤波器112等进行了说明。 Further, it is assumed in the example shown in Figure l in the LED lighting apparatus 106 is provided AC / DC converting portion 111 and the like or band-pass filter 112 has been described. 但是并不限于此,也可以构成为例如在照明的接通切断用的墙面开关等上设置这些电路,在从墙面开关到LED照明器具106的电力线部分供给重叠了信息的波形的直流。 But is not limited thereto, can be configured, for example, provided on the lighting circuit is turned off by the wall switch or the like, from the wall switch to the LED lighting device is supplied power line 106 overlaps a portion of the current waveform information. 在此情况下,作为选择部113的开关也能够与照明接通切断用的开关一起设置于墙面。 In this case, as the switching unit 113 is also capable of selecting the illumination switch is turned off is provided on a wall together with. 当然,关于各部件的配置并不限于这些例子可^是任意的。 Of course, regarding the configuration of each member is not limited to these examples ^ is arbitrary.

图3是表示本申请第1发明的广播系统的第2实施方式的框图。 FIG 3 is a block diagram showing a second embodiment of a broadcasting system of the first invention of the present application. 图中,对与图l相同的部分附加相同符号并省略说明。 FIG., The same portion of Figure l and the same reference numerals additional description thereof will be omitted. 116是带通滤波器, U7是判定部,118是选择部。 116 is a band-pass filter, U7 is a decision unit, 118 denotes a selector. 在该例子中,按LED照明器具106或者信息逐个分配固定的识别信息(IP、 PN代码等),通过识别信息的比较仅仅选择特定的信息来进行广播。 In this example, the LED lighting apparatus according to assign each fixed information 106 or identification information (IP, PN code, etc.), comparison selects only specific information broadcast identification information.

电力线调制器102,在这里将来自信息源101的多个信息如分组那样进行分割,在开头附加报头通过时间分割多路复用使其重叠于电力波形。 A plurality of power line information modulator 102, where from the information source 101, such as packet dividing, by the additional header at the beginning of the time division multiplexing so as to overlap in the power waveform. 在报头中含有识别信息。 Identification information contained in the header.

在LED照明器具106中与LED组115及AC / DC变换部111一起包含带通滤波器116,判定部117,选择部118等而构成。 In the LED lighting element 106 in the LED group 115 and the AC / DC converting portion 111 together comprise a bandpass filter 116, a determination unit 117, selection unit 118 is configured like. 带通滤波器116 除去电力的交流成分以分离信息的信号成分。 Bandpass filter 116 to remove the AC component power of the signal to separate the component information. 在该例子中,关于多个信息全部的信号通过带通滤波器116。 In this example, all of the signals on the plurality of information through a bandpass filter 116.

判定部117从由带通滤波器116分离后的信息的信号中抽取出报头部分,与预先设定的识别信息进行比较,来判定被送来的信息是否应通过光来进行发送。 Determination unit 117 extracts information from the signal separated by the bandpass filter 116 in the header portion, is compared with a preset identification information, it determines whether the information is to be sent to transmit light through. 然后,在是应进行发送的信息的情况下对选择部118选择信息部分的信号使其输出到叠加部114。 Then, in a case where information is to be transmitted to the signal selection section 118 selects its output information part 114 to the superimposing unit. 通过选择部118的信号在叠加部114中与用AC/DC变换部111变换成直流的电力波形进行重叠并供给LED组115。 The signal selecting unit 118 is overlapped with the overlay portion 114 with AC / DC conversion unit 111 into DC power and supplies the waveform LED group 115. 以后与上迷的第l实施方式同样,LED組115 根据信息的信号使光量变、或者控制亮灭、以进行利用光的信息的传输。 After the first embodiment, the above-l likewise, LED group 115 in accordance with the light amount of signal information, or to control the blinking, for transmission of information using light. 另外,通过LED组115的发光来进行照明。 Further, to be illuminated by the LED group 115.

在该第2实施方式中,如果例如按LED照明器具106逐个分配识别信息,就能够在将信息送出到电力线103的一侧按LED照明器具106逐个控制进行广播的信息。 In the second embodiment, if the identification information for the LED lighting device 106 according to, for example, one by one, the information can be sent out to the side of the power line 103. The LED lighting apparatus 106 according to the control information broadcast by one. 另外,通过可设定识别信息地进行构成,就能够选择从各自的LED照明器具106进行广播的信息。 Further, a configuration may be set by the identification information, the broadcast information can be selected from the respective LED lighting apparatus 106. 在此情况下,还可以构成为可"i殳定多个识别信息,选择多个信息通过光来送出。 In this case, a configuration may be "i Shu predetermined plurality of identification information sent by selecting a plurality of information light.

在此第2实施方式中也与上述第1实施方式同样能够采取各种形态。 In this embodiment also the second embodiment of the first embodiment can be similarly take various forms. 另外,关于其优点也与上述第l实施同样。 Further, with respect to its advantages are also similarly to the first embodiment l.

除了这些实施方式以外,还可以构成为对于用照明光进行配送的信息不进行选择,而是将通过电力线103所送来的信息全部利用光来进行配送,在进4亍接收的终端侧对信息进行选择。 In addition to these embodiments, may be configured not to perform selection of information for illumination light distribution, but all information through the power line using light 103 sent to the delivery, the information received in the input terminal side of the right foot 4 make a selection.

图4是表示可适用于本申请第1发明的广播系统的电灯泡的一实施方式的概念图。 FIG 4 is a conceptual diagram applicable to a first electric bulb 1 of the present application broadcasting system according to an embodiment of the invention, FIG. 图中,121是电灯泡,122是灯头,123是灯座。 FIG, 121 is a light bulb, a cap 122, 123 is a socket. 图4 所示的例子,能够作为上述广播系统的各实施方式中的LED照明器具106的一部分进行适用。 The example shown in FIG. 4, can be applied as part of the LED lighting device embodiments described above broadcast system 106. 作为照明器具历来一般的用法是安装白热电灯泡进行利用。 As a general usage luminaire is always installed thermoelectric white bulbs using. 在顶棚等预先设置灯座123,如图4 (B)所示在灯座123上拧进电灯泡121的灯头122以实现电气连接。 In the socket 123 is set in advance such as a ceiling, as shown in FIG 4 (B) shown in the socket 123 is screwed into the base 122 of the bulb 121 in order to achieve electrical connection. 在此例子中关于直到电力线103或灯座123的配线部分原封不动利用原有的设备,如图4 (A) 所示,在电灯泡121内容纳在上迷第1或者第2实施方式所示的LED照明器具106内的构成。 In this example, 4 (A), the light bulb 121 housed in the above-first embodiment or the second embodiment until the wiring portion on the power line 103 or the socket 123 utilize the intact original equipment, as shown in illustrates the configuration of an LED lighting apparatus 106. 例如能够收容于电灯泡121的灯头122的部分。 For example, can be accommodated in the bulb portion 121 of the base 122. 另夕卜, 与以往的白热电灯泡那样的使用灯丝的点光源不同,由于呈面状地配置多数LED,所以可在其里面容纳电路部分。 Another Bu Xi, using different conventional thermoelectric white bulb filament as a point light source, since the majority of planarly arranged the LED, so that it can be accommodated inside the circuit portion.

通过使用这种电灯泡121,就能够仅仅将一般的白热电灯泡更换成本申请笫1发明的电灯泡121,将电灯泡121作为借助于光的信息的发送源来使用。 By using such electric bulb 121, it is possible only to a general white thermoelectric bulb lamp replacement costs Application 1 121 Zi invention, the electric bulb 121 as the transmission source information by means of light to use.

当然,自以往所用的各种电灯泡的形状除了如图4所示的形状以外,还使用各种形状的灯泡。 Of course, since the shape of the bulb of a conventional variety used in addition to the shape shown in FIG. 4, the bulb used in a variety of shapes. 关于本申请第1发明的电灯泡121的形状也并不限于图4所示那样的形状,能够以任意的形状进行构成。 Shape of the first invention of the present application bulb 121 is not limited to the shape as shown in FIG. 4, it can be configured in any shape. 例如还 For example, also

其次,就本申请第l发明的广播系统的应用例进行若干说明。 Next, the application of several embodiments explained broadcasting system of the present invention Application No. l. 图5 是本申请第l发明的第l应用例的说明图。 FIG 5 is an explanatory view of the present application l l embodiment of the invention is applied. 图中,131是LED照明器具, FIG, 131 is an LED lighting fixture,

132是作品,133是受光终端。 132 ad, 133 is a light receiving terminal. 图5所示的例子,表示将本申请笫l发明的广播系统适用于美术馆或博物馆等的一例。 Example shown in FIG 5, shows a broadcast system of the present invention is suitable for application to a sleeping mat l one case like the art gallery or a museum. 在美术馆或博物馆等中对作品或展示物(以下,称为作品132)逐个实施诸如聚光灯那样的照明,另外还附着作品132的说明。 In other works of art galleries or museums or display (hereinafter, referred to as ad 132) one by one such as lighting spotlight embodiment, also described attachment 132 works. 作为照明该作品132的照明器具,使用本申请第1发明的LED照明器具131。 The work as an illumination lighting apparatus 132, the first invention of the present application using an LED lighting apparatus 131. 另一方面,在向LED照明器具131供给电力的电力线103上重叠作品132的说明信息进行送出。 On the other hand, on the power line 103 supplying power to the LED lighting elements 131 overlap 132, works of information sent. 此时重叠在电力线103的说明信息对多数作品132事先进行重叠。 At this time, explanation information superimposed on the power line 103 is overlapping the majority of the work 132 in advance. 然后,在对各作品132逐个设置的LED照明器具131中,有选择性地抽取出关于各自作品的说明信息,如上述那样通过控制照明光的光量或者亮灭利用光将说明信息送出。 Then, in the LED lighting fixture 131 132 individually provided to each work, selectively extracts descriptive information regarding the respective works, as described above, by controlling the amount of light of the illumination light or blinking of light will be described using the information sent.

鉴赏者如果在作品132之前将受光终端133取出则光被照射到受光终端133,通过取出其光量变化或者亮灭进行解调就能够参照该作品132的说明信息。 If the appreciator 132 works before the light reception terminal 133 then extracted light is irradiated to the light receiving terminal 133, which changes the amount of light extracted through or can be described with reference to the ad information 132 demodulates the blinking. 另外,若鉴赏者移动到下一作品之前,则该作品的i兌明信息通过照明该作品的光得以传输,如果参照受光终端133就能够参照该作品的说明信息。 In addition, when the appreciator moves prior to the next ad, the information of the next i against the work by the illumination light transmitted to the work, if the reference light reception terminal 133 can be described with reference to the work information.

这样,在使每个各作品13 2的说明信息重叠于电力波形送出到电力线103,对各作品进行照明的LED照明器具131中,通过逸择对应的作品132的说明信息利用光进行送出,就能够与作品132的照明一起将各作品132的说明信息提示给鉴赏者。 Thus, in each respective ad description information 132 is superimposed on the power waveform fed to the power line 103, the respective works LED lighting elements 131 illuminated by Yat select the corresponding work instructions 132 information by light sent, on each message can be presented to the work described appreciator 132 along with the illumination of the work 132.

各作品每个的说明信息并不限于一个。 Each works every description information is not limited to one. 例如在对各作品逐个提供依据多个语言的说明信息的情况下在LED照明器具131中选择对应于进行照明的作品132的多个说明信息通过光来送出。 In the example, the LED lighting apparatus 131 selected in the case of a plurality of instructions based on information provided by one of the language corresponding to the respective illuminating works works plurality explanatory information 132 sent by the light. 然后,在受光终端133侧对通过光所送出的多个说明信息分别进行分离和解调,从其中选择依据鉴赏者所指定的语言的说明信息提示给鉴赏者即可。 Then, the light reception terminal 133 side out of the plurality of instructions by the light separating and demodulating information respectively, selected depending on the language specified by the appreciator explanatory information from which can be presented to the appreciator. 或者还可以构成为将成人用的说明信息与少儿用的说明信息等、对一个作品132 将多个说明信息从同一LED照明器具131通过光来送出。 Or may also be configured for explaining information and the like will be described with information for adults with children, to a plurality of work 132 will be described from the same information by the LED lighting apparatus 131 sends light. 此外,说明信息并不限于文字信息,例如既可以是声音信息也可以是图像或动画等。 Furthermore, explanatory information is not limited to character information, audio information, for example, either like image or may be animated. 另外,还可以是将它们进行适宜组合的信息。 Further, the information may be a suitable combination of them.

图6是本申请笫1发明的第2应用例的说明图。 FIG 6 is a sleeping mat 1 of the present application illustrate a second embodiment of the present invention is applied FIG. 图中,141是LED照明器具,—142、 143是座位,144是受光终端。 FIG, 141 is an LED lighting fixture, -142, 143 is a seat, 144 is a light reception terminal. 该第2应用例,表示对航空机或电车、公交车等适用本申请笫l发明的广播系统的例子。 The second application example, shows an example of the aviation or trams, buses and other suitable broadcast system of the present invention application Zi l. 在图6 所示的例子中,对各座位逐个设置LED照明器具141,并进行各自的座位的照明。 In the example shown in FIG. 6, the LED lighting apparatus is provided by one each seat 141 pairs, and the lighting of the respective seats. 与其同时,将通过电力线103所送来的信息利用光进行送出。 Simultaneously therewith, the power line 103 through the information sent out by light. 另外,在前方的座位142的背面设置着受光终端144,就座于座位143 的乘客能够参照受光终端144的画面。 Further, the back surface of the seat 142 is provided in front of the light reception terminal 144, a passenger seated in the seat 143 of the reference light can be affected by the terminal screen 144. 从LED照明器具141照射的光由受光终端144接受,利用该光所送出的信息由受光终端144取得。 The LED lighting apparatus 141 from the light irradiated by the light receiving terminal 144, by using the information acquired by the light sent by the light receiving terminal 144. 乘客能够通过操作受光终端144选择所希望的信息进行视听。 Passenger by operating the light-receiving terminal 144 to select a desired audiovisual information.

特别是,在包含宇宙飞船等的航空机中,由于担心对仪器等的影响所以必须避免在机内使用电波。 In particular, aviation and other spacecraft contained in, for fear of the impact on the instruments, such as the use of radio waves must be avoided in the machine. 但是如果是光,则不会有对仪器等的影响,另外也没有对人体的影响。 But if it is light, there will be no impact on the equipment, etc., and the other has no effect on the human body. 为此,如图6所示就能够通过无线来进行信息的配送。 For this purpose, as shown in Figure 6 can be delivered information by wireless. 此外,信息的选择除了用LED照明器具141进行以外还可以在受光终端144一侧进行。 Further, the selection information except for using LED lighting apparatus 141 can be a light-receiving side terminal 144.

此外,在航空机或电车、公交车等中作为用于照明的电力大多使用直流。 In addition, frequently used as DC electric power for lighting in the aviation or tram, bus and the like. 从而,在图1或图3所示的构成中,就不需要设置AC/DC变换部lll。 Thus, in the configuration shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. 3, it is not necessary to provide AC / DC conversion unit lll. 例如在利用光将通过电力线103所送来的全部信息进行送出的情况下带通滤波器112或叠加部114等也不需要,只要通过从电力线103供给的重叠了信息的波形的电力原封不动驱动LED组就能够利用光来送出信息。 For example a bandpass filter 112 or the like superimposing unit 114 is not necessary in the case of using the light will be sent by the power line 103 all of the information sent, as long as supplied through the power line 103 from the waveform information superposed power intact LED groups are driven can be sent using light information.

以上,在这里就本申请第l发明的广播系统表示了两个应用例。 Above, where it shows two application examples of the present application l broadcasting system of the invention. 但是并不限于这些应用例,可以适用于通过光来配送信息的一切用途。 Applications is not limited to these embodiments can be applied to all purposes to the distribution of information by light. 例如除了在一般的办公室等中还用作对桌面上的个人计算机的配送系 In addition, for example, in a general office and the like are also used as distribution lines to desktop personal computer

统以外,也可以在工厂内用于向各工程的信息传输等。 Outside the system, it may also be used for transmission of information to each other in the plant engineering. 进而,还可以进行家庭内的电视机或无线电收音机广播的配送,还可通过便携式的显示器在任意的房间进行视听。 Further, may also be television or radio broadcasting radio distribution within the home, it can also be viewed in any room by a portable display. 在此情况下,还可构成为将相当于调谐器的选择部设置在LED照明器具内,通过用电视机控制器等对LED 照明器具内的选择部进行控制来进行选台。 In this case, the selection unit may be configured as a tuner provided corresponding to the LED lighting apparatus, selection is performed by controlling the selection unit in the LED lighting apparatus with a television controller. 另外,还能够构成为例如在进行运动的运动场或节目会场等,将有关正在进行的运动或节目的各种信息或其他会场的信息等重叠于照明光进行送出,用观众具有的便携终端等进行接受以取得信息。 In addition, can also be configured, for example, during sports stadium or venue like a program, the various types of information about the movement or progress of the program information or the like is superimposed on the hall illumination light out, with a viewer for a portable terminal having a accept to obtain information.

这样,根据本申请第l发明,就能够原封不动地利用用于照明的设备,通过光来配送多数信息。 Thus, according to the present invention, Application No. l, it is possible to use intact for lighting apparatus, most of the information by light distribution. 此时,不需要如以往那样另行设置发送装置,也不需要重新敷设通信电缆等。 In this case, need not be provided separately as in the conventional transmission apparatus, is not necessary to re-lay the communication cable or the like. 从而,就可以低成本进行广播系统的构筑。 Thus, we can build a low cost broadcasting system. 另外,也没有如红外线那样眼睛安全等对人体的影响, 另外也不会如电波那样针对航空机等的应用受到限制,而能够构筑安全的广播系统。 In addition, there is no such influence as infrared eye safety on the human body, while also not as limited for aviation and other applications, such as radio waves, it is possible to build a secure broadcast system.

<第2发明> <Second Invention>

其次,就本申请第2发明进行说明。 Secondly, the second invention of the present application will be described. 第2发明是用于通过光来实现双向通信,至少是在其单向(下行链路)上利用照明光。 The second invention is a two-way communication is achieved by light, using the illumination light at least at its unidirectional (downlink).

如在上述第l发明中曾说明过那样,利用照明光的通信,在从照明装置至移动终端的信号传输(以下,称之为下行链路)中,由于能够将庞大的电力利用于通信,所以具有优良的特性。 As in the first l described above the invention has, by using the illumination light communication, signal transmission from the mobile terminal to a lighting device (hereinafter referred to as the downlink), since a large electric power can be used for communication, it has excellent characteristics. 但是,以往的照明光通信仅仅是下行链路的单向,关于从移动终端至照明装置的信号传输(以下,称之为上行链路)则尚未得以研讨。 However, the conventional illuminative light communication is only unidirectional downlink, the illumination on the signal transmission from the mobile terminal to the apparatus (hereinafter referred to as an uplink) is not yet the discussion. 在进行除广播外的 In addition to performing broadcast

一般的通信的情况下,需要在通信设备间进行以用于进行ACK或N ACK等交接的控制信号的交换为首的种种数据交换。 Under normal circumstances communication, data exchange needs to exchange various control signals to headed for N ACK ACK or the like in the transfer between the communication device. 为此、上行链路非常重要。 To this end, the uplink is very important.

图7是表示本申请第2发明的第1实施方式的概略构成图。 FIG 7 is a schematic configuration diagram showing a first embodiment of the second invention of the present application. 图中, 201是照明侧通信装置、202是终端侧通信装置、211是调制部、212是照明用光源、213是受光部、214是滤波器、221是受光部、222是发光部、223是处理部。 FIG, 201 is a lighting side communication device 202 is a terminal side communication device, 211 denotes a modulator, 212 is an illumination light source, 213 denotes a light receiving unit, 214 is a filter, 221 denotes a light receiving unit, 222 is a light emitting portion 223 is processing unit. 照明侧通信装置201作为照明器具被用于周围的照明,具有发光并进行照明的照明用光源212。 Lighting side communication device 201 is used as the ambient lighting luminaire, and having a light emitting illuminating illumination light source 212. 虽然在这里设光源为LED, 但当然并不限于此,也可以利用LD或其他应答速度较快的发光元件。 Although the case provided a light source an LED, but are not limited to this, it may be utilized LD or other light emitting element fast response speed.

进而在照明侧通信装置201中作为用于进行照明光通信的构成具有调制部211以及受光部213。 Further it has a modulation section 211 and a light receiving portion 213 in the lighting side communication device 201 is used as a constituent of the illumination light communication. 调制部211是为了实现下行链路而^L置的,基于待发送的数据来控制用于驱动照明用光源212的电力。 Modulation unit 211 in order to achieve the downlink ^ L is set based on the control data to be transmitted to a power source for driving the lighting of 212. 由此, 对照明用光源212的光量或者亮灭进行控制,并使基于数据经过调制后的光进行发射。 Thereby, the illumination light quantity is controlled or blinking source 212, and based on the data for transmission via modulated light. 通过在后述的终端侧通信装置202中接受此经过调制后的照明光,就能够进行从照明侧通信装置201至终端侧通信装置202的数据传输(下行链路)。 Modulated illuminative light, this can be performed by receiving the terminal side communication device 202 described later in the data transmission (downlink) lighting side communication device 201 to communication terminal apparatus 202 from the side.

调制方式能够利用OOK(ON-OFF Keying)或BPSK等、任意的调制方式。 Modulation can be utilized like OOK (ON-OFF Keying) or BPSK, any modulation scheme. 另外,对光量或者亮灭进行控制的LED 既可以是为了进行照明所配置的照明用光源212的全部,或者也可以仅仅利用一部分。 In addition, LED for controlling the amount of light or may be a blinking light source to illuminate the entire illumination configuration 212, or may use only a part. 此外,如上迷那样由于LED具有高速的应答特性,所以光量的变化或亮灭不会被人们的眼睛感知,而感觉到是连续进行发光。 Furthermore, as high-speed fan as the LED response characteristics, the change in the amount of light or blinking the eyes of the people will not be perceived, and continuously emit light perceived. 从而即使进行数据传输,照明用光源212也另外担负照明的任务。 Even if the data transmission, illumination source 212 is also responsible for additional task lighting.

受光部213是为了接受从终端侧通信装置202发出的调制光(红外线或者可见光、紫外光等)而设置的,例如包含光电二极管等受光元件而构成。 A light receiving portion 213 for receiving modulated light emitted from the terminal side communication device 202 (infrared or visible light, ultraviolet light, etc.) is provided, for example, comprise a light receiving element such as a photodiode and configured. 另外,为了有选择性地接受从终端侧通信装置202发出的调制光,而在此例子中设置有滤波器214。 Further, in order to selectively receiving modulated light emitted from the terminal side communication device 202, and in this example has a filter 214 is provided. 例如在接受红外线的情况下设置使红外线透过的滤波器214即可。 For example, when receiving the infrared filter 214 can be provided so that an infrared-permeable. 当然也可以不设置滤波器214来构成。 Of course, the filter 214 may not be provided configured. 将接受到的光变换成电气信号,从终端侧通信装置202对数据进行解调后输出。 The received light into electrical signals, demodulates the 202 pairs of data output from the terminal side communication device.

此外,通过照明光进行发送的数据也可以是从外部接收到的数据或者在照明侧通信装置201内保持或者生成的数据。 Further, it can be received from the outside by the illumination light transmitted data holding or data or data generated within the lighting side communication device 201. 另外,关于由受光部213接收到的数据,除了输出到外部以外也可以是在照明侧通信装置201内进行处理的构成。 Further, on receiving the data constituting the light-receiving section 213 to, may be processed in the lighting side communication device 201 in addition to the output to the outside.

终端侧通信装置202既可以是任意的终端装置,也可以作为用于进行照明光通信的构成而包含受光部221、发光部222、以及进行终端装置中的各种处理的处理部223等。 Terminal side communication device 202 may be any terminal device, and may include a light portion 221, the light emitting portion 222 for receiving constituting the illuminative light communication, and processing unit 223 of the terminal apparatus in various processes, and the like. 受光部221接受从照明侧通信装置201发射的经过调制后的发光光,进行解调后传给处理部223。 After the light emitting portion 221 receiving the modulated light emitted from the lighting side communication device 201, processing unit 223 demodulates transmitted. 由此就能够接收从照明侧通信装置201借助于照明光所送来的数据,下行链路就成为可能。 Thereby it is possible by means of the illumination light receiver 201 side data communication apparatus sent from the downlink becomes possible.

发光部222包含例如LED或LD等光源以及对光源进行驱动控制的控制电路等,接收来自处理部223的待发送的数据,并基于数据对光源的光量或者亮灭进行控制后发射经过调制后的光。 The light emitting unit 222 includes, for example, like an LED or LD light source and a control circuit of the light source drive control of receiving data from the processing unit to be transmitted 223, and transmits the modulated data after light quantity of the light source or blinking controlled based on the Light. 调制方式为任意。 The modulation scheme is arbitrary. 另外发光光能够利用红外线或者可见光、紫外光等。 Also capable of emitting light using an infrared ray or visible light, ultraviolet light. 该调制光通过上述的照明侧通信装置201的受光部213进行受光由此实现上行链路。 The modulated light 213 thereby achieving the light receiving uplink by the above lighting side communication device 201 of the light receiving portion.

如以上那样,在照明侧通信装置201中,由照明用光源212对周围进行照明,同时基于数据来调制该照明光,由此通过照明光来发送数据。 As described above, in the lighting side communication device 201 performs illumination by the illumination light around 212 pairs, while based on the data to modulate the illumination light, thereby transmitting data by the illumination light. 由终端侧通信装置202的受光部221来接收该照明光,由此就能够接收从照明侧通信装置201发送的数据。 Receiving the illumination light from the light-receiving portion 202 of the terminal side communication device 221, whereby it is possible to receive the data 201 transmitted from the lighting side communication device. 这样来进行下行链路。 Thus for downlink. 另外, 在终端侧通倌装置202中,基于数据从发光部222发出调制光以发送数据。 Further, the terminal side device 202 through groom, transmission data modulated based on the data sent from the light emitting portion 222. 通过由照明侧通信装置201的受光部213接受该调制光,从终端侧通信装置202发送的数据就在照明侧通信装置201中得以接收。 By receiving the modulated light 213 by the lighting side communication device 201 the light receiving portion, it is able to receive data transmitted from the terminal side communication device 202 in the lighting side communication device 201. 这样来进行上行链路。 Thus for uplink. 这样一来,下行链路、上行链路均能够通过光来进行通信,就能够实现利用光的双向通信。 Thus, downlink, uplink are capable of communicating by light, bidirectional communication can be realized using light.

例如终端侧通信装置202为可移动的终端装置,例如节点个人计算机或PDA、便携电话等、可携带的终端装置,不需要连接电缆等。 For example, the terminal side communication device 202 is a mobile terminal device may, for example, a personal computer or a terminal node apparatus PDA, a cellular phone, a portable, need to connect cables. 特別是在带照相机的PDA或便携电话等中可将该照相机作为受光部221进行利用。 Especially in the PDA with a camera or a mobile phone camera and the like can be used as the light receiving portion 221. 另外,在利用电波的通信受到限制的利用环境,例如, 医院或列车内、航空机、宇宙飞船、领导人的利用者居住的环境等中也可进行利用,也不需要许可等。 In addition, the use of environmental communication by radio is restricted, for example, in hospitals or trains, aircrafts, spacecrafts, user leader living environment also can be use and does not require licensing. 当然,可在一般的办公室或店铺、 家庭、公共设施等、各种各样的环境下进行利用。 Of course, it can be utilized in the general office or shop, home, public facilities, a variety of environments. 另外,并不限于室内,例如还可用于霓虹灯广告牌或广告照明,或者在交通系统中用于车与车之间的通信或路上的设施与车之间的通信等,各种各样的用途 Further, not limited to indoors, for example, also neon signs or advertising lighting, or for communication between the communication or the road-vehicle between the facilities and the like in a vehicle transportation system, a variety of uses

下的利用。 Under utilized.

进而,由于光的波长较短,所以能够进行在电波以上的非常高速的通信。 Further, since the wavelength of light is short, it can be performed at very high speed communications over a radio wave. 进而, 一般而言照明器具被广泛设置,另外在利用终端装置的环境中当然也可进行照明。 Further, the lighting apparatus is generally widely provided, of course, also be additionally illumination apparatus using the terminal environment. 由于能够利用该照明器具来设置照明侧通信装置201进行通信,所以设置成本也可非常降低。 It is possible to use the lighting fixture lighting side communication device 201 is provided for communications, a very reduced cost can be provided.

此外,在如办公室等那样配置有多个照明器具的环境下可将各自的照明器具作为照明侧通信装置201,以配置多个照明侧通信装置201 。 Further, as in the office environment are arranged as a plurality of lighting fixtures may be respective lighting side communication device 201 as an illumination to a plurality of lighting side communication device 201. 在此情况下,可在多个照明侧通信装置201中接受来自1台终端侧通信装置202的发光光。 In this case, the receiving station emitting the light from a terminal side communication device 202 in a plurality of lighting side communication device 201. 通过这样在多个照明侧通信装置201中进行受光就能够使通信品质得以改善。 By performing a plurality of light receiving lighting side communication device 201 so that communication quality can be improved. 另外,即使在例如因人通过等而发生阴影, 无法用1台照明侧通信装置201进行受光的情况下也能够通过在其他照明侧通信装置201中进行受光将阴影的问题解决。 Further, even in a case where the person by, for example, like a shadow occurs, light can not be performed by a station lighting side communication device 201 can also be performed by solving the problem of shadows of the light receiving other lighting side communication device 201.

其次,就该第l实施方式中的若干主要变形例进行说明。 Secondly, in relation to the first embodiment in several major l modified example will be described. 图8是照明侧通信装置201的受光部213中的变形例的说明图。 FIG 8 is a diagram showing a modification of the light receiving portion 213 in the lighting side communication device 201 in. 图中.,231是二维传感器,232是透镜。 FIG., A two-dimensional sensor 231, 232 is a lens. 能够构成为使用二维传感器231作为照明侧通信装置201的受光部213,通过透镜232使其在受光面上大致成像。 It can be configured as a two-dimensional sensor 231 of the lighting side communication device 201 the light receiving portion 213, 232 passed through a lens imaging the light receiving surface substantially. 在这种构成中,例如来自终端侧通信装置202的发光光在二维传感器231的受光面进行成像,通过设置于二维传感器231的多数受光单元之中的一部分受光单元来接受来自终端侧通信装置202的发光光。 In this configuration, for example, light emitted from the terminal side communication device 202 is a two-dimensional image sensor light receiving surface 231, a portion of the light-receiving unit to receive from the terminal side communication provided by at most two-dimensional sensor 231 in the light receiving unit 202 light emitting devices. 此时,由于其他受光单元接受环境光,所以通过使用它就能够除去背景噪声等,可进 At this time, since the other light receiving unit receives ambient light, so it can be removed by using the background noise, can enter

行高品质的通信。 Line of high-quality communications.

另外,例如在受光区域内存在多个终端侧通信装置202、 202,的 Further, for example, there are multiple terminal side communication device 202, 202 in the light receiving region, the

情况下,如图8所示那样在二维传感器231中来自各自的终端侧通信装置202、 202,的发光光成像于不同的位置。 A case where, as shown in the two-dimensional sensor 231, as the light emitting from the respective terminal side communication device 202, 202, photoimageable 8 at different positions. 为此,就可并列地接收来自各自的终端側通信装置202、 202,的数据。 For this purpose, it can be received in parallel from the respective terminal side communication device data 202, 202, of. 当然,对于存在3台以上的终端侧通信装置的情况也同样如此。 Of course, the same holds true for the presence of three or more terminal side communication apparatus.

进而,在设置多台照明侧通信装置201的环境中,能够通过设置于各自的照明侧通信装置201的二维传感器231来接受来自各自的终端侧通信装置202, 202,的发光光。 Further, provided in a plurality of environmental lighting side communication device 201, it is possible to receive the emitted light 231 from the respective terminal side communication device 202, 202, in the respective lighting side communication device 201 by providing a two-dimensional sensor. 在此情况下,可通过二维传感器231 上的受光位置与照明侧通信装置201的设置位置等进行各自的二维传感器231中的受光点的同定而使通信品质得到改善。 In this case, the light receiving position on the two-dimensional sensor 231 is provided with location lighting side communication device 201 is set to give the same improvement of communication quality of each of the light spot in the two-dimensional sensor 231 by receiving.

图9是终端侧通信装置202的发光部222中的变形例的说明图。 FIG 9 is a diagram showing a modification of the light emitting portion 222 of the terminal side communication device 202 in. 图中,241是跟踪部,242是LED光源,243是镜面,244是透镜。 FIG, 241 is a tracking unit, the LED light source 242, a mirror 243, a lens 244. 在图7 所示的基本构成中,在使用LED光源242作为终端侧通信装置202的发光部222的光源的情况下,发光光将会发散、在照明侧通信装置201中能够受光的光量就会变少。 In the basic configuration shown in FIG. 7, a case where the LED light source 242 as a light source emitting portion 202 of the terminal side communication device 222, the light emitting will diverge, the amount of light in the lighting side communication device 201 will be capable of receiving light Fewer. 在图9所示的例子中,表示为了防止这种发光光的发散、收拢光束,而设置镜面243及透镜244的例子。 In the example shown in FIG. 9, that in order to prevent such divergence of emitted light, the light beam folded, and provided an example of the mirror 243 of the lens 244. 通过设置这种光学系统就能够将LED光源242的发光光效率良好地朝向照明侧通信装置201,可进行良好的通信。 By providing such a light emitting efficiency of the optical system can be satisfactorily LED light source 242 toward the lighting side communication device 201, may be a good communication. 当然,在使用指向性尖锐的LD等作为光源的情况下镜面243或透镜244等就不需要。 Of course, in the case where a sharp directivity as LD as a light source mirror 243 or the lens 244 and the like do not need.

另外,在这样收拢光束或者使用LD作为光源的情况下,若发光光没有正确地照射到照明侧通信装置201的受光部213就会发生通信品质低下,或者无法通信之类的事态。 Further, in the case of using such a folded beam or LD as a light source, emitting light when irradiated not properly lighting side communication device 201 the light receiving unit 213 occurs poor communication quality, a communication or not the situation and the like. 为此在图9所示的例子中,设置着用于将光束朝向照明侧通信装置201的受光部213的跟踪部241 。 For this purpose, the example shown in FIG. 9, the tracking unit 213 is provided with a light receiving portion 241 for a light beam toward the lighting side communication device 201. 跟踪部241除了设置可用手动变更光束的方向的可动机构的构成以外,还可以采用利用照明光等自动地或者根据来自终端装置本体的控制进行动作的构成,或者利用下行链路从照明侧通信装置201进行控制的构成等种种构成。 Tracking unit 241 in addition to the configuration settings are available to manually change the direction of the beam moving mechanism may also be employed by illumination light or the like is automatically configured for operation according to the control from the terminal apparatus body, or by a downlink from the lighting side communication apparatus 201 and various configuration control configuration.

以上,就照明侧通信装置201的受光部213中的变形例与终端侧通信装置202的发光部222中的变形例各一个进行了说明。 Or more, the illumination of the light emitting portion 222 modified with the modification terminal side communication device 213 the light receiving unit side communication apparatus 201 in a respective 202 has been described. 本申请第2发明并不限于这些例子。 The second application of the present invention is not limited to these examples. 例如图8所示的构成也能够适用于终端侧通信装置202的受光部。 For example configuration shown in Figure 8 it can be applied to the light-receiving portion of the terminal side communication device 202. 由此,就能够从多个照明侧通信装置通过照明光并列地发送不同的数据,在终端侧通信装置202中将它们进行分离并接收。 Accordingly, it can be transmitted from the lighting side communication devices through a plurality of illuminating light of different parallel data, in the terminal side communication device 202 will be isolated and receive them.

另外,从照明侧通信装置201发送的数据以及所接收的数据除了使用专用的数据线进行传输以外还可以利用供给用于照明的电力的电力线,使数据重叠于电力波形来进行传输。 Further, the lighting side communication device 201 the data transmitted and received data except for the dedicated data transmission lines can also be used other than a power line for supplying power to the lighting, so that the data superimposed on the power waveform for transmission. 当然,无需赘言除了它们以外还可进行种种变形。 Of course, needless to say except that they can be modified in various ways.

图10是表示本申请第2发明的第2实施方式的概略构成图。 FIG 10 is a schematic configuration diagram showing a second embodiment of the second invention of the present application. 图中, 对与图7相同的部分附加相同的符号并省略重复的说明。 Drawing, and the repeated description of the same FIG. 7 the same reference numerals portion. 224是反射调制部。 224 is a reflection modulation unit. 在上述的第l实施方式中,表示为了上行链路而在终端侧通信装置202上设置发光部222,在终端侧通信装置202中进行发光的例子。 L In the first embodiment, showing examples provided for the uplink light emitting section 222 emits light in the terminal side communication device 202 on the terminal side communication device 202. 相对于此,在该第2实施方式中,表示原封不动使用在下行链路中所用的照明光,在上行链路使用反射光的构成。 In contrast, in the second embodiment, showing intact used in the downlink used in the illumination light, reflected light using the configuration in the uplink. 如上述那样照明光为非常大的电力,通过将其用于上行链路,就能够更为可靠地进行通信。 As described above, the illumination light of extremely large electric power, it is possible to more reliably communicate through it for the uplink. 另外, 由于不需要在终端侧通信装置202设置发光部222,所以能够较大地抑制终端侧通信装置202的电力消耗,也能够大大有助于省电力化。 Further, since no light emitting portion 202 disposed at the terminal side communication device 222, it is possible to greatly suppress the terminal side communication device 202 of power consumption, it is possible to greatly contribute to power saving. 此外, 由于照明侧通信装置201的构成与上述的第1实施方式及其变形例同样,所以在这里省略说明,同时调制部211的图示也省略。 Further, since the lighting side communication device 201 constituting the above-described first embodiment and its modified example, the description thereof is omitted here, while also illustrating the modulation unit 211 will be omitted. 另外,关于终端侧通信装置202的受光部221也与上述第1实施方式及其变形例等同样。 Further, the light receiving portion 221 on the terminal side communication device 202 is also in the first embodiment and the modifications thereof and other similar.

作为用于在上行链路上使用照明光的构成,在终端侧通信装置202中设置有反射调制部224。 Used for constituting the illumination light on the uplink, provided in the terminal side communication device 202 has a reflection modulation section 224. 反射调制部224对照明光进行反射,同时 Modulating reflector 224 reflects the illumination light, while

送出根据通过上行链路发送的数据经过调制后的反射光。 After sending the reflected light modulated in accordance with data transmitted through an uplink.

图1 l是作为反射调制部224利用了镜子的一构成例的说明图。 FIG 1 l as a reflection modulation section 224 using the example of a configuration explanatory view mirror. 图中,251是镜子,252是光闸,253是遮蔽壁,254是跟踪部。 FIG, 251 is mirror, 252 is shutter, 253 is a blocking wall, 254 is a tracking unit. 作为反射照明光的装置,单纯使用镜子251,设置与图9所示的变形例中的跟踪部241同样的跟踪部254对反射方向进行控制即可。 As a means for reflecting illumination light, simple to use mirror 251, shown in FIG 9 is provided in the same modification tracking unit tracking section 241 in the embodiment 254 can control the reflection direction. 另外,作为调制方法在这里使用光闸252,能够通过对至镜子251的入射光以及自镜子251 的反射光进行透过/遮断来进行。 Further, the shutter 252 is used here as the modulation method, and can be done by using a light / self-blocking of the mirror 251 is reflected by the mirror 251 to the incident light. 作为光闸252例如使用液晶光闸,能够通过基于数据对液晶的取向进行控制来进行反射光的开关控制以进行调制。 As the switch 252 controls the shutter using liquid crystal shutter, for example, can be carried out based on the data of the reflected light by controlling the alignment of liquid crystal to be modulated. 当然也可以是其他调制方法,例如还能够仅仅基于数据使镜面的反射方向变化来进行调制。 Of course, other modulation methods may be, for example, can also be based solely on specular reflection direction changes so that the data to be modulated. 即,由于通过使镜面的反射方向改变, That is, since the specular reflection direction is changed,

入射到照明侧通信装置201的受光部213的光量发生变化,所以如果检测该变化就能够将数据取出。 Incident to the lighting side communication device 213 is a light amount of light portion 201 by the change, if it is possible to detect the change of data fetch. 在此情况下,还可以例如将跟踪部254 兼用作调制装置。 In this case, for example, it may also be used as the modulation unit 254 and device tracking.

另外在图ll所示的例子中,在镜251的周围配置有遮蔽壁253。 Further, in the example shown in FIG ll, the mirror 251 is disposed around the shielding wall 253. 这是为了防止来自进行通信的照明侧通信装置201以外的光源的光通过镜子251进行反射,进入到用户的眼睛变得晃眼而设置。 This is to prevent from the lighting side communication device for communication with other than the light source 201 is reflected by the mirror 251, into the eye of the user becomes dazzling provided. 在照明侧通信装置201的照明用光源212及受光部213接近而得以配置的情况下,仅仅对来自照明用光源212的光进行反射以使其返回受光部213即可,所以其他的光的反射就不需要。 In the 212 and the light-receiving portion 213 proximity is arranged lighting side communication device 201 of the illumination light source, only the light from the illumination light source 212 is reflected so as to return the light receiving unit 213 can, thus reflecting the other light you do not need. 为了防止这样的不需要的反射而设置有遮蔽壁253。 To prevent such unnecessary reflection wall 253 is provided with a shield. 也能够通过将该遮蔽壁253的内面也设为镜面来使反射光量增加。 Can pass through the inner surface of the shielding wall 253 is also set to specularly reflected light amount increases. 当然,也可以不设置遮蔽壁253来构成。 Of course, the shielding wall 253 may not be formed.

此外,除了将这种图ll所示的单元单独使用以外,还能够配置多个来构成。 Further, in addition to the units shown in this FIG. Ll used alone, it can also be composed of a plurality.

在反射调制部224中作为反射照明光的装置,能够利用CCR ( C orner Cube Ref厂ector)。 Means the reflection modulation section 224 as the reflected light of the illumination, it can be utilized CCR (C orner Cube Ref plant ector). 图12是CCR概要的说明图。 FIG 12 is a schematic explanatory view CCR. CCR具有使3面反射面向内相互垂直的形状。 CCR 3 has a reflective surface facing the inner shape perpendicular to each other. 例如图12所示那样,通过将形成立方体或者直方体的1顶点的相互垂直的3个内面设为反射面而得到。 For example, as shown in Figure 12, obtained by forming the inner surface of the three mutually perpendicular cube vertex is defined as a rectangular parallelepiped or a reflecting surface.

作为该CCR的特征,具有朝光的入射方向发射光的特性。 As a feature of the CCR, and the direction of the incident light has a characteristic of emitted light. 从而, 如果照明光被入射就朝向该照明光的光源来反射照明光。 Thus, if the illumination light is incident on the illumination light toward the light source to reflect the illumination light. 虽然在本申请笫2发明中将照明光用于下行链路,但通过反射在该下行链路中所用的照明光,就可原封不动也利用于上行链路。 While in the second invention Zi illumination light used in downlink, but the illumination light reflected by the downlink used, can also be used intact in the uplink. 特别是由于朝向照明光源进行反射,所以只要接近照明侧通信装置201的照明光源设置受光部213就能够接受反射光。 In particular, since reflected toward the light source, so long as the lighting side communication device close to the illumination light source 201 is provided on the light receiving portion 213 can receive the reflected light. 另外,由于指向性较好、较强的反射光入射到照明侧通信装置201的受光部213,所以还有难以受到因周边光造成的影响的优点。 Further, since the directivity is good, strong reflected light enters the light receiving portion 213 of the lighting side communication device 201, so there is less likely to be affected by the advantage due to the ambient light. 此外,照明侧通信装置201被设置于任意的位置即可,反之即使终端侧通信装置202存在于任意的位置,反射光也朝向照明侧通信装置201进行反射。 Furthermore, the lighting side communication device 201 is provided at an arbitrary position can, on the contrary, even if the terminal side communication device 202 exists at any position, reflected light toward the lighting side communication device 201 is reflected. 图13是利用了CCR的情况下调制方法的一例说明图。 One case described modulation method in the case of FIG. FIG. 13 is the use of the CCR. 图中,261 是CCR, 262是光闸,263是电介质,264是调节器。 FIG, 261 is a CCR, 262 is shutter, 263 is a dielectric 264 is a regulator. 如上述那样能够通过CCR将照明光朝向照明侧通信装置201进行反射,表示用于将该反射光根据数据进行了调制的若干方法。 As described above, the illumination light can be CCR toward the lighting side communication device 201 is reflected, the reflected light indicates a modulation method according to a number of data. 在图13 (A)中表示将光闸262配置在CCR前面进行调制的例子。 It shows an example of modulated optical shutter 262 in front of the CCR in the configuration of FIG. 13 (A). 作为光闸262能够用例如使用了液晶显示装置的液晶光闸进行构成。 For example, it can be used as the liquid crystal shutter display device 262 for constituting the liquid crystal shutter. 液晶光闸根据电压的外加使液晶的取向变化,以切换光的透过和遮断。 The liquid crystal alignment of liquid crystal shutter changes depending on an applied voltage, to switch the light transmission and blocking. 使用该液晶光闸,例如若控制液晶光闸以使光透过,则如上述那样来自照明侧通信装置201的照明光入射至CCR261,反射光就朝向照明侧通信装置201。 Using the liquid crystal shutter, for example if the liquid crystal shutter control to transmit light, as the lighting side communication device from the illumination light 201 is incident to the CCR 261, the reflected light is toward the lighting side communication device 201. 反之若控制液晶光闸以使光遮断,则至CCR261的入射光以及反射光均净皮遮断、照明侧通信装置201的受光部213就变得无法接受反射光。 Conversely, if the liquid crystal shutter to control the light blocking, and the reflected light is incident to the average net Paper CCR261 blocked, the light receiving unit 213 of the lighting side communication device 201 receives the reflected light becomes not. 这样就能够通过控制液晶光闸的液晶取向来进行反射光的开关控制。 This switching control can be performed by the reflected light of the liquid crystal alignment control of liquid crystal shutters. 通过按照数据进行该开关控制就能够将经过调制后的反射光送至照明侧通信装置201 。 By performing the switching control according to the data can be modulated through the reflection light to the lighting side communication device 201. 当然作为液晶存在各种各样,可适宜使用这些种种液晶。 There are of course a wide variety of liquid, these may be suitably used for various liquid crystal. 例如还可以对光的透过和反射进行切换。 For example light can also be switched through and reflected. 另外,虽然在此例子中使用了液晶光闸作为光闸262,但除此以外只要是能够控制至CCRMl的照明光以及反射光的入出光的光闸机构,则怎样构成光闸都能够进行利用。 Further, although the liquid crystal shutter as in this example, the shutter 262, but otherwise as long as capable of controlling the shutter mechanism to an illumination light and the reflected light CCRMl, what constitutes the shutter can be performed using .

在图13 (B)所示的例子中,通过在构成CCR261的镜面的部分或全部将电介质263接近(k/3)配置,使内面的全反射的量衰减。 In the example of FIG. 13 (B) shown, by constituting a portion of or all of the mirror CCR261 dielectric approaching 263 (k / 3) arranged so that the inner surface of the total reflection attenuation amount. 能够通过依照数据使电介质的位置变化,来控制CCR261中的反射光量, 并能够将由此经过调制后反射光送至照明侧通信装置201。 Through the data in accordance with the change in position of the dielectric, to control the amount of reflected light CCR261, and thus can be modulated through the reflected light to the lighting side communication device 201. 此外,此方式利用了光的相干性,限于利用LD作为照明侧通信装置201的光源的情况等。 Further, this embodiment utilizes the coherence of the light, is limited to use as a light source LD lighting side communication device 201 and so on.

图13 (C)所示的例子,在构成CCR261的镜面的1面安装调节器264,依照数据使镜面变化。 FIG. 13 (C) in the example shown, the mirror surface constituting a mounting CCR261 regulator 264, in accordance with the change in the mirror data. 例如通过改变镜面的角度、或者使镜面歪斜来使CCR261中的各镜面间的光的反射角度变化,能够破坏反射光返回到入射光的方向这样的关系。 For example, by changing the angle of the mirror, the mirror or the skew angle of light to the reflection mirror among CCR261 variations, capable of destroying the reflected light returns to the incident direction of such a relationship. 可通过按照数据来进行这种控制将经过调制后的反射光送到照明侧通信装置201 。 Such control can be modulated through the reflection light to the lighting side communication device 201 according to the data. 作为调节器264除了借助于机械的微型机等的驱动以外,还能够适用利用借助于压电元件等的变形等种种构成。 As the regulator 264 by means of a drive mechanism in addition to the microcomputer or the like, it also can be applied by means of using a piezoelectric element or the like and various modified configuration.

图14是至反射调制部224的入射光与经过调制后的反射光的一例的说明图。 FIG 14 is a diagram illustrating an example of the incident light to the reflected modulated light after the reflection modulation portion 224. 如上迷那样入射到反射调制部224的光是从照明侧通信装置201发射的经过调制后的照明光。 As the illumination light incident to the fans as the modulated light emitted from the lighting side communication device 201 reflection modulation section 224. 从而,按照通过下行链路所发送的数据来控制光量或者亮灭。 Thus, according to the data transmitted through a downlink to control light intensity or blinking. 若原样用CCR261进行反射则在反射光上也重叠了下行链路时的数据保持不变。 If the data as it is reflected by CCR261 reflected light superimposed on a downlink unchanged. 但是,在与利用下行链路的数据传输速度相比上行链路的数据传输速度较慢的情况下几乎没有问题。 However, in the case where the data transmission speed compared with the speed of data transmission using uplink downlink slower little problem. 例如图14 (A)所示在照明光的光量高速变化的情况下如果上行链路的数据传输速度慢则在l数据传输中照明光的光量就要变化好几回。 E.g. FIG. 14 (A) shown in a case where the light amount of the illumination light changes rapidly if the data transfer speed is slow the amount of uplink data transmission l light the illumination light will change several times. 例如在像图13中所说明那样进行调制,用CCR261对入射光进行了反射时,在l数据传输中存在的变亮的部分及变暗的部分的平均光量就在照明侧通信装置201的受光部213进行受光。 For example, as in FIG. 13 described above is modulated by CCR261 incident light reflection, the portion and the average amount of light portion darkening present in the l data transmission becomes bright on the light receiving lighting side communication device 201 a light receiving portion 213. 相对于此在未用CCR261朝向光源进行反射的情况下,就连平均光量都无法在照明侧通信装置201 的受光部213进行受光。 In the case where the contrast is not reflected towards the light source with CCR261, even the average quantity of light can not be light in the light-receiving portion 201 of the lighting side communication device 213. 从而,即使将下行链路的数据剩余不变的照明光用于上行链路也可良好地传输数据。 Thus, even if the downlink data remaining unchanged illumination light can be satisfactorily used for uplink data transmission.

反之在利用下行链路的数据传输速度与上行链路的数据传输速度程度相当或者在其以下时,在不存在照明光被完全遮断的时间的情况下能够将照明光的反射光用于上行链路。 Conversely in a downlink data transmission speed and extent of the uplink data transmission speed equal or less when it is, in a case where the illumination light is completely shut off time does not exist, the reflection light of the illumination light for the uplink road. 在图14 (B)中表示下行链路与上行链路的数据传输速度相同的情况。 Represent the same data transmission speed downlink and uplink in the case of FIG. 14 (B). 在该例子中,作为下行链路的数据调制方式,利用副载波BPSK。 In this example, as a downlink data modulation scheme, subcarriers using BPSK. 在此情况下,由于在l数据的传输时间中、照明光量不会连续为O,所以即使进行用于上行链路的利用开关的调制也能够在照明侧通信装置201的受光部213根据受光量的变化来接收上行链路的数据。 In this case, since the transmission time l data, the light amount does not continuously is O, so that even if used for modulation using the switch of the uplink is possible at the light receiving portion lighting side communication device 201, 213 according to the amount of light received a change receiving uplink data.

这样,即使照明光已被调制,通过反射该经过调制后的照明光, 并按照上行链路的数据进行调制也能够实现从终端侧通信装置202至照明侧通信装置201的上行链路。 Thus, even when the illumination light has been modulated by a reflection of the modulated illuminative light, and the uplink modulation can be realized from the terminal side communication device 202 to the lighting side communication device 201 according to the uplink data. 照明光为大功率,关于其反射光也具有较大的电力。 High power illumination light, reflected light on its having a larger electric power. 从而关于上行链路也能够进行高品质的通信。 Whereby it is possible to perform uplink high-quality communication. 另外, 在利用CCR261的构成中,由于反射光返回到入射光的光源,所以完全不需要进行跟踪能够以简易的构成来实现上行链路。 Further, in the configuration using CCR261, since the reflected light returns to the light source of the incident light, it need not be completely tracked with a simple structure can be achieved uplink. 进而,还有不需要与下行链路取得同步这样的优点。 Further, there does not need to synchronize with downlink advantage. 进而,在利用CCR261的情况下,因乱反射等而使光进入用户的眼睛的情况稀少,还有几乎不会感到晃眼这样的优点。 Further, in the case of using CCR261, because like the case where irregular reflection light enters the user's eye scarce, there hardly feel glare advantage.

图15是将CCR作为反射调制部224进行了搭载的照明光通信装置的利用形态的一例说明图,图16是相同的多个照明侧通信装置中的接收信号的合成方法的一例的说明图。 FIG 15 is a CCR reflection modulation unit 224 using morphological illuminative light communication device mounted explanatory view of an example, FIG. 16 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of the method for synthesizing the reception signal of the same multiple lighting side communication devices. 图中,271是受光元件,272是延迟修正部,273是合成部,274是解调部。 FIG, 271 is a light receiving element, a delay correcting section 272, a synthesis unit 273, 274 denotes a demodulator. 如上述那样CCR有将反射光朝向光源返回的特性,这种特性在光从多个方向入射的情况下也同样如此。 As described above, the reflected light toward the CCR has returned the characteristics of the source, this feature is also true in the case of light incident from a plurality of directions. 例如像图15所示那样在多个照明侧通信装置201、 201,、 201" 分别发出照明光,入射到终端侧通信装置202时,通过设置于终端侧通信装置202的CCR,来自照明侧通信装置201的照明光朝向照明侧通信装置201进行反射,同样来自照明侧通信装置201 ,的照明光朝向照明侧通信装置201,进行反射、来自照明侧通信装置201,,的照明光朝向照明侧通信装置201,,进行反射。由此,来自终端侧通信装置202的上行链路的数据就在多个照明侧通信装置201、 201,、 201"中得以接收。 For example, as in FIG. 15, as the plurality of lighting side communication devices 201, 201 ,, 201 "shown emit illumination light incident to the terminal side communication device 202, is provided by the CCR in the terminal side communication device 202 is, from the lighting side communication a light illuminating device 201 toward the lighting side communication device 201 is reflected also from the lighting side communication device 201, the illuminating light toward the lighting side communication device 201, reflected illumination light from the lighting side communication device 201 ,, the light towards the lighting side communication 201 ,, reflecting means. thus, the uplink data from the terminal side communication device 202 in a plurality of lighting side communication device 201, 201 ,, 201 "has been received.

在多个照明侧通信装置201、 201,、 201"中,通过合成各自受光而得到的电气信号就能够可靠地接收数据。在图16中示出此时的电路构成的一例。设置于各自的照明侧通信装置201、 201,、 201,,的受光部213中的受光元件271,将所接受的光变换成电气信号。在将来自此受光元件271的电气信号以对各自的照明侧通信装置201、 201,、 201"逐个设定的延迟量在延迟修正部272进行修正后,在合成部273进行合成。 In multiple lighting side communication devices 201, 201 ,, 201 ", an electric signal by synthesizing the respective light receiving obtained can reliably receive data at this time is shown an example of a circuit configuration in FIG. 16 is provided to the respective lighting side communication device 201, the light receiving element 201 ,, 201 ,, light receiving portion 213 271, the accepted light into an electric signal. since the light receiving element 271 of the electric signal in the future in order for the respective lighting side communication device 201, 201 ,, 201 delay amount "individually set in the delay correcting section 272 corrects the synthesis section 273 are synthesized. 合成除了例如单纯地进行加法运算以外,还能够取得平均电力或者进行加权后合成。 Synthesis In addition to adding, for example, be carried out simply, it is possible to obtain the average power, or after weighting. 信号强度越强权重就设为越大的权重即可。 The more weight on the signal strength to power the greater weight can be. 通过将合成后的电气信号在解调部进行解调就能够取得从终端侧通信装置202 送来的数据。 It can be acquired sent from the terminal side communication device 202 by an electrical data signal demodulated in the demodulation synthesis section.

这样,由于能够对多个照明侧通信装置发送上行链路的数据,所以即使例如因人通过等而使光没有到达一个照明侧通信装置的阴影发生,在其他照明侧通信装置中得以受光因此就能够没有问题地进行通信。 Thus, since the data of a plurality of lighting side communication devices transmits the uplink, for example, even if the person does not reach the light through the shadow like a lighting side communication device occurs, other lighting side communication device is therefore light able to communicate without problems. 此时,跟踪CCR的机构等就不需要,能够以筒单的构成来解决作为光通信的障害的阴影。 In this case, a CCR tracking mechanism or the like do not need, a single cartridge can be configured to solve a shadow disability optical communications. 此外,虽然在图15中示出了3台照明侧通信装置,但并不限于此即使在2或者4台以上也同样如此。 Further, while the illustrated three lighting side communication devices in FIG. 15, but not limited to 2 or even more than four are the same.

虽然在上述的说明中就一个CCR进行了说明,但在配置了多个CCR来构成的情况下也同样如此,例如能够2维状进行配置来构成。 Although it is a CCR has been described in the above description, but in a case where a plurality of CCR arranged constituted The same is true, for example, can be configured to two-dimensionally configured. 在配置了多个CCR的情况下,只要如图13所示那样的用于调制的构成设置在各自的CCR261,全部同样地进行控制就能够使其与CCR为一个的情况同样地进行动作。 In the case of the configuration of the plurality of CCR, as long as the configuration is provided as shown in FIG used for modulation of the CCR 261 in respective, similarly to all 13 control operation can be performed in the same manner that it is a case where the CCR. 在例如图13 (A)所示的通过光闸262进行调制的构成的情况下还能够构成为在多个CCR上设置共通的光闸262。 In the example of FIG. 13 (A) in the case of the configuration is modulated by a shutter 262 as shown can also be provided on the common shutter 262 constituting a plurality of the CCR.

在这样配置多个CCR的情况下,还可以对一个或多个的CCR逐个进行调制控制。 In the case of such a plurality of CCR, it may also be of a modulation control by one or more of the CCR. 若利用这样的构成,进行来自终端侧通信装置202 的并列的数据发送就成为可能。 When using such a configuration, the data transmission from the terminal side communication device 202 juxtaposed becomes possible. 图17是终端侧通信装置202的反射调制部224中的可并列发送的构成例的说明图。 FIG 17 is a diagram illustrating a configuration example of the reflection modulation portion 224 terminal side communication device 202 may be transmitted in parallel. 图中,281是CCR阵列,282 是透镜。 FIG, 281 is a CCR array, 282 is a lens. CCR阵列281配置了多个CCR,可按一个或多个的CCR逐个进行调制控制地构成。 CCR array 281 is configured with a plurality of CCR, CCR according to one or more controls configured individually modulated. 关于CCR阵列281中的各个CCR,若是进行例如图13 (A)所示的利用了光闸262的调制控制,则对一个或多个CCR 逐个配置可控制的光闸262即可。 About CCR CCR array 281 each, for example if FIG. 13 (A) using a modulation controls the shutter 262 shown in the CCR by one or more of a shutter 262 arranged to be controlled. 另外,若是例如图13 (C)所示那样使CCR的镜面变化的构成,则能够对各自的CCR设置同样的构成,其控制对一个或多个CCR逐个来进行。 Further, if FIG. 13 (C) as the mirror changes the CCR as shown configuration, the same configuration can be provided for the respective CCR, which controls one or more individually to CCR.

在CCR阵列281的入射(出射)侧设置有透镜282,进行调整以使的来自照明侧通信装置201 , 201,的照明光大致成像于CCR的镜面或者其附近。 CCR array 281 at the entrance (exit) side is provided with a lens 282, is adjusted so that the illumination from the lighting side communication device 201, 201, light is substantially mirror imaged on or near the CCR. 在这种构成中,例如来自照明侧通信装置201, 201,的发光光只入射到CCR阵列281之中各自的一部分CCR。 In this configuration, for example, light emitted from the lighting side communication device 201, 201, only the light incident on the array 281 into a respective part of CCR CCR. 然后,根据CCR的特性来自照明侧通信装置201的照明光所入射的一部分CCR就对照明侧通信装置201返回反射光,来自照明侧通信装置201,的照明光所入射的一部分CCR就对照明侧通信装置201,返回反射光。 Then, according to the characteristics of the CCR from part CCR lighting side communication device 201 of the illumination light incident to the lighting side communication device 201 returns the reflected light from the lighting side communication device 201, a portion of CCR illumination light is incident on the illumination side communication device 201 returns the reflected light. 此时,关于各自的照明光所入射的CCR,只要同样地进行调制控制就能够如上述的图15 所说明那样将相同的数据发送至多个照明侧通信装置201 , 201,。 At this time, each of the illumination light incident the CCR, as long as the modulation can be controlled in the same manner as described above in FIG. 15 transmits the same data to multiple lighting side communication devices 201, 201 ,.

这里,关于各自的照明光所入射的CCR,还可以分别基于不同的数据进行调制控制。 Here, each of the illumination light on the incident the CCR, may also be controlled to modulate, respectively, based on different data. 即,能够进行控制以使得关于来自照明侧通信装 That is, such control can be performed on the lighting side communication device from a

置201的照明光被入射,对照明侧通信装置201返回反射光的CCR基于第l数据进行调制控制,关于来自照明侧通信装置201,的照明光被入射、对照明侧通信装置201,返回反射光的CCR则基于与第1数据不同的第2数据进行调制控制。 Counter 201 illumination light is incident on the lighting side communication device 201 returns the reflected light of the CCR modulation control based on the l data on illumination from the lighting side communication device 201, light is incident on the lighting side communication device 201, the retroreflective CCR light modulation control is performed based on the second data different from first data. 由此,就能够对照明侧通信装置201发送第1 数据,对照明侧通信装置201,发送第2数据。 Accordingly, it is possible to transmit the first data 201 of the lighting side communication device 201 to the lighting side communication device transmits the second data. 这些数据可以并行进行发送,并能够进行并列传输。 These data may be transmitted in parallel, and transmission can be performed in parallel.

此外,关于入射照明光的CCR的确定,除了预先决定以外,还能够构成为与CCR—起配置简单的受光元件,或者在CCR的镜面上组合受光元件,或者作为终端侧通信装置202的受光部221用二维传感器及透镜系统等进行构成,以确定照明侧通信装置的位置。 Further, a determination CCR incident illumination light, in addition to the previously determined, can also be configured with CCR- from simple configuration of the light receiving element, or the mirror CCR combination light receiving element, or a light-receiving unit of the terminal side communication device 202 221 constituted by a lens system and two-dimensional sensor to determine the position of the lighting side communication device. 当然,采用其他方法也无妨。 Of course, other methods anyway.

以上,作为第2实施方式表示了反射照明光用于上行链路的例子。 Above, as the second embodiment shows an example embodiment of reflected illumination light for the uplink. 在此第2实施方式中,也与上述笫l实施方式同样,照明侧通信装置201 能够与一般所利用的照明器具同样地进行设置,关于终端侧通信装置202节点个人计算机或PDA、便携电话等可携带的终端装置为好。 In this second embodiment, too, the lighting side communication device 201 can be provided with the above-described Zi l embodiment and the generally utilized luminaire in the same manner on the terminal side communication 202 nodes a personal computer or PDA, a mobile phone portable terminal apparatus as well. 另夕卜, 关于用途在一般的办公室或店铺、家庭、公共设施、进而利用电波的通信受到限制的利用环境、例如,医院或列车内、航空机、宇宙飞船、 领导人的利用者居住的环境等也可以利用,进而并不限于室内,例如还可用于霓虹灯广告牌或广告照明,或者在交通系统中用于车车间通信或路车间通信等、各种各样的用途下的利用。 Bu the other evening, on the use of general office or shop, home, public facilities, and then take advantage of the use of radio communication environment is restricted, for example, a hospital or a train, aircrafts, spacecrafts, environmental leaders who use to live and the like may also be used, and thus is not limited to indoors, for example, also neon signs or advertising lighting, or for inter-vehicle communication or road-vehicle communication system in a vehicle, by the following various uses.

另夕卜,在此笫2实施方式中也可进行与上述第1实施方式同样的各种变形。 Another Bu Xi, Zi 2 in this embodiment may be described in the first embodiment and various modifications of the same embodiment. 能够适用图8所示的照明侧通信装置201中的受光部213的构成、及图9所示的终端侧通信装置202中的发光部222的构成,关于从照明侧通信装置201发送的数据以及所接收的数据也可以利用电力线通信。 A light receiving portion capable of lighting side communication device 201 shown in FIG. 8 applied configuration 213, and the terminal side communication device 202 shown in FIG. 9 constituting the light emitting portion 222, 201 and the data transmitted from the lighting side communication device on the received data may use power line communication. 当然,无需赘言除了这些以外还可以进行种种变形。 Of course, needless to say that in addition to these can be variously modified.

这样,虽然在以往的照明光通信中仅仅下行链路用光进行,但根据本申请第2发明,上行链路也能够通过光来进行,利用光的双向通信就成为可能。 Thus, although only the downlink in the conventional illuminating light for optical communications, but according to the second invention of the present application, an uplink light can also be performed by using an optical bi-directional communication is possible. 另外,还能够反射照明光以用于上行链路,在此情况下,能够利 Further, the illumination light can be reflected for the uplink, in this case, Li

用大功率的照明光来进行高品质的通信。 Illumination light power to perform high-quality communication. 进而通过利用CCR能够不需要跟踪而以筒单的构成实现利用光的上行链路。 In addition to the single-cylinder configuration implemented using an uplink by using light CCR can be no need to track.

<第3发明> <Third Invention>

其次,就本申请第3发明进行说明。 Secondly, the third invention of the present application will be described. 在使用照明光的通信的情况下,存在若照明被熄灭则无法进行通信之类的问题。 In the case where the illumination light communication, there is extinguished if the illumination is not possible communication problems or the like. 在该笫3发明中, 表示并用红外线通信以使即使在灭灯时也能够进行通信的构成。 Zi 3 In this invention, represented by an infrared communication and so even when unlit configured to communicate can be performed. 首先, 关于在该本申请第3发明中所用的照明用的发光二极管(LED: L ig ht Emitting Diode),表示一般的构成。 First, the illumination of the light emitting diode in the third invention of the present application used (LED: L ig ht Emitting Diode), shows the general configuration.

图25是一般的白色LED的一例的构成图。 FIG 25 is a diagram showing an example of a general configuration of white LED. 图中,331、 341是LED 元件,332是红发光元件部,333是绿发光元件部,334是蓝发光元件部, 342是发光元件部,343是荧光剂。 FIG, 331, 341 an LED element, 332 is a red light emitting element, a green light emitting element portion 333, portion 334 is a blue light emitting element, a light emitting element portion 342, 343 is a fluorescent agent. 图25 (A)所示的白色LED的一例表示在LED元件331中并列配置了发出红色光的红发光元件部332、发出绿色光的绿发光元件部333、发出蓝色光的蓝发光元件部334的构成。 As shown in FIG. 25 (A) indicates an example of a white LED in the LED elements 331 arranged in parallel in the red portion of the light emitting element 332 emits red light, a green light emitting element emits green light portion 333, a blue light emitting element emits blue light portion 334 the constitution.

从各自的发光元件部发出的红、绿、蓝的光被混合后作为白色光而得以视认。 Red light emitted from the respective light emitting element, the green, the blue light are mixed to be visually recognized as light white.

另外在图25(B)所示的白色LED的一例,在LED元件3"中设置有蓝或紫外用的发光元件部342,并在该发光元件部3"的周围设置有荧光剂343。 Also in the example of the white LED shown in FIG. 25 (B), "the light emitting element portion 342 with a blue or ultraviolet in the light emitting element and the portion 3" of the LED element 3 is provided with a phosphor 343 around. 该LED元件341与荧光灯同样,若发光元件部342所放射的蓝色光或紫外光照射到荧光剂343则荧光剂343发出白色光。 The LED 341 and the fluorescent element Similarly, if the light emitting element 342 is emitted blue light or ultraviolet light is irradiated onto phosphor 343 phosphor 343 emits white light. 由此白色光就得以发射。 Whereby white light can be emitted.

在这样的一个LED元件中,现在为了用于照明发光量较少所以通常作为汇集了多个的LED阵列进行利用。 In such a LED element, now in order to lower the illumination light emission amount so as collection is usually carried out using a plurality of LED arrays. 在以后的说明中有时也将LED阵列称之为LED。 In the following description also sometimes referred to as LED array LED. 这种LED阵列被利用于例如一部分的交通信号或、汽车的后部灯、台灯、脚灯等。 Such LED array is used for a traffic signal or a portion of e.g., an automobile rear lights, lamps, etc. footlights. LED与白热电灯泡或荧光灯等以往的照明光源相比较,具有长寿命、小型、低电力消耗之类的优良特征,有望被视为将来的照明光源。 Other white LED and a conventional thermoelectric fluorescent lamp or illumination source, compared with a long life, excellent characteristics of small, low power consumption and the like, in the future is expected to be regarded as an illumination source.

另外,由于LED等发光元件具有不需要预热时间所以应答速度非常快之类的特性。 Further, since the characteristics of the light emitting element such as an LED has no time to warm it very fast response speed and the like. 着眼于此快速的应答速度,以及能够电气控制,在 In view of this fast response speed, and can be electrically controlled, in

利用了LED的照明光上重叠信号使之具有信号传输功能的研究现在已经进行。 Utilization of the superimposed signal on the LED illumination light so that it has a signal transmission function is now performed.

在进行照明情况下,在顶棚或墙面等上广泛设置照明器具,或者通过建造电杆等从较高的位置照射光,遍及某区域不会出现影子的情况较多。 When performing lighting conditions, and the like on a wall or ceiling luminaire widely provided, or by the like poles constructed from a high position irradiated with light over a large area shadow does not happen. 一般在包含光的无线通信中,在物体的阴影中信号强度降低在通信上引起故障的阴影就成为问题。 Generally in a wireless communication comprising the light, the shadow of the object in the shadow of decreased signal intensity due to a fault on the communication becomes a problem. 但是,如上迷那样由于照明被配置成不会出现影子的情况较多,所以将照明利用于通信就意味着能够不产生阴影地进行通信。 However, as described above since the fan is configured to illuminate in many cases will not be a shadow, so that the illumination means can be used for the communication not communicate shadows. 另外,由于能够利用较大的照明电力,所以还具有通信的品质也变高这样的优点。 Further, since it is possible with a larger illumination power, so it has a communication quality becomes high advantage.

但是,由于该照明光通信使用了照明光,故存在若使照明熄灭则无法利用之类的问题。 However, since the illuminating light communication using illumination light, so there is Ruoshi illumination extinguished time can not use the type of problem. 当然,虽然在照明不需要时也进行亮灯即可, 但从省能量的观点出发在不需要时进行亮灯不取得到用户的理解的情况也存在,例如在夜间等不亮灯的情况也较多。 Of course, although it can be turned on when lighting is not required, but from the viewpoint of energy province carried out the lighting situation is not made to the user's understanding also exists when not needed, for example in the case is not lit at night, also more. 而存在若灭灯就不能进行通信,在不在时或夜间、或者在使用投影器时等不能进行通信之类的问题。 If the light-off exists can not communicate, or not at night, or communication problems or the like can not be performed when using a projector and the like. - -

另一方面,自以往红外光通信被广泛利用,IrDA等的标准化已进行。 On the other hand, since the conventional optical communication is widely used for the infrared, IrDA or the like have been standardized. 在红外光通信中,由于担心眼睛安全等对人体的影响所以不能进行大功率的通信。 In the infrared light communication, due to concerns about the impact on the human body such as eyes can not communicate powerful. 另外,因光的特性而具有若存在用户等的障碍物则通信品质降低的易于受到阴影的影响之类的特征。 Further, due to the characteristics of the light having a characteristic susceptible to the influence or the like of the shadow of an obstacle such as the presence of the user when the communication quality is reduced. 由于这样的理由, 而存在利用范围狭隘不能稳定利用的情况。 Because of this reason, and there is the use of a narrow range of use cases can not be stable.

针对这样的问题,通过如以下那样的构成并用照明光与红外光而实现即使在灭灯时等也可利用的通信装置。 For such problems, a communication apparatus configured as described below to achieve light and infrared light by lighting off even when the lamp or the like may also be utilized.

图18是表示本申请第3发明的照明光通信装置的第1实施方式的框图。 18 is a block diagram showing a first embodiment of the illumination light communication device according to a third application of the invention. 图中,311是光调制部,312~314是开关,315是功率分配器, 316是照明部,317是通信部,321是信息终端,322是受光部。 FIG, 311 is a light modulation unit 312 to 314 is a switch, 315 is a power divider, 316 is a lighting unit, 317 communication unit, 321 denotes an information terminal, 322 is a light-receiving portion. 在照明部316中设置着用于通过发光来进行照明的光源。 A light source is provided by means for illuminating the illumination light emission section 316. 作为光源如白色LED 元件等那样利用具有高速应答特性的半导体发光元件,可通过亮灭或者光量的控制来进行照明光通信。 As a light source such as a white LED elements and the like using a semiconductor light emitting element having high-speed response characteristics, illuminative light communication can be performed by controlling blinking or light amount. 另外通信部317能够通过照明光以外的光通信方式、例如红外光通信来发送数据。 Further the communication unit 317 can be, for example, infrared light communication data transmitted through the optical communication method other than the illumination light. 此外,如后述那样照明 Further, as described later illumination

部316与通信部317能够构成于相同的元件内。 A communication unit 316 and the unit 317 can be configured within the same element. 当然,也可以作为不同的装置进行构成。 Of course, it can also be configured as different devices.

光调制部311及功率分配器315对应于本申请第3发明的调制装置,依照数据对照明部316的闪烁或者光量进行控制以调制照明光。 Light modulating section 311 and power divider 315 corresponding to the modulation apparatus 3 of the present application of the invention, in accordance with the data on flicker of illumination portion 316 to control the amount of light or to modulate the illumination light. 在该例子中,光调制部311按照规定的调制方式来调制所输入的数据,将经过调制后的数据重叠于电力波形经由开关313输入至功率分配器315,另外经由开关314输入到通信部317。 In this example, the light modulation unit 311 of data according to a predetermined modulation scheme for the input, after the modulated data waveform is superimposed on the power input to the power divider 315 via the switch 313, the other input to the communication unit 317 via the switch 314 . 由此,进行对于照明部316 以及通信部317的ON/OFF (接通/切断)控制或光量控制。 Thus, for the illumination unit 316 and the communication unit 317 is ON / OFF (ON / OFF) control or the light quantity control.

功率分配器315主要进行对于照明部316的电力供给。 Power divider 315 mainly for power supply to the illumination portion 316. 此时,在供给从光调制部311经由开关313传来的经过调制后的数据被重叠的电力的情况下将该电力对照明部316进行供给。 At this time, electric power is supplied from the light modulation unit 311 via the switch 313 data modulation is transmitted through the overlapping of the electric power supplied to the lighting unit 316.

开关312~314构成本申请第3发明的切换装置,按照对于照明装置的亮灯及灭灯的指示等来自外部的指示切换各自的开关的ON/ OFF (接通/切断)。 Switching the switching means 312 to 314 constituting the third invention of the present application, the switching of each switch ON / OFF (ON / OFF) in accordance with an instruction from the outside to the indicator lights off the light source of the lighting device and the like. 开关312切换对于功率分配器315的电力供给的ON/OFF,对照明的亮灯及灭灯进行切换。 Switch 312 switches the power supply to the power divider 315 is ON / OFF, the lighting and lighting off the light switch. 开关313切换是否对功率分配器315供给经过调制后的数据,在照明部316中进行照明时,切换是否利用该照明光来发送数据(照明光通信)。 Switch 313 switches whether to supply a power splitter 315 passes the modulated data, when illuminating the illumination portion 316, using the illumination light switches whether to transmit data (illuminative light communication). 开关314切换是否对通信部317供给经过调制后的数据。 Switch 314 switch whether the modulated data is supplied through the communication unit 317. 此外,开关312与开关313某一个为ON,或者双方都成为OFF。 In addition, a switch 312 and a switch 313 is ON, or both become OFF.

图19是利用开关312 ~ 314的接通切断的动作的一例的说明图。 19 is an explanatory view showing an example of the use of switches 312-314 ON cutting operation. 在通过上述的开关312〜314的接通切断,开关312接通,开关313切断的情况下,如果开关314接通则如图19①所示一边用照明部316进行照明一边进行利用通信部317的通信。 In the case where the switch is turned on by the above cutting 312~314, the switch 312 is turned on, the switch 313 is off, if the switch 314 is turned on as shown in FIG 19① side while illuminated by the communication unit 317 for illuminating section 316 communication. 此外虽然在图19中,作为利用通信部317的通信进行红外光通信被记栽为r红外光通信J,但利用通信部317 的通信并不限于此。 Also, while in FIG. 19, the infrared light communication as a communication by the communication unit 317 is referred to as r planted J infrared light data communication, but the communication by the communication unit 317 is not limited thereto. 在开关312、 313的设定相同的情况下如果开关切断,则如图19②所示仅仅进行照明不进行通信。 Under the same setting switch 312, the switch 313 is off, if the case, as shown in FIG 19② illuminated only not communicating. 此情况下的照明光不用于通信。 The illumination light in this case is not used for communication. 在开关312切断,开关313接通的情况下,如果开关314接通, 则如图19③所示一边进行利用照明部316的照明一边通过该照明光进行通信,同时在通信部317中也进行相同数据的通信。 In the off switch 312, the switch 313 is turned on, if the switch 314 is turned on, while FIG illumination by the illumination portion 316 is shown while 19③ communicate via the illumination light, while the communication unit 317 performs the same communication data. 在相同情况下如果开关314切断,则如图19④所示进行利用照明部316的照明和利用该照明光的通信。 In the same circumstances, if the switch 314 off, as shown in FIG 19④ for illumination by the illumination unit 316 and the communication using illumination light. 在开关312,开关313均切断的情况下则不使用照明部316,如果开关314接通则如图19©所示进行利用通信部317的通信,如果开关314切断则如图19⑥所示照明以及通信均不进行。 In the case where the switch 312, switch 313 is not cut all the illumination unit 316, a communication 317 if the switch 314 is turned on as shown in FIG 19 © be used by the communication unit, when the switch 314 is off as shown in FIG illumination and 19⑥ communications are not performed.

例如在需要照明时进行通信的情况下若如图19①所示那样接通开关312,切断开关313,接通开关314,或如图19③、④那样所示切断开关312,接通开关313,接通或切断开关314则能够进行借助于通信部317的通信或使用了借助于照明部316的照明光的通信。 For example, when communication is performed when the lighting if required as shown in FIG 19① switch 312 is turned on, cut-off switch 313, switch 314 is turned on or off switch 312 in FIG 19③, ④ as shown, switch 313 is turned on, then on or off the switch 314 can be a communication means of the communication unit 317 or communication means of the illumination light of the illumination portion 316. 另外,在照明不需要的情况,通过如图19⑤所示那样"使开关312,开关313均切断、 使开关314接通就能够进行借助于通信部317的通信。 Further, in the case where the illumination unnecessary, as "shown in FIG. 19⑤ passing through switch 312, switch 313 are off, the switch 314 is turned on can be performed by means of the communication section 317.

这样,在利用照明之际就可进行利用照明光的通信,同时即4吏在将照明熄灭的情况下也可进行通信。 Thus, the communication can be carried out using the illumination light by the illumination occasion, i.e., while in the case of 4 officials illumination extinguished can communicate. 如上述那样在采用红外光通4言作为通信部317的通信方式的情况下,由于红外光不会被眼睛看见所以即使进行通信对人们来说也不会感知到明亮,因而在照明被熄灭的状态下能够进行通信。 As described above, in the optical communication using infrared communication as in the case 4 made by the communication unit 317 of the embodiment, since infrared light is not seen even when the communicating eye for people can not sense the bright illuminated thus extinguished capable of communicating state. - -

图20是表示适合用于本申请第3发明的照明光通信装置的本申请第3发明的照明元件的一例的模式图,图21是本申请第3发明的照明元件的一例的对本申请第3发明的照明光通信装置的适用例的说明图。 FIG 20 is a schematic view showing an example of an illumination device suitable for the present application for illuminative light communication device according to the present application the third invention of the third invention, FIG 21 is the present application example of an illumination device of the present application the third invention, the third Description of the embodiment of FIG suitable illuminative light communication device of the invention. 图中,对与图25相同的部分附加相同的符号并省略重复的说明。 Drawing, and the repeated description of the same and the same reference numerals in FIG. 25 of the additional portion. 335是红外光发光元件部。 335 is an infrared light emitting element section. 如图25所示那样一般的照明用LED当然也仅仅发出可见光,而不发出红外光。 As shown in Figure 25 just general illumination of course emit visible light LED, infrared light is not emitted. 为此,在如上述那样用通信部317进行红外光通信的情况下,作为通信部317需要另行设置红外光的LED。 For this reason, in a case where the infrared optical communication as described above, the communication unit 317, a communication unit 317 provided at extra infrared light LED. 当然, 还可以分别设置照明部316与通信部317所用的LED,但两者也可具有类似的构造, 一体地构成。 Of course, the illumination unit may be provided separately with the communication unit 316 with the LED 317, but both may have a similar configuration, is integrally configured. 图20中示出其一个例子。 FIG 20 shows an example thereof.

图20所示的例子,如图25 (A)所示那样在发出红、绿、蓝3色光而作为白色光的LED上设置了红外光发光元件部335。 The example shown in FIG. 20, FIG. 25 (A), as shown in FIG issuing red, green and blue color light and infrared light emitting element is provided on the portion 335 as a white light LED. 即使这样设置红外光发光元件部335封装的大小几乎跟一般的LED没有变化,宽度为数mm、高度也为数mm程度。 Even so setting the size of the package 335 portion of infrared light emitting element with little change in general LED, a width of several mm, height level of several mm. 在将这样的照明元件适用于照明光通信装置的情况下,如图21所示将红发光元件部332、绿发光元件部333、将发光元件部334的配线连接到功率分配器315在照明时的电力供给以及照明光通信时接受经过调制后的电力供给。 In the case where such a lighting device for lighting an optical communication apparatus, as shown in FIG red light emitting element 332, a green light emitting element section 333, the wiring portion of the light emitting element 334 is connected to the power divider 315 in the illumination 21 when the power supply through the power supplying and receiving modulated illumination light communication. 另外,红外光发光元件部335,能够构成为经由开关314连接到光调制部311,在开关314关闭着的情况下由光调制部311 进行调制驱动。 Further, the infrared light emitting element 335 can be configured to be connected to the light modulation unit 311 via the switch 314, is modulated by the light modulator driving portion 311 in a case where the switch 314 is closed. 另外,共通的电极与光调制部311或功率分配器315等一起被接地即可。 Further, the common electrode and the light modulating section 311 or the like together with a power splitter 315 to be grounded.

在通常的照明中使红发光元件部332、绿发光元件部333、蓝发光元件部334发光,通过3色的光在视觉上发出白色的照明光。 In the normal illumination manipulation red light emitting element 332, a green light emitting element portion 333, a blue light emitting element 334 emit light, light emits white illumination light by three colors visually. 通过高速地调制该照明光就可进行照明光通信。 Illuminative light communication can be carried out at high speed by modulating the illumination light. 另外,虽然即便使红外光发光元件部335发光在视觉上也看不见,但通过对发光光高速地进行调制就可进行利用红外光的无线通信。 Further, even though the light emitting element of the infrared light emitting portion 335 also is invisible, but the wireless communication using infrared light emission by the light can be modulated at high speed.

通过如上述那样切换开关312 ~ 314就能够适宜切换对红发光元件部332、绿发光元件部333、蓝发光元件部334高速地进行了调制的照明光通信,和对红外光发光元件部335高速地进行调制的红外光通信来进行利用。 By As described above, the changeover switch 312 to 314 can be suitably switched illuminative light communication modulation, and 335 high-speed infrared light emitting element section red light emitting element 332, a green light emitting element portion 333, a blue light emitting element 334 at high speed were infrared light communication to be performed using the modulated. 例如在需要照明且通信也需要的情况下使红发光元件部332、绿发光元件部333、蓝发光元件部334发光同时高速地进行调制以发送信息。 For example a red light emitting element portion to be illuminated and in the case where the communication needs to be 332, a green light emitting element portion 333, a blue light emitting element at high speed while the light emitting unit 334 to transmit modulated information. 由此,由于能够将照明所要求的光功率也利用于通信,所以可进行高速高品质的通信。 Accordingly, since the optical power required for lighting is also used for communication, it is possible to perform high-speed high-quality communications. 另外,在照明不需要但通信需要的情况 Additionally, but not required in the illumination case where communication needs

在此情况下由于红外光在视觉上看;见所以能够在灭灯的状态下进^行通信。 In this case, since infrared light Visually; it is possible to see the intake ^ communicate in the unlit state. 另外,通常在灭灯时没有人的情况较多,眼睛安全等对人体的影响也能够减轻。 In addition, usually no more people in the unlit condition that affects the human body such as eyes can also be reduced.

当然,也可以在进行照明时也对红外光发光元件部335进行调制驱动,进行利用了红外光的通信。 Of course, it may be infrared light emitting element driving unit 335 is modulated during lighting, for communication using infrared light. 在此情况下,在接收侧常常仅接收红外光即可,由于不对应多个波长就可解决所以能够使构成简化。 In this case, infrared light is received can often only on the reception side, because they do not correspond to the plurality of wavelengths can be resolved it is possible to simplify the configuration.

或者,还能够在进行照明之际对红发光元件部332、绿发光元件部333、蓝发光元件部334进行调制驱动,并且红外光发光元件部33S 也进行调制驱动,与照明光一起利用红外光进行通信。 Alternatively, it is possible to 332, a green light emitting element portion 333, a blue light emitting element section 334 modulates the red light emitting element lighting drive is performed on the occasion, and the infrared light emitting element driving unit 33S also modulate, together with the illumination light with infrared light communicate. 在此情况下,由于能够利用全部的功率所以可进行比上述的各方式还高速、高品质的通信。 In this case, since it is possible to utilize the full power available for further high-speed ratio of each above-described embodiment, high-quality communication.

此外,在图20所示的构成中,由于红发光元件部332、绿发光元件部333、蓝发光元件部334、红外光发光元件部33S可分别独立进^f亍驱动,所以如果区分波长就能够同时发送多个信息。 Further, in the configuration shown in FIG. 20, since the red light emitting element 332, a green light emitting element portion 333, a blue light emitting element section 334, the infrared light emitting element portion 33S can be separately driven feed ^ f right foot, so that if the wavelength to differentiate It can simultaneously transmit a plurality of information.

图22是表示适合用于本申请第3发明的照明光通信装置的本申请第3发明的照明元件的其他例子的模式图。 FIG 22 is a schematic view showing another example of a lighting element for illumination light communication device used in the present invention, the application of the third application of the present third invention. 图23是本申请第3发明的照明元件的其他例子的对本申请第3发明的照明光通信装置的适用例的说明图。 FIG 23 is an explanatory view showing another example of the present application the lighting device of the third invention of the present invention are suitable for application of the third embodiment of the illumination light communication device. 图中,对与图25相同的部分附加相同的符号并省略重复的说明。 Drawing, and the repeated description of the same and the same reference numerals in FIG. 25 of the additional portion. 344是红外光发光元件部。 344 are infrared light emitting element section. 图22所示的例子,在图25(B)所示的构成的LED元件341中设置了红外光发光元件部344。 Example shown in FIG. 22, FIG. 25 (B) LED element 341 is provided in the configuration shown in the infrared light emitting element 344.

在将这样的照明元件适用于照明光通信装置的情况下,如图23所示将发光元件部342的配线连接到功率分配器315在照明时的电力供给、以及照明光通信时接受经过调制后的电力供给。 In the case where such a lighting device for lighting an optical communication device, the wiring 23 of the light emitting element portion 342 is connected to the power supply in the power divider 315 of the illumination, and when receiving the modulated illuminative light communication after the power supply. 另外,红外光发光元件部335能够构成为经由开关314连接到光调制部311、在开关314 关闭着的情况下由光调制部311进行调制驱动。 Further, the infrared light emitting element portion 335 can be configured to be connected via a switch 314 to the light modulation unit 311, by the light modulation unit 311 in a case where the switch 314 is closed modulated drive. 另外,共通的电极与光调制部311或功率分配器315等一起被接地即可。 Further, the common electrode and the light modulating section 311 or the like together with a power splitter 315 to be grounded.

在通常的照明时,发光元件部342放射的蓝色光或紫外光被照射到荧光剂343由此发出白色光。 In normal lighting, the light emitting element portion 342 emitted blue light or ultraviolet light is irradiated to the phosphor 343 emits white light thereby. 此时,通过对发光元件部342高速地进行调制驱动就能够将照明光用于通信。 In this case, by modulating the drive of the light emitting element 342 at high speed it can be used for illumination light communication. 另外,通过对红外光发光元件部344进行调制驱动,虽然在视觉上看不见但可进行借助于红外光的无线通信。 Further, through the infrared light emitting element driving unit 344 is modulated, although is invisible but can be performed by means of infrared wireless communications.

与图20所示的例子同样,例如在照明需要且通信也需要的情况下对发光元件部342进行调制驱动来发送信息。 Also, for example light emitting element driving unit 342 modulates transmit information in a case where the illumination needed and also requires the communication with the example shown in FIG 20. 由此,由于能够将照明所要求的光功率也利用于通信,所以可进行高速高品质的通信。 Accordingly, since the optical power required for lighting is also used for communication, it is possible to perform high-speed high-quality communications. 另外, 在不需要照明但通信需要的情况下通过对红外光发光元件部3"进行调制驱动使其发出红外光来进行通信。在此情况下由于红外光在视觉上看不见所以能够在灭灯的状态下进行通信。另外,通常在灭灯时没有人的情况较多,眼睛安全等对人体的影响也能够减轻。当然,与图20所示的例子同样,也可以在进行照明时对红外光发光元件部344进行调制驱动,进行使用了红外光的通信,或者对发光元件部342与红外光发光元件部344双方进行调制驱动。此外,虽然在图22所示的构成中,可分别驱动发光元件部342和红外光发光元件部344 并行发送不同的数据,但不能按照明光的红、绿、蓝的波长逐个发送不同的数据。 In addition, but without the need for illumination light communication needs to communicate via modulated infrared light emitting element driving section 3 "to emit infrared light. In this case, since infrared light is invisible can be in the unlit when the communication state. in addition, many people do not usually the case where the light-off time, the influence on the human body such as eyes can be alleviated. of course, the example shown in FIG. 20, similarly to infrared illumination may be performed a light emitting element driving unit 344 modulates, for communication using infrared light, or a light emitting element portion 342 and the infrared light emitting element section 344 modulates both drives. Further, although in the configuration shown in FIG. 22, respectively, may be driven the light emitting element portion 342 and the infrared light emitting element section 344 transmits different data in parallel, but not in accordance with the illumination light of red, green, and blue wavelengths individually transmit different data.

图24是表示本申请第3发明的照明光通信装置的第2实施方式的框图。 24 is a block diagram showing a second embodiment of the illumination light communication device according to a third application of the invention. 图中的符号与图18相同。 The same reference numerals in FIG 18 and FIG. 在上述第l实施方式中,当在熄灭照明的状态进行通信的情况下,通过另行设置的通信部317来进行。 L In the first embodiment, a case where communication is performed in the off state lighting, performed by the communication unit 317 provided separately. 在此第2实施方式中,表示不设置通信部317在灭灯时也用照明部316进行通信的例子。 In this second embodiment, an example is not provided the communication unit 317 also communicates with the illumination portion 316 when unlit.

在该例子中,为了切换照明的亮灯及灭灯而使用开关312,另外为了切换是否进行通信而使用开关313。 In this example, in order to switch the lighting and lighting off the light switch 312 is used, in order to switch whether additional communications using a switch 313.

功率分配器315按照开关312及开关313的接通切断来驱动照明部316,在进行通信之际,在亮灯时一边对照明部316供给用于进行照明的充分的电力一边进行与待发送的信息相应的调制控制,在灭灯时进行与待发送的信息相应的调制控制,使照明部316进行仅通信所需要的 Power divider 315 and the switch 312 is turned on according to the switch 313 to drive off the illumination unit 316, on the occasion of performing communication, when the supply side of the lighting unit 316 for illuminating sufficient electric power for lighting to be transmitted while the respective modulation control information, corresponding modulation control information to be transmitted when the lamp off, the illumination portion 316 is only required for communication

程度的闪烁。 The degree of flicker.

例如在开关312及开关313被关闭的情况下将照明部316以照明状态进行调制,来实现照明光通信。 For example, when switch 312 is closed and switch 313 in the illumination unit 316 modulates illumination state, illuminative light communication is achieved. 另外,在开关312^:开放、开关313 被关闭的情况下按照利用光调制部311的调制信号对照明部316进行驱动> 并按照将要发送的信息使照明部316在极短时间发光来进行通信。 Further, in the ^ switch 312: case of an open, switch 313 is closed the lighting unit 316 is driven in accordance with a modulation signal by the light modulator 311> and in accordance with the information to be transmitted to the illumination portion 316 in a very short time a light emitting communicate . 若使极短时间的发光则在视觉上不会感知。 Ruoshi emitting very short time is not visually perceived. 为此,由于即使在实际上使其发光但对人们的眼睛来说可看成灭灯,所以在灭灯时也能够进行通信。 For this reason, even when actually emit light but may be considered for people's eyes off the lamp, so the lamp can be off during communication. 此外,在开关312被关闭、开关313被开放的情况下进行通常的照明,在开关312, 313均被开放的情况下则灭灯并且通信也不进行。 Further, the switch 312 is closed, switch 313 is opened in the case of the normal illumination, in the case where the switch 312, 313 are open is not performed and the communication unlit.

这样,通过进行控制以在灭灯时不使照明部316连续亮灯而是依照信息使其极短时间发光,就能够以对人们的眼睛而言灭灯的状态, 利用照明部316进行借助于可见光的通信。 Thus, by controlling so as not to illuminate when unlit portion 316 continuously illuminates in a very short time but according to the information so that light emission, it is possible in a state for people's eyes off the light by means of the illumination unit 316 visible light communication. 如上迷那样,除了利用极短时间的发光的通信以外,还能够以可 Fans as described above, in addition to communication using a very short time to emit light, it also can be

通信的程度的较弱的光强度使照明部316发光来进行通信。 Weak light intensity of the illumination level of a communication light emitting portion 316 to communicate. 在此情况下,虽然并不是完全被灭灯,但例如若是保护灯程度的光量则即4吏在灭灯时也被允许的情况下也较多考虑。 In this case, although the light is not completely destroyed, but for example, when the amount of light if the light level of protection is 4 i.e. when the officials were allowed unlit is greater consideration.

这样,根据本申请第3发明,就能够提供一种在灭灯时也可进行通信的照明光通信装置,并且提供一种适合用于这样的照明光通信装置的照明元件。 Thus, in accordance with the third invention of the present application, it is possible to provide a light-off may be performed when the illuminating light communication means for communicating, and to provide suitable illumination element for illuminating light communication device.

在照明设备的情况下,也有24小时经常利用的情况,根据情况的不同,在不在时或在周围有太阳光的情况下或者在利用投影器时等有时进行灭灯。 In the case of the lighting device, there is a case of using a regular 24 hours, depending on the circumstances, or around the absence of sunlight, or may be the case when the lights off by the projection or the like. 在这样的情况下若仅仅用照明光来进行信息传输则在由于在信息流动时照明也必须亮灯所以有问题。 In this case it is due to the flow of information when the illumination must be turned on only if there is a problem with the illumination light to transmit information. 在本申请第3发明中,通过在灭灯时利用红外光通信,或者进行利用短时间或较弱的光强度的通信即使在灭灯时也可以进行通信。 In the third invention of the present application, even when the lights off can communicate by using infrared light communication when lighting-OFF, or in communication or short weak light intensity used.

另外,在利用红外光通信的情况下通过提供将照明用的发光元件和红外光的发光元件汇集成一个的发光元件,就能够如上述那样可在灭灯时进行利用了红外光的通信。 Further, in the case of using infrared light communication pooled into a light emitting element by providing the light-emitting elements and the infrared light for illumination, it is possible as described above may be carried out while the lamp off communication using infrared light. 进而,能够通过将从可见光到红外线的光一体化的元件来进行发光,可使装置构成小型化。 Further, light emission can be performed by integration of the light from the visible to the infrared elements, the apparatus can be downsized. 即,可构筑利用^f皮一体化的照明元件的新的紧凑的系统而不是照明为照明、红外线通信为红外线通信不同的系统。 I.e. new compact system can be constructed using a transdermal ^ f integrated lighting element rather than illumination lighting, infrared communication is infrared communication of different systems. 如杲改变视点,则虽然自以往就知道利用了红外光的无线信息传输但却与照明无关地构筑了系统。 Gao as changing the viewpoint, although the conventionally known since wireless transmission of information using infrared light, but the illumination system constructed independently. 即, 与照明相区别在顶棚等设置有收发机。 That is, the illumination provided distinguished transceiver such as a ceiling. 为此,难以在顶棚宽广的范围进行设置,因阴影的影响等而在利用上存在妨碍的情况较多,但是通过利用本申请第3发明的照明元件,就能够容易地将红外光通信系统与照明系统一体化。 For this reason, it is difficult to set a ceiling broad range, and the like due to the influence of the presence of the shadow in many cases interfere with the use, but the present application by using the lighting device of the third invention, it is possible to easily and infrared optical communication system lighting systems integration. 由于照明在顶棚等以宽广的范围进行设置所以在信息传输中也容易设置于宽广范围,阴影的影响也减少,就能够稳定利用借助于红外光的无线通信。 Since the ceiling illumination or the like to be provided so that a wide range of information transmission can be easily provided in a wide range, the influence of shading is reduced, it can be stabilized by means of wireless communication using infrared light.

<第4发明> <Fourth Invention>

首先,就本申请第4发明进行说明。 First, the fourth invention of the present application will be described. 在上述第1至第3发明中,表示了使用从照明器具直接发出的照明光来进行通信的例子。 In the first to third invention, an example using the illumination light emitted directly from the luminaire to communicate. 在本申请 In the present application

第4发明中,表示构成为直至使用光纤进行照明以及通信的场所,j吏根据信息经过调制后的照明光到达的例子。 Fourth invention, showing the use of optical fibers configured to place until lighting and communications, j officials example of the information through the illumination light modulated according to reach.

图32是以往的使用了光纤的照明装置的一例的说明图。 FIG 32 is a conventional use of the lighting device illustrating an example of an optical fiber. 图中,401 是光源,402是光纤。 FIG, 401 is a light source 402 is a fiber. 以往的使用了光纤402的照明器具如图32所示从光纤402的一端入射从卣素灯、LED、激光等光源401所放射的光,使光从另一端发射到空间。 Using the conventional optical fiber lighting fixture 402 shown in Figure 32 from one end of the optical fiber 402 from the light incident wine container element lamp, LED, laser radiation source 401, the light emitted from the other end into the space. 将此该所发射的光利用作照明。 The use of this light is emitted as illumination.

在此方式中,由于光从光纤402的一端之类的点光源发出、另外直线传播性较好的光被放射,所以在狭窄的视场角发射大量的光。 In this manner, since the light emitted from the point light source end 402 of optical fiber or the like, further preferably rectilinear propagation of light is emitted, so that a large amount of light emitted in a narrow viewing angle. 为此,在用眼睛直视光纤402的端部的情况下就相当晃眼。 For this reason, in a case where the end portion of the optical fiber 402 with the eye look quite dazzling. 另外,还有无法照明宽广范围之类的缺点。 In addition, there is a wide range of lighting shortcomings can not be like. 为此,在光纤402的出射端设置扩散板使从光纤402的端部放射的光扩散、在某种程度宽的范围将光进行放射并且降低晃眼的处理也得以进行。 For this purpose, the diffusing plate diffusing light radiated from the end portion of the optical fiber 402, in a wide range to some extent the light beam radiation and glare reduction process is also carried out in the exit end of the optical fiber 402.

另一方面,伴随着高速通信技术的进展,使用了光的室内无线通信技术已经得以利用。 On the other hand, along with the progress of high-speed communication technology, the use of light indoor wireless communication technology has been utilized. 特别是利用了红外线的L AN并不限于办/>室等,在家庭等也变得普及起来。 In particular the use of infrared L AN is not limited to office /> room in the family, also become popular. 但是红外线LAN为了利用它就需要特意在顶棚设置作为接入点的收发机,另外若在从该接入点到终端之间有障碍物则一般而言就不能进行发送接收。 However, it requires the use of infrared LAN to purposely provided as an access point transceivers in the ceiling, further from the access point when an obstacle to the general transmission and reception can not be performed between terminals. 进而,因眼睛安全等对 Furthermore, due to eye safety

人体的影响而需要抑制功率,存在无法进行高速高品质的通信之类的问题。 Affect the body's need to suppress power, there is impossible to perform high-speed high-quality communication and the like.

作为解决这样的问题通信方式,考虑了使用照明光的通信方式, 在此本申请第4发明中就使用光纤进行照明以及通信的构成进行了表示。 As a way to solve the problem of communication, consider the use of the illumination light communication system in this fourth invention of the present application to use optical fiber for illumination and the communication configuration is indicative.

图26是表示本申请第4发明的第1实施方式的概念图。 FIG 26 is a conceptual diagram showing a first embodiment of the fourth invention of the present application. 图中,411 是光源控制部,412是光源,413是光纤,414是光散射体,415是反射板,421是接收机,422是受光部,423是解调部。 FIG, 411 is a light source control unit 412 is a light source, an optical fiber 413, 414 is a light scattering body, a reflection plate 415, a receiver 421, 422 denotes a light receiving unit, 423 is a demodulation unit. 光源412放射照明用的光,例如使用了LED或激光二极管等具有高速应答特性的元件。 Radiated illumination light source 412, for example, using an LED or laser diode device having high-speed response characteristic.

光源控制部411根据待发送的信息来控制光源412的亮灭或者光量。 The light source control unit 411 controls information to be sent to the light source 412 blinking or light intensity. 由此使调制光从光源412放射出。 Whereby the modulated light emitted from the light source 412. 光纤"3使来自光源412的光从一端导通至另一端。作为光纤413 的种类能够利用玻璃纤维和塑料光纤(POF)双方。在对两者进《亍了比较的情况下由于POF—方较轻, 一般而言能够加大纤维直径,所以POF的单位截面积的光的能量密度与玻璃纤维相比较要低。从而,能够发送较高功率的光能量。另外,POF与玻璃纤维相比较连接容易且具有柔软性。 Since POF- fiber side "3 from the light source 412 is turned from one end to the other end. As a kind of the optical fiber 413 can utilize glass fibers and plastic optical fiber (POF) parties in advance to both the" in case of a relatively right foot lighter, fiber diameter can be increased in general, the energy density of light per unit sectional area of ​​the POF and glass fibers compared to lower thereby, light energy can transmit a higher power. Further, compared to the glass fiber POF connected easily and has flexibility.

光散射体414设置于光纤413的端部,将导通于光纤413的光进行散射放射。 End of the light scatterer 414 is provided on the optical fiber 413, the light will turn on the optical fiber 413 scatters radiation. 作为光散射体414能够使用高亮度光散射聚合导光体。 As the light scatterer 414 can be a high brightness light-scattering light guide polymerization. 高亮度光散射聚合导光体例如能够用在光学子聚合物中使精密级的不均一构造形成的、高亮度光散射导光体(HSOT)聚合物进行构成,作为照明器具而成为高效率的可见光的散射体。 High-brightness light-scattering light guide, for example, the polymerization can be used in an optical precision manipulation sub-polymer structure is formed of a non-uniform, high-brightness light-scattering light guide (the HSOT) polymer composed of, as a lighting fixture and a high efficiency scatterer of visible light. 在作为光纤413使用了POF 的情况下,由于光散射体414和光纤413用塑料构成,故还能够进4亍两者的一体化。 In the case of using the POF as the optical fiber 413, since the light-scattering body constituted by a plastic optical fiber 414 and 413, it can also be integrated into both the right foot 4. 例如除了将两者分别进行制造一体化以外,还可以通过调整制造时的添加剂或制造条件等而一体地进行制造。 For example except that the two were produced integrated, may also be manufactured integrally by an additive manufacturing conditions or the like during manufacture and adjustment. 光散射体414 的形状为任意、例如在图26中设为半球形的形状在其中心连接着光纤413的端部。 Light scatterer 414 is arbitrary shape, for example, a hemispherical shape to the end portion of the optical fiber 413 is connected at its center 26 in FIG.

反射板415,与光散射体414相对的面由镜面构成,将来自光散射体414的上部的散射光再次返回光散射体414,使来自光散射体414的下部的散射光增加。 Reflection plate 415, a surface facing the light scatterer 414 is made of a mirror, an upper portion of the light scattered from the light scatterer 414 again returns the light scatterer 414, so that the lower portion of the scattered light from the light scatterer 414 is increased. 该反射板415除了用别的部材进行设置以外,还可以 The reflection plate 415 is provided except for portions with another material may also be

通过在使其反射的面上涂敷反射材料或者使其蒸镀等来形成反射面。 By so applying the reflective surface of the reflector material, vapor deposition or the like so as to form a reflective surface. 此夕卜,在该例子中设想使用如图26所示的半球形状的光散射体4U例如 Bu this evening, in this example, using a light scattering body is envisaged a hemispherical shape shown in FIG. 26 4U e.g.

从室内的顶棚等进行照明的情况。 Illuminating the interior of the case from the ceiling and so on. 在这种情况下,由于半球的平面部分为顶棚侧,不需要来自此面的散射光的放射,所以在光散射体"4 的平面部分设置反射板415以使照明效率改善。但是,在不需要使照明的形态或照明光率改善等情况下,也能够不设置此反射板415来进行构成。 In this case, since the planar portion of the ceiling side of the hemisphere, no scattered light radiated from this surface, so that the reflecting plate 415 disposed in the planar portion of the light scatterer "4 to enable improved lighting efficiency. However, no necessary to form the illumination light of the illumination or the like to improve the situation, this is possible without providing the reflecting plate 415 to be configured.

接收机421接受如上述那样通过光纤413从光散射体414放射的, 经过调制后的散射光,以接收所送来的信息。 The receiver 421 receiving information through the optical fiber 413 as described above, after the modulated scattered light from the light scatterer 414 to receive the radiation sent. 作为用于它的构成,包含受光部422以及解调部423等而构成。 As for its composition, comprising a light receiving portion 422 and a demodulator 423 configured like. 受光部422接受通过光纤413从光散射体414放射的、经过调制后的散射光并变换成电气信号,送往解调部423。 Light receiving portion 422 via the optical fiber 413 from the light scatterer 414 emitted through the scattered light modulated and converted into an electric signal, sent to demodulation section 423. 在解调部423中,对与受光部422所接受的光量相应的电气信号进行解调,以取出原来的信息。 In the demodulating section 423, the amount of the light receiving portion 422 receiving a corresponding electrical signal is demodulated to remove the original information. 由此,就能够接收所送来的信息。 Thereby, it is able to receive the information sent.

就上述本申请第4发明的第1实施方式中的动作的一例进行说明。 One case will be described application of the present invention, a fourth embodiment according to the first embodiment in operation. 在本申请第4发明中,在不发送信息的情况下能够原封不动作为照明装置进行利用。 In the fourth invention of the present application, it can be utilized as an illumination device intact without transmission information. 即,使从光源412所放射的光入射到光纤413,在光纤413 导通后入射至光散射体414。 That is, light incident from the light source 412 is radiated to the optical fiber 413, incident to the light scatterer 414 in the optical fiber 413 is turned on. 在光散射体414中,使从光纤413入射的光进行散射以放射散射光。 In the light scatterer 414, incident light from the optical fiber 413 to scatter radiation scattered light. 此外,从半球形状的上部平面放射的光由反射板415进行反射后再次入射到光散射体414进行散射放射。 In addition, scattered radiation emitted from the upper plane of the incident light is again reflected by the reflection plate 415 to the hemispherical light scatterer 414. 将这样由光散射体414进行散射、放射后的放射光用作照明光即可。 The thus scattered by the light scatterer 414, the radiation emitted light can be used as illumination light.

在这样用作照明装置的情况下也在光纤413的出射端设置光散射体414,通过光纤413的光作为散射光进行放射。 In the case of such an illumination device is also used as the optical fiber exit end 413 of the light scatterer 414 is provided, with radiation through the optical fiber 413 as scattered light. 为此,单位面积的亮度与从光纤413端直接照射的方法等相比就变低。 For this reason, the luminance per unit area from the end of the fiber 413 directly illuminated becomes lower as compared to other methods. 从而,即使直视也不会感到那么晃眼。 Thus, even if the look will not feel so dazzling. 另外,能够通过光散射体414对广泛的范围进行照明。 Further, the light scatterer 414 through a wide range of illumination range.

进而,在将光散射体414与光纤413—体化进行构成的情况下仅仅在室内设置光散射体414即可,而不需要如以往的照明器具那样设置大型的器具。 Further, in a case where the light scatterer 414 and the optical fiber is composed of 413- member is provided only in the chamber 414 to scatter the light without providing a large appliance such as a conventional lighting device. 另外,由于光源412到处存在,光用光纤413来发送即可, 所以还可以不是如以往的照明器具那样在室内设置光源。 Further, since the light source 412 is present everywhere, the optical fiber 413 can be transmitted, it may not, as a conventional lighting device as a light source disposed within the chamber. 从而,例如在电气短路等成为问题的场所中进行利用的情况下还可以在其他房间设置光源412并将光纤413敷设到该场所,作为照明进行利用。 Thus, for example, may also be provided for use in case of an electrical short-circuit problem in other places room light sources 412 and optical fiber 413 is laid to the property, for use as illumination. 由此, thus,

就能够不发生漏电或短路等问题安全地进行照明。 On the other leakage or short-circuit problem can not occur safely illuminate.

在发送信息之际将该待发送的信息给予光源控制部411。 Transmitting the message information to be sent on the occasion of the light source control unit 411 is administered. 光源控制部411根据接收到的待发送的信息对光源412的亮灭或者光量进行控制,据此按照待发送的信息经过调制后的光从光源412进行放射。 Light source control unit 411 controls blinking or light intensity of the light source 412 according to the received information to be transmitted, radiated from the light source 412 accordingly in accordance with information to be transmitted through the light modulated. 与上述的照明的情况同样、从光源412放射的调制光被入射光纤413、在光纤413导通后被入射至光散射体414。 Also in the case of the above-described illumination, emitted from the modulated light source 412 enters the optical fiber 413, the optical fiber 413 after being turned 414 incident on the light scattering. 在光散射体414中,对从光纤"3 入射的调制光进行散射,并放射散射光。即便在光散射体414产生散射, 如果调制时的频率比光的频率低就不会受到影响。从而经过调制后的散射光就从光散射体414进行放射。另外,如上述那样由于作为光源412使用具有高速应答特性的元件所以可以进行利用光源控制部411的高速的亮灭或者光量控制,从光散射体414放射的经过调制后的散射光也高速地进行亮灭或者光量变 In the light scatterer 414, is generated on the "3 incident modulated light scattered from the optical fiber, and the radiation scattered light. Even if the light scatterer 414 scatter, if the modulation frequency lower than the frequency of the light will not be affected. Whereby after the modulated scattered light to the light scatterer 414 for radiation. Further, as described above, since the elements having high-speed response characteristic as a light source 412 uses can be performed using a light source control unit speed 411 blinking or light amount control, the light the modulated scattered light emitted scatterer 414 can perform high-speed blinking or light amount

动。 move. 但是,即使进行亮灭或者光量变动,若其为高速则亮灭或光量的变动不会被人的眼睛所感知,而看成以大致一定的光量发光-。 However, even blinking or light intensity changes, or if it is blinking changes for high-speed light quantity will not be perceived to the human eye, and as a substantially constant amount of light emission -. 从而, 从光散射体414所放射的散射光,即使进行了调制也能够原封不动地作为照明光来进行利用。 Accordingly, the scattered light from the light scatterer 414 emitted, even if the modulation can be carried out intact used as the illumination light.

在接收信息的情况下,从光散射体414放射的经过调制的散射光由接收机421的受光部422进行受光即可。 Upon receiving the information, modulated scattered light 414 emitted from the light scatterer of light received by the light receiving portion of the receiver to 421 422. 由受光部422所接受的光,皮变换成电气信号并传给解调部423。 A light receiving unit 422 received, the skin and converted into an electric signal transmitted to the demodulation portion 423. 然后通过在解调部423进行解调就能够取得信息。 Can obtain information then is demodulated by demodulating section 423.

这样一来,就能够在进行照明的同时进行信息的传输。 Thus, the information can be transmitted simultaneously performing the illumination. 在以往的利用光纤的通信中,需要将光纤拉线直到接收机,使接收机移动比较困难。 In the conventional communication using an optical fiber, the optical fiber cable will be required until the receiver, so the mobile receiver difficult. 但是在本申请第4发明中,只要使能够接受照明光的场所则在哪里都能够接受信息。 However, in the fourth invention of the present application, so long as the illumination light can be acceptable where the properties are able to receive information. 另外由于不需要与光纤直接连接,所以接收机可以移动。 Further since no direct connection to the optical fibers, so that the receiver can move. 例如还能够使接收机421組合在便携终端上来进行利用。 For example also enables the receiver 421 for use in the composition onto the portable terminal. 另外, 在原有的红外线通信或无线通信等情况下,需要与照明器具区别"^殳置专用的发送机。但是在本申请第4发明中,通常,作为设置于室内的照明器具设置光散射体414,并取代电线而敷设光纤413,由此就能够与照明一起进行通信。 Further, in the original case of infrared communication or wireless communication, it needs luminaire difference "^ Shu opposite dedicated transmitter. However, in the present application the fourth invention, generally, as provided in the interior of the luminaire light scattering member 414, and 413 substituted electric wire laying optical fiber, whereby it is possible to communicate with lighting.

另外,通过光散射体414发射散射光,故能够使照明范围变宽, 所以可通信的范围也能够变宽。 Further, the scattered light emitted by the light scatterer 414, so that the illumination range can be widened, so that the communicable range can be widened. 进而,为了进行照明需要数瓦特到数十瓦特这样高的功率,由于能够在通信上利用该功率,所以可进行高速、高品质的通信。 Further, in order to illuminate several tens of watts wattage required such a high power, since the power can be utilized in the communications, a high-speed, high-quality communication.

图27是本申请第4发明的第1实施方式中的第1变形例的概念图。 FIG 27 is a conceptual diagram of a first modification of the embodiment of the present invention, a fourth application according to the first embodiment. 图中的符号与图26同样,并省略重复的说明。 The symbols in FIG. FIG. 26 similarly, and repeated explanation is omitted. 由于在如上述那样的构成中,只要接收机421能够接受照明光就能够进行通信,所以光散射体414的形状等为任意,能够利用种种形状的。 Since the configuration as described above, as long as the receiver 421 can receive the illumination light communication can be performed, so that the light scatterer 414 is arbitrary shape, various shapes can be utilized. 在该第l变形例中,作为一例表示利用了平板状的光散射体414的例子。 L In the first modification, as an example showing an example of use of light-scattering plate-shaped body 414. 此外,除光散射体414为平板状外,构成及动作均与上述相同。 Further, in addition to the light scatterer 414 is a flat plate shape, configuration and operation are the same as above.

通过利用这种平板状的光散射体414,从光纤413入射到光散射体414的光向水平方向进行散射,同时向垂直方向散射的光就从平面进行放射。 By using such a light-scattering plate-shaped body 414, the light is incident from the optical fiber 413 to the light scatterer 414 is scattered in the horizontal direction, while the light scattered in the vertical direction can be radiated from the plane. 通过将从该平面放射的散射光作为照明光进行利用就可作为二维状的照明光源进行利用。 By plane from the scattered light emitted as illumination light can be utilized as an illumination source using a two-dimensional shape. 由此,就能够实现光散射体414的厚度辟呈度这样的、非常薄型的照明装置。 Accordingly, it is possible to achieve a thickness of the light scatterer 414 as a provision of such a very thin lighting device.

此外,在有不需要散射光的放射的面的情况下也可以在该面上形成相当于图26所示的反射板415或者反射板415的反射面。 Further, the reflecting surface may be formed in the reflecting plate shown in FIG. 26 corresponds to the reflection plate 415 or 415 in the case where the surface of the plane does not need to have scattered light emitted. 在图27所示的例子中,表示在平板状的光散射体414的上面设置了反射板415的例子。 In the example shown in FIG. 27 shows an example of the reflection plate 415 in the above light-scattering plate-shaped body 414 is provided. 通过该反射板415,就能够将从光散射体414的上面放射的散射光再次返回光散射体414,使照明效率改善。 Scattered by the reflective plate 415, can be radiated from the light scatterer 414 above the light scatterer 414 again returns the light, so that the luminous efficiency improved.

另外,通过光纤413的光具有直线传播性,存在仅仅用l片光散射体414不能进行充分散射的情况。 Further, having a linear light propagated through the optical fiber 413, there is a case where the light-scattering sheet using only 414 l can not be sufficiently scattered. 在这种情况下重叠使用多片光散射体414为好。 In this case, the light-scattering sheet using a multi-overlap 414 as well. 由此,就能够使散射角增加,在更宽广的角度范围内放射更均一的散射光。 Accordingly, it is possible to increase the scattering angle, a more uniform radiation scattered light in a wider range of angles. 另外,还能够在光散射体414的与光纤413的连接面相对的面上设置反射板,对直线传播来的光进行反射而改变方向,使其进行充分的散射。 Further, the light scattering body can also be connected with the surface of the optical fiber 413 is provided on a surface opposite to the reflection plate 414, rectilinear propagation of light reflected by the direction change, so that sufficient scattering. 或者通过从散射体414的多个方向借助于多个光纤来 Or from a plurality of directions by means of the scatterer 414 to a plurality of optical fibers

入射光也能够获得充分的散射。 The incident also able to obtain sufficient scattering.

图28是表示本申请第4发明的第1实施方式中的第2变形例的概念 FIG 28 is a diagram showing the concept of a second modification of the fourth invention of the present application to the first embodiment

图。 Fig. 图中的符号与图26同样,并省略重复的说明。 The symbols in FIG. FIG. 26 similarly, and repeated explanation is omitted. 416是荧光体。 416 is a phosphor. 在该第2变形例中,使用紫外线或蓝色的LED或者激光二极管作为光源412。 In the second modified example, ultraviolet or blue LED or a laser diode as a light source 412. 另外,在光散射体414上事先混入荧光体416。 Further, on the light scatterer 414 is mixed fluorescent material 416 in advance.

从光源412放射的紫外线或蓝色光通过光纤413入射到光散射体414。 Ultraviolet light emitted from the light source 412 through optical fibers 413 or blue light incident on the light scatterer 414. 于是,与荧光灯等同样借助于所入射的紫外线或蓝色光使光散射体414内的荧光体416激励而发射白色光。 Thus, with the same by means of the incident ultraviolet rays or blue light such as fluorescent light scatterer 414 in the fluorescence excitation 416 emits white light. 该白色光从光散射体414放射' 出来。 The white light 'radiated from the light scatterer 414. 能够将从该光散射体414所放射的光用作照明光来进行照明。 Able from the light scatterer 414 is used as illumination light emitted illumination light. 另外,通过按照待发送的信息对光源412进行亮灭或者光量控制,如果使经过调制后的紫外线或蓝色光从光源412放射,就从光散射体414放射经过调制后的白色光,所以只要用接收机421的受光部422进行受光就能够进行信息的传输。 Further, by blinking or light intensity of the control light source 412 in accordance with information to be transmitted, an ultraviolet or blue if enabled through the modulated light from the light source 412 of radiation, it is from the light scatterer 414 radiated through the white light is modulated, so long as light-receiving portion 421 of the receiver 422 receives light transmission of information can be performed.

此外,该情况下的光散射体414并不限于如图28所示的半球形状还可以是如图27所示的平板状等、种种形态。 Further, the light scatterer 414 in this case is not limited to a hemispherical shape as shown in Figure 28 may also be a flat plate shape as shown in FIG. 27 and the like, a variety of forms.

图29是表示本申请第4发明的第2实施方式的概念图。 FIG 29 is a conceptual diagram showing a second embodiment of the fourth invention of the present application. 图中的符号与图26同样,并省略重复的说明。 The symbols in FIG. FIG. 26 similarly, and repeated explanation is omitted. 在此第2实施方式中,表示将多条光纤413连接到一个光散射体414,对各自的光纤413分别使不同波长的光导通的例子。 In the second embodiment, it shows a plurality of optical fibers 413 is connected to a light scatterer 414, 413 of the respective optical fiber light guide respectively examples of different wavelengths pass. 在图29所示的例子中,作为光源412使用红、绿、蓝的光源,在3条光纤413上分别入射从各光源412放射的颜色的光。 In the example shown in FIG. 29, the light source 412 as red, green, and blue light sources, each light source 412 enters the light emitted from the respective color in the three optical fibers 413.

被入射到各自的光纤413的红、绿、蓝的光通过各自的光纤413入射到光散射体414。 It is incident optical fiber 413 of each of the red, green, and blue light through a respective optical fiber 413 is incident on the light scatterer 414. 被入射到光散射体414的各自颜色的光通过在光散射体414中进行散射被混合、成为白色光进行放射。 Light incident to the light scattering body 414 of respective colors on white light radiated by the light scatterer 414 scatters is mixed, it becomes. 从而,在将从光散射体414所放射的光用作照明光的情况下,就能够作为白色光源进行利用。 Thus, in the case where light is used as illumination light 414 emitted from the light scatterer, it can be utilized as a white light source. 当然,除了作为白色光源使用以外,还能够通过对各自颜色的光的强度进行调整来造出任意颜色的照明光。 Of course, in addition to use as a white light source, the illumination light can also be used to create any color on the intensity of light through the respective colors can be adjusted.

在进行通信之际,除了对这些多个光源412同时进行驱动控制以—外,还可以通过仅仅对一部分进行驱动控制来实现。 The occasion of carrying out communications, in addition to the plurality of light sources 412 simultaneously driving controls -, but also may be realized by only the part of the drive control. 在图29所示的例子中,表示仅仅对发出红色光的LED或激光二极管进行驱动控制,对其他的绿、蓝的LED或激光二极管不进行驱动控制的例子。 In the example shown in FIG. 29 shows only the LED emits red light or a laser diode is driven and controlled, the other green, and blue LED or laser diode example of the drive control is not performed. 如杲这样进行处理,则仅红色的光^皮调制、其他颜色的光就未进行调制。 The processing carried out by Gao, only the red light modulation transdermal ^, other colors of light can not be modulated. 例如在接收机421的受光部422的感度对红色或红外具有峰值等情况下这样的构成就有效。 Such a configuration would, for example, in the case where the effective receiver sensitivity of the light receiving portion 421 has a peak 422 for red or infrared like.

在这样对一部分颜色的光进行了调制的情况下,希望在接收机421中接受该经过调制后的光成分并进行解调。 In the case of such color light portion is modulated, it is desirable to accept light components modulated in the receiver 421 and passes demodulated. 例如像图29所示的例子那样在对红色光实施了调制的情况下能够如果通过设置透过红色光的滤波器,或者使用对红色光具有高受光感度的受光部422,或者使用棱镜对红色光进行分光等种种公知的方法有选择性地接受红色光,并用解调部423进行解调就能够更为可靠地接收信息。 A case where, for example, as in the red light which modulation example as shown in Figure 29 is possible if by providing the transmitting filter red light, or the use of red light having a light receiving portion of high light-receiving sensitivity of 422, or using a prism red the method of light and various known spectral selectively receiving red light, and the demodulation unit 423 demodulates can more reliably receive the information.

此外,送往通过多条光纤413的光是任意的,并不于如上述那样的红、绿、蓝的光,其光的强度也可自由地进行变更。 Further, the light sent through the plurality of optical fibers 413 is arbitrary, as described above, not to red, green, and blue light, the intensity of the light can also be freely changed. 例如还可以设全部为同颜色的光使光量增加。 It may also be provided, for example, all of the same color of light the light quantity increases. 另外,如上述那样利用红、绿、蓝 Further, as described above, red, green, and blue

的光源412的情况下,还可以构成为使3色的光入射到1条光纤413。 A case where the light source 412 may also be configured such that three colors of light incident to an optical fiber 413. 另外,在发送信息之际进行调制的光的颜色并不限于红色,对于其他l 色以上的光进行调制即可。 Further, in the light modulating transmission information is not limited to the occasion of the red color, the light can be modulated l or more other color.

另外,在图29所示的构成中,还能够按照各自不同的信息个別驱动控制各自的光源412,以发送多个信息。 Further, in the configuration shown in FIG. 29, it is also possible to respectively different information according to the driving control of each individual light source 412, a plurality of information to transmit. 即,可以通过红色光来发送信息l,通过绿色光来发送信息2,通过蓝色光来发送信息3。 That is, the light L transmitted through the red information light transmitted through the green information 2, information 3 transmitted through the light blue. 在此情况下只要在接收机421—侧选择将受光的光的颜色,就能够接收由所选择的颜色的光发送来的信息。 In this case, as long as the selection of the light in the light receiving side of the receiver 421- color, it can be received by the selected color of light transmitted information.

进而,除了例如对照明用的光进行送通的一条或多条光纤413以外,还能够构成为设置信息发送用的光纤,控制对应于该光纤的光源来发送信息。 Further, in addition to 413, for example, than the illumination light is sent through the one or more optical fibers, it can also be configured as setting information transmission fiber, the control light corresponding to the optical fiber to transmit information. 在此情况下,能够通过使用例如白色光源不改变照明光的颜色地发送信息。 In this case, for example, a white light source without changing the color of the illumination light by using the transmission information. 另外,还可以通过利用例如红外光来进行借助于红外线的信息的发送。 Further, the information may be transmitted by means of infrared rays, for example, by using infrared light.

图30是表示本申请第4发明的第2实施方式的变形例的概略构成图。 FIG 30 is a schematic configuration diagram showing a modification of the fourth invention of the present application according to a second embodiment. —在仅仅对一部分颜色的光实施了调制的情况下还可以是例如图30 所示,仅仅对于由驱动控制部411进行驱动控制的光源412通过光纤413 将调制光供给光散射体414,对于发出其他颜色的光源412使发光光直接入射光散射体414的构成。 - In the case where only a part of the color light modulated embodiment may also be, for example, as shown in FIG. 30 only by the light source drive control section 411 controls the driving of the light-scattering light supply 412 414 413 modulation by the optical fiber, for issuing other colored light sources 412 emitting light directly incident light 414 constituting the scatterer. 此情况下也能够在光散射体414内混入所入射的颜色的光进行合成,作为照明光进行使用。 In this case the incident light is mixed color of 414 can be synthesized in the body in the light scattering, light used as illumination. 与此同时,对特定色的光进行调制,能够通过将该光成分用接收机421的受光部422进4亍受光用解调部423进行解调来接收信息。 At the same time, the specific color light is modulated, it is possible right foot 4 422 into light by demodulating section 423 demodulates the received information to the receiver light receiving portion 421 through the light component. 虽然在图30中表示对红色光实施调制的例子,但并不限于此,既可以对蓝、绿的光实施调制另外也可以对3色之中的任意2色实施调制。 Although it is shown for example red light modulation embodiment, but is not limited thereto, both for blue and green light modulation Further embodiments may be implemented for any modulated color among three colors 2 in FIG. 30.

图31是本申请笫4发明的应用例的说明图。 FIG 31 is a diagram illustrating an application example 4 of the present application Zi invention. 在该例子中表示在多个室内配送信息的例子。 It shows an example of information in a plurality of indoor distribution in this example. 如上述那样在本申请第4发明中还能够用作照明器具。 As described above, in the fourth invention of the present application can also be used as a lighting fixture. 为此,表示在室内的顶棚上设置了光散射体414的例子。 To do this, represents a light-scattering body is provided in the chamber 414 is an example of the ceiling. 在通过照明光进行通信的情况下,若出现影子则通信品质就降低。 In the case of communication by the illumination light, the shadow appears if the communication quality is lowered. 在这样将光散射体414设置于顶棚的情况下,由于因人或物等引起的影子难以出现所以能够极力回避阴影的问题。 In the case of such a light scatterer 414 is provided on a ceiling, since a shadow caused by persons or things like difficult to occur can be tried to avoid the problem of shadow.

另外,表示在A室中设置了多个光散射体414的例子。 Further, an example is provided showing a plurality of light scattering at 414 A chamber. 通过这样设置多个光散射体414就可进一步减轻影子的影响。 By providing a plurality of light-scattering body 414 can further reduce the influence of the shadow. 在这样设置多个光散射体414情况下,能够通过光纤413从相同光源向多个光散射体414发送调制光。 In such a case where a plurality of light-scattering bodies 414, 414 capable of transmitting the modulated light to a plurality of light scattering through the optical fiber 413 from the same source. 为此,不需要对照明装置逐个设置光源控制部411或光源,能够使发送机的设置成本大幅降低。 For this reason, we do not need to individually control the light source to the light source unit 411 or the illumination device is provided capable of significantly reducing the cost of the transmitter. 当然,也可以构成为从多个光散射体414发送不同的信息,在此情况下通过在接收机421侧选择将要受光的照明光就能够选择将要接收的信息。 Of course, it is configured as a transmission information 414 from a plurality of different light-scattering body, in this case by selecting the receiver side 421 receiving illumination light to be able to select the information to be received.

进而在B室也同样设置着光散射体414。 Further, in the chamber B is also provided with a light scatterer 414. 此时,能够从与A室相同的光源将调制光也送到B室。 In this case, the chamber A from the same modulated light source will also be fed to the B chamber. 从而,即4吏房间不同也可以配送相同的信息。 Whereby, i.e. 4 different rooms officials may be the same distribution information. 在此情况下,即使房间不同也能够使光源控制部411共通化,进而对于光源412也能够共通化。 In this case, even if the room can be different from the control unit 411 that the common-source, the light source 412 can be further be common.

此外,在上述第1以及第2实施方式中,设进行单向信息的传输进行了说明。 Further, in the above-described first embodiment and second embodiment, the one-way transmission of information provided has been described. 但是,由于光纤413是双向来导通光,所以也可以进行双向通信。 However, since the optical fiber 413 is a two-way light is turned on, it may perform bidirectional communication. 即,存在于光散射体414的外部的光源发出的光从光散射体414 通过光—纤413从光源412的端部出射。 I.e., present in the external light source 414 emitted from the light scatterer 414 via the light-scattering light - emitting fiber 413 from the end portion of the light source 412. 利用此,对存在于光散射体414 的外部的光源进行驱动控制,使其发出调制光。 With this, the light source present in the external light scatterer 414 is driven and controlled to emit modulated light. 该调制光通过光纤413 从光源412侧的端部出射。 The modulated light emitted by the optical fiber 413 from the end portion 412 side of the light source. 在光源412与光纤413的端部之间设置例如半透半反镜等光分离装置,使从光纤413的光源412侧的端部出射的光进行分离并受光,只要进行解调就能够接收所送来的信息。 Between the source 412 and the optical fiber end portion 413 is provided such as an optical separating means like a half mirror, the light from the light source 412 side end portion of the optical fiber 413 is separated and emitted light, as long as it is possible to demodulate the received sent information. 由此,可进行双向通信。 Accordingly, bidirectional communication can be performed. 此外,虽然通过光散射体414入射到光纤413的光量由于光散射体414的散射而变得非常微弱,但通过受光感度的提高或信号识别技术的提高就可充分实现。 Further, although the light scattering member 414 is incident to the light amount of the optical fiber 413 due to scattering of light scatterers 414 becomes very weak, but can be achieved by sufficiently improving or enhancing the signal recognition technology photosensitivity.

这样根据本申请第4发明,如果设置光纤及光散射体,就能够在 Thus, according to the fourth invention of the present application, if the optical fiber and a light scatterer disposed, it is possible in

照明的同时利用该照明光进行通信,就不需要如以往那样将照明器具与通信装置分别设置于顶棚等。 With this lighting for illumination light communication, there is no need as in the conventional lighting fixture with the communication means are provided in the ceiling or the like. 另外,由于使用照明光来进行通信, 所以能够以大功率进行通信。 Further, since the illuminative light communication, communication can be performed at high power. 为此,能够进行高速、高品质的通信。 To this end, enabling high-speed, high-quality communications. 另外,在大功率的同时,通常照明被配置成产生影子的场所尽量不出现,例如用红外线LAN成为问题这样的阴影、也就是因障碍物而使通信中断的现象就能够大幅减轻。 In addition, while in power, lighting usually is configured to place the shaded try not to appear, such as infrared LAN shadows become such a problem, an obstacle that is due to the phenomenon of communication interruption can be substantially reduced. 进而,虽然从光源放射的光通过光纤从光散射体出射,但由于其中间不使用电气电路而仅使用光,所以系统变得简单,另外漏电或短路等问题也不会发生。 Further, although the light emitted from the light source through the exit light from the optical fiber scattering body, but without using an electric circuit wherein between using only the light, so the system becomes simple, and so further leakage or short circuit problem will occur.

<第5发明> <Fifth invention>

其次,就本申请第5发明进行说明。 Secondly, the fifth invention of the present application will be described. 在本申请第5发明中,表示关于各照明器具间的信息的传达也通过光来进行的构成。 In the fifth invention of the present application, represents about communicating information between each lighting fixture is also carried out by forming the light.

照明器具在顶棚等广泛设置,或者建造电杆从较高的位置照射光以遍及某区域不会出现影子,来进行照明。 Ceiling luminaire widely provided the like, or the construction of a pole light across the shadow region does not appear from the higher irradiation position to be illuminated. 将该照明光利用于通信由于不会引起阴影且能够利用较大的照明电力,所以有能够进行高品质的通信之类的优点。 The illuminating light communication due to the use of shadows and can be utilized without causing a large lighting power, so there can be the advantage of high-quality communication and the like.

但是,在如上述那样照明由于器具被设置于顶棚等高处,所以有施工等困难之类的问题。 However, as described above, since the lighting fixture is provided in high places such as a ceiling, there is a problem of the type of construction difficulties. 例如在像上述那样通过照明光进行通信的情 In the case as described above, for example, communicate over the illumination light

况下,需要将借助于通信来发送的信息送往照明器具。 Under conditions, thanks to the information needs to be transmitted to the communication sent to the lighting fixture. 作为将信息送往照明器具的方法,例如考虑敷设用于网络的电缆或光纤等的方法。 As a method of the information to the lighting fixture, etc. For example, consider a method for laying a cable or an optical fiber network.

但是,由于必须进行用于敷设电缆或光纤的新施工,所以无法简单地利用照明光通信,另外还需要高额的费用。 However, since it is necessary for the construction of new cabling or fiber, it is impossible to simply use the illumination light communication, also requires high costs.

作为不需要进行新电缆或光纤的敷设的方法,例如像在本申请第l发明中也进行那样,还考虑也使信号重叠在用于照明的电力线上、传输给照明器具的方法。 As the method does not require the laying of a new cable or optical fiber, for example, it is performed as in the present invention as in Application No. l, also contemplated also superimposed on the power line signal for illumination, the lighting fixture to the transmission method. 但是,在使信号重叠在电力线来传输信息的情况像下,若信号的频率较高则引起电波放射等的情况也较多、还有对无线通信成为干扰的情况。 However, in the case where a signal superimposed on the power line to transmit information as if the higher frequency signals is caused by radio wave radiation is greater or the like, as well as the case of wireless communication becomes interference. 另外,还有因电动机噪声或逆变器噪声等而使信号易于受到影响之类的问题。 In addition, due to the motor noise or inverter noise signal vulnerable to the problems affecting the like.

这样,作为为了进行照明光通信向照明器具传输信息用的装置, 以往不存在最佳的装置,而成为用于进行照明光通信的障碍。 Thus, as a means for illumination light communication to transmit information to the luminaire, the presence of the conventional apparatus is not optimal, and an obstacle for illumination light communication. 在本申请第5发明中,提供为了进行向各照明器具的信息传达而最佳的装置。 In the fifth invention of the present application, in order to convey information to each lighting fixture and the best means available.

图33是表示本申请第5发明的照明光通信系统的第1实施方式的概念图。 FIG 33 is a conceptual diagram showing a first embodiment of the illumination light communication system according to embodiments of the present invention is the fifth application. 图中,501是光通信装置,502是照明器具,503是终端装置, 511、 522、 531是光收发部,512是通信电缆,521是发光元件,523是受光元件。 FIG, 501 is an optical communication device 502 is a lighting fixture, the terminal apparatus 503, 511, 522, 531 is an optical transceiver, a communication cable 512, 521 is a light emitting element, a light receiving element 523. 在图33所示的例子中,表示使用为了室内照明而设置的照明器具来实现照明光通信系统的情况的例子。 In the example shown in FIG. 33, an example of using the lighting fixture for interior lighting provided in the optical communication system to realize the illumination conditions of Fig.

在室内设置有用于将照明器具502通过照明光通信来进行传输用的信息传输给照明器具502的光通信装置501 。 Information transfer chamber is provided with a lighting device 502 for illumination light for transmission through a communication in the optical communication apparatus 501 to the lighting fixture 502. 该光通信装置501连接到网络,通过网络来进行信息的收发。 The optical communication device 501 connected to the network, transmits and receives information over a network. 网络是设置于办公室或学校、工厂、家庭等的有线网络,由光纤或同轴电缆、绞线等构成,大多还连接到外部的电话网或因特网等。 Network is provided in offices or schools, factories, homes and other cable networks, coaxial cable or optical fiber, wire or the like, often further connected to other external telephone network or the Internet. 这样的网络的端子如闺33所示那样设置于墙壁等的情况也较多、在这样的情况下利用通信电缆512将墙面端子与光通信装置501以电气方式连接起来。 Such a network terminal 33 as the Inner wall or the like provided in the case, as is greater, by a communication cable 512 to the wall terminal of the optical communication device 501 electrically connected together in such a case.

光通信装置501这样通过网络来进行通信,同时通过光收发部511 与照明器具502之间在空间中进行利用光的通信。 Such an optical communication device 501 to communicate over the network, while communicating using light in the space between the light receiving unit 511 by the luminaire 502. 在本申请第5发明中, 虽然利用光来进行通信,但由于在通信之际使其通过空间.中,所以不需要光纤的敷设等。 In the fifth invention of the present application, although the use of light to communicate, but passed through the space on the occasion of communication, the routing of the optical fiber is not required. 当然不需要将通信电缆512敷设到各自的照明器具502。 Of course, it does not require laying communication cable 512 to the respective lighting elements 502. 由于照明器具502被设置于顶棚等的较高位置所以该光通信装置501设置于进行通信的照明器具502不成为影子程度的较低位置为好。 Since the lighting apparatus 502 is disposed on a ceiling or the like so that the upper position is provided in the optical communication device 501 for communicating the luminaire 502 without a shadow level lower position as well.

在光收发部511中设置有发光元件与受光元件,通过依照信息来进行调制驱动使发光元件发出调制光,对照明器具502传输信息。 The optical transceiver unit is provided with the light-emitting element 511 and light receiving element is modulated by the information in accordance with the drive so that modulated light emitting element, the lighting apparatus 502 of information transmission. 借助于发光元件的发光光,在此例子中希望能够在多个照明器具502中进行受光。 By means of a light-emitting element emitting, light can be desirable in the plurality of lighting fixtures 502 in this example. 为此,指向性不太尖锐为好。 For this reason, less sharp directivity as well. 或者、还可以将可确定各照明器具S02的、指向性尖锐的发光光朝向各自的照明器具502来进行照射。 Alternatively, it may be determined in each lighting fixture S02, sharp directivity of emitting light toward respective lighting elements 502 to be irradiated.

受光元件接受从照明器具502的光收发部522发出的光,以接收从照明器具502送来的信息。 A light receiving element receives light emitted from the optical transceiver unit 522 of the lighting fixture 502, to receive the information sent from the lighting fixture 502. 此外,由于接受从照明器具502放射的照明光,所以需要分离并取得从由照明器具502的光收发部522发出的光所获得的信息。 Further, since the illumination light radiated from the receiving lighting elements 502, it is necessary to separate and obtain the information obtained from the light emitted by the light-receiving units 522 of the lighting fixture 502. 在不接收来自照明器具502的信息的情况下也可以不设置受光元件。 In the case of not receiving information from the lighting fixture 502 may be provided without a light receiving element.

根据这种构成,光通信装置501作为进行利用有线的通信电缆512 的通信和利用光的通信的变换的网关发挥功能。 According to such a configuration, the optical communication apparatus 501 functions as a gateway for converting communication using optical communication and wired communication cable 512. 另外,由于进行对于多个照明器具502的通信所以还完成作为无线(光)通信的基站的功能。 Further, since the lighting apparatus 502 for communicating the plurality of wireless base stations so as to complete the further (optical) communication function. 此外,在光收发部511用于通信的光并不限于可见光也可以是红外光。 Further, in the optical transceiver for optical communication section 511 is not limited to visible light may be infrared light. 照明器具502是本申请第5发明的照明装置,例如设置于顶棚等通过发光元件521的发光对室内进行照明。 Lighting fixture 502 is a lighting device of a fifth invention of the present application, for example, is provided in the ceiling or the like by emitting light emitting element 521 room is illuminated. 在照明器具502中设置着包含发光元件与受光元件的光收发部522,在该例子中与光通信装置501之间在空间中通过光来进行通信。 Comprising a light emitting element provided with the light receiving element of the optical transceiver unit 522, in this example, to communicate between the optical communication device 501 by light in the space 502 in the lighting fixture. 在受光元件中设置例如透镜系统等, 能够用针尖(pinpoint)来接受来自光通信装置501的光收发部511的光这样来构成为好。 In the light-receiving element such as a lens system or the like is provided, it is possible to receive a tip (Pinpoint) light 511 from the transceiver unit 501 of the optical communication apparatus thus constructed as well. 当然,能够考虑光的入射方向等适宜变更方向为好。 Of course, the direction of change can be considered a suitable incident direction of light and the like as well. 在从照明器具502向光通信装置501发送信息的情况下设置发光元件,仍然能够用针尖向光通信装置501的光收发部511进行发送为好。 In the case of the light emitting element provided information transmitted from the lighting elements 502 to the optical communication device 501, the light will still be able to send and receive portion 511 of the optical communication apparatus 501 transmits with a needle as well. 例如若用LD( LAs er D iode )等进行构成则直线传播性较好、 另外能够通过相干光使光通信装置501中的识別性改善。 For example, if a LD (LAs er D iode) or the like constituting the rectilinear propagation is good, the light can be further improved so that the recognition of the optical communication device 501 by a coherent. 能够通过该光收发部522实现照明器具502与光通信装置501之间的双向通信。 522 can be two-way communication between the luminaire 502 and the optical communication apparatus 501 through the optical transceiver.

在照明器具502的内部设置有未图示的控制部,用光收发部522接受并经过解调后的信息被传给控制部。 A control unit (not shown) is provided inside the lighting apparatus 502, light receiving unit 522 receives and passes the demodulated information is transmitted to the control unit. 控制部按照接收到的信息对发光元件521的驱动进行控制,使按照该信息经过调制后照明光放射出来。 A control unit for controlling the driving of the light emitting element 521 in accordance with the received information, so according to the information after the modulated illumination light radiated out. 由此,进行从利用了照明光的照明器具502至终端装置503的信息的传送。 Thus, information is transmitted from the use of the illumination light lighting fixture 502 to the terminal device 503. One

在图33所示的例子中,用o来表示发光元件521,在其中间配置有用參所示的受光元件523。 In the example shown in FIG. 33, the light emitting element is represented by 521 o, in which between the light receiving element 523 is configured with the parameters shown in FIG. 虽然发光元件521是如上述那样进行照明的元件,但由于是依照信息来发出调制光所以使用应答特性高速的元件。 Although the light emitting element 521 is an illumination element as described above, but because it is characteristic of high speed elements emit modulated light in accordance with information to use it answer. 例如LED或LD等半导体发光元件为最佳。 For example, other semiconductor light emitting element LED or the LD is the best.

受光元件523用于接受来自终端装置503的光的元件。 A light receiving element for receiving the optical element 523 from the terminal apparatus 503. 能够接受在终端装置503发出的调制光进行解调,从终端装置503所送来的信息由控制部取得。 Can receive light modulation is demodulated in the terminal device 503 emits the information sent from the terminal device 503 acquired by the control unit. 能够通过光将所取得的信息从光收发部522向光通信装置501进行传输,将信息发送至网络。 Information can be acquired by the transceiver unit 522 from the light to the optical communication apparatus 501 transmission, transmitting information to the network. 通过设置该受光元件523就能够实现照明器具502与终端装置503之间的双向通信。 By providing the light-receiving element 523 can be two-way communication between the terminal apparatus 502 and the lighting apparatus 503. 此外,该受光元件523 也可以接受例如红外光而不是可见光。 Further, the light receiving element 523 may be acceptable, for example, infrared light rather than visible light. 另外,也可以是取代受光元件523而设置天线,通过电波接收来自终端装置503的信息的构成。 Further, substitution may be provided a light receiving element of the antenna 523, receives configuration information from the terminal device 503 by radio waves. 只要是广播型的系统受光元件523就不需要。 As long as a broadcast system 523 do not need a light receiving element.

终端装置503是具有光收发部531的信息终端。 503 is an information terminal apparatus having a terminal portion 531 of the optical transceiver. 由光收发部531接受照明光进行解调,由此就能够取得信息。 Receiving the illumination light is demodulated by the optical transceiver unit 531, whereby information can be acquired. 另外,使光收发部531发光并发射与信息相应的调制光,由此就能够将信息从终端装置503发送至照明器具502。 Further, the light emitting and receiving unit 531 emits modulated light corresponding to the information, whereby it is possible to transmit information from the terminal apparatus 503 to the lighting fixture 502. 只要是由照明器具502所照明的区域则终端装置503的位置为任意。 As long as the position of the lighting fixture is illuminated region 502 of the terminal apparatus 503 is arbitrary. 从而,即使终端装置503可以移动也能够进行通信。 Thus, even if the mobile terminal device 503 may be able to communicate. 另夕卜, 照明器具一般被尽量配置成不出现阴影,另外照明光为大功率,所以能够进行高品质而且高速的通信。 Another Bu Xi, the luminaire is generally configured to shadow does not appear possible, as the additional power of the illumination light, it is possible to perform high-quality and high-speed communication. 进而,只要是照明光则可如红外线等那样安全地进行使用也不会有眼睛安全等对人体的影响。 Furthermore, as long as the illumination light such as infrared, etc. can be safely use as there will be no impact on the human body such as eyes.

在上述第l实施方式中,从网络所送来的信息在光通信装置501中对光收发部511的发光进行控制,由此在空间中通过光进行发送。 L In the first embodiment, the information sent from the network transceiver for controlling the light emitting portion 511 in the optical communication apparatus 501, whereby the light transmitted via space. 从该光通信装置501的光收发部511发射的光用各自的照明器具S02的光收发部522接受以接收信息。 Light S02 the respective lighting optical transceiver unit 522 from the light emitting portion 511 of the optical transceiver 501 of the receiving communication device to receive information. 然后,在各自的照明器具502中,按照在光收发部522接受所得到的信息来驱动发光元件521,使经过调制后的照明光放射出来。 Then, the respective lighting elements 502 in accordance with the information in the optical transceiver unit 522 receiving the resulting light-emitting element 521 is driven, so that the modulated illuminative light emanated. 在终端装置503接受该经过调制后的照明光并进行解调,由此信息到达终端装置503。 In the terminal apparatus 503 accepts the modulated illuminative light and demodulates, whereby the information reaches the terminal apparatus 503.

反之终端装置503的信息则是从终端装置503的光收发部531发出调制光,并用照明器具502的受光元件523接受它以接收信息,在照明器具502的光收发部522发出根据信息经过调制后的光向光通信装置501发送信息。 On the contrary the information terminal device 503 is emitted modulated light from the optical transceiver unit 531 terminal apparatus 503, and the light receiving element 502 523 receive it by the lighting fixture for receiving information sent in the optical transceiver unit 522 luminaire 502 information after modulated in accordance with the optical transmission of information on optical communication device 501. 在光通信装置501用光收发部511接受来自照明器具502 的调制光并变换成电气信号,发送至网络。 In the optical communication device 501 receiving the modulated optical transceiver unit 511 from the illumination light fixture 502 and converted into an electric signal, to the network. 由此,就能够将来自终端装置503的信息送出至网络。 With this, the information terminal device 503 can be sent to the network from.

图34是表示本申请第5发明的照明光通信系统的第2实施方式的概念图。 FIG 34 is a conceptual diagram showing the second embodiment of the illumination light communication system according to embodiments of the present invention is the fifth application. 图35是表示相同照明器具的一例的平面图。 FIG 35 is a plan view showing an example of the same lighting equipment. 图中的符号与图33同样并省略重复的说明。 The symbols in FIG. 33 and the same description will not be repeated. 502 - 1〜4是照明器具,541是灯座,542 是棒状照明光源。 502-- ~ 4 lighting fixture, lamp holder 541, 542 is a rod-shaped light source. 在上述第l实施方式中,表示了照明器具502分别接受来自光通信装置501的调制光的例子,在该第2实施方式中,表示在照明器具502-l〜4间进^f亍信息交接的例子。 L In the first embodiment, showing an example of the lighting fixture 502, respectively receiving the modulated light from the optical communication device 501, in the second embodiment, information indicating the intake ^ f right foot handover between the luminaire 502-l~4 example of. 另外,作为照明器具502 - 1 ~ 4与图33所示的例子不同,表示按与一般所利用的直管荧光灯同样的形状排列了发光元件521的例子。 Further, the luminaire 502--1 4 ~ 33 and the example shown in FIG different, represent a light emitting element 521 are arranged in the same shape as an example of a general straight tube fluorescent lamps utilized. 此外,照明器具502- 1~4是同样的照明器具,在不加区别时作为照明器具502进行说明。 Furthermore, the lighting fixture 502-1 to 4 are the same lighting fixture, the lighting fixture 502 as will be described without distinction in time. 在此第2实施方式中,如图35所示那样在照明器具502的四面配置光收发部S22,光收发部522也与照明器具502之间进行通信。 In the second embodiment, as shown in Figure 35 arranged in the optical transceiver section S22 surrounded by the lighting fixture 502, the optical transceiver unit 522 for communication between the luminaire and 502. 另外,多个照明器具502之中、仅仅某一个或多个照明器具502的光收发部522 与光通信装置501进行通信,不与光通信装置501直接进行通信的照明器具502通过与其他照明器具502的通信来进行信息的交接。 Further, among the plurality of lighting elements 502, only one or a plurality of lighting fixtures 522 and optical transceiver unit 502 of the optical communication device 501 communicates directly with the optical communication without lighting fixture apparatus 501 to communicate with other lighting fixture 502 502 to perform communication of information transfer.

在图34所示的例子中,通过照明器具502 - l与光通信装置501直接进行通信,照明器具502 - 2以及照明器具502 - 3与照明器具502 - 1 进行通信,另外通过照明器具502 - 4与照明器具S02 - 2或照明器具502 -3进行通信,由此取得来自光通信装置501的信息,或将信息传输至光通信装置501。 In the example shown in FIG. 34, the lighting fixture by 502-- L and the optical communication device 501 communicate directly, the lighting fixture 502--2 and lighting elements 502 - 3 and luminaire 502--1 communicate through additional luminaire 502-- 4 and the lighting fixture S02 - 2 or luminaire communication 502-3, thereby obtaining the information from the optical communication device 501, or transmit information to the optical communication device 501. 例如,来自光通信装置501的信息被送到照明器具502 -1,被送到照明器具502-l的信息被送往照明器具502-2、照明器具502-3。 For example, the information from the optical communication device 501 is supplied to the lighting apparatus 502-1, the information is sent to the lighting fixture 502-l is sent to the lighting element 502-2, the lighting 502-3. 然后从照明器具502 - 2或照明器具502 - 3向照明器具502 - 4 传达信息。 And from the lighting fixture 502--2 or luminaire 502--3 the luminaire 502-- 4 convey information. 由此,对照明器具502-l〜4传达来自光通信装置501的信息,各自的照明器具502 - 1 ~ 4分别通过照明光来发送信息,信息被送到终端装置503。 Thus, the lighting fixture 502-l~4 convey information from the optical communication device 501, respective lighting 502--1, 3 and 4 by the illumination light to transmit information, the information is sent to the terminal device 503. 反之若用照明器具502 - 4接受来自终端装置503的调制光则其信息被传给照听器具502 - 2或照明器具502 - 3,进而从照明器具502 - 2或照明器具502 - 3传达给照明器具502 - 1 ,信息从照明器具502 -l传至光通信装置501,信息就被送至网络。 Conversely, if a 502 Lighting - 4 receives the modulated light from the terminal device 503 is transmitted as it is to listen to the information appliance 502 - 2 or the lighting fixture 502 - 3 and further from the illumination fixture 502 - To communicate 3 - 2 or luminaire 502 lighting elements 502 - 1, information transmitted from the optical communication apparatus 501 -l lighting elements 502, the information is sent to the network.

各自的照明器具502间的通信通过光收发部522在空间中利用光来进行。 Optical communication is performed by using the optical transceiver unit 522 in the space between the respective lighting elements 502. 由此,就可不敷设通信电缆或光纤等地从光通信装置501进行各自的照明器具502间的通信。 Thereby, laying the communication can not be performed or an optical fiber cable communication between the respective lighting elements 502 from the optical communication device 501. 另外,在第l实施方式还考虑在距光通信装置501较远的照明器具502中,进行光通信装置501与照明器具502 之间的通信的光量的衰減量变大,但在该第2实施方式中由于各自的照明器具502以大致一定的间隔进行:没置所以因照明器具502的设置位置造成的通信品质的降低等不会发生。 Further, in the first embodiment is also contemplated in the embodiment l luminaire 502 distant from the optical communication device 501, a large amount for the amount of light attenuation of communication between the optical communication apparatus 501 and the lighting apparatus 502, but in the second embodiment due to the respective lighting elements 502 at a substantially constant interval: not set so the communication quality due to the installation position of the lighting apparatus 502 and the like do not occur due to reduction. 进而,由于在照明器具502间进4亍通信来传输信息,所以对于不在自光通信装置501的视野区域内的照明器具502也通过与其他照明器具502的通信而间接地与光通信装置501 Further, since the communication between the right foot 4 into the lighting apparatus 502 to transmit information, for the lighting fixture 502 within the viewing area from the optical communication apparatus 501 is also not in communication with another lighting apparatus through 502 indirectly with the optical communication device 501

进行通信由此能够在照明光通信上进行利用。 Whereby communication can be utilized in the illuminating light communication.

这样通过光收发部522实现照明器具502间以及照明器具502与光通信装置501间的双向通信。 Thus 522 implement inter-lighting lighting device 502 and bidirectional communication between the optical communication device 502 and the optical transceiver unit 501. 此外,在如广播型那样以单向通信为好的情况下,作为光收发部522用发光元件或受光元件中某个进行构成,在交接信息的照明器具502间使发光元件与受光元件相对这样来设置即可。 Further, in the unidirectional broadcast-type communications as well as the case, as the light emitting element 522 transceiver unit or a light receiving element for configuration, in the lighting fixture 502 handover information element and the light-emitting element such relatively can be set.

在此第2实施方式中,表示如图35所示那样使用了与直管荧光管同样形状的棒状照明光源542的例子。 In the second embodiment, as shown represents an example using a rod-shaped illumination light source 542 with a straight tube shape of the fluorescent tube 35 similarly. 在该棒状照明光源542上配置1 乃至数列发光元件521,在其中间分散存在受光元件523。 1 configuration and the number of columns of the light emitting element 521 on the rod-shaped illumination light source 542, dispersed therein between light receiving element 523. 在设置新照明器具的情况下照明光源的形状为任意,依照照明光源及^L计等来决定照明器具的形状等。 Illumination light source in the case where the new luminaire any shape, in accordance with the illumination light source and the like ^ L meter to determine the shape of the lighting equipment and the like. 但是在利用原有的照明器具的情况下,则希望利用与直管荧光管同样形状的棒状照明光源542。 However, in the case of using the existing lighting fixture, it is desirable to use the same illumination light source 542 and a rod-shaped fluorescent tube straight tube shape. 能够通过将棒状照明光源542安装于焚光间的灯座541对棒状照明光源542供给电力来进行照明。 Through the rod illuminative light sources 542 mounted on the socket 541 of the electric power supplied to the burning of the rod illuminative light sources 542 to illuminate. 此时,在棒状照明光源542内事先组装未图示的控制部。 In this case, the rod-shaped illumination source 542 is assembled in advance in a control unit (not shown). 另外, 光收发部522在原有的照明器具的周围进行配置,与棒状照明光源542 电气连接即可。 Further, the optical transceiver unit 522 disposed around the existing lighting, the illumination source 542 is connected electrically to the rod-shaped. 这样一来,就能够利用原有的照明器具来实现本申请第5发明的照明器具。 Thus, it is possible to realize the lighting apparatus of the present invention utilizing a fifth application existing lighting. 通过利用原有的照明器具就能够比更换成新照明器具的情况以更低成本实现照明光通信。 By using the existing lighting than in the case can be replaced with a new lighting fixture at lower cost to realize the illumination light communication.

当然,照明光源的形状并不限于如直管荧光管那样的棒状,与圆管荧光管(环形)同样的圆环状等也同样如此。 Of course, the illumination light source is not limited to a rod shape of a straight tube such as fluorescent tubes, fluorescent tubes and pipe (ring), etc. The same is also true annular. 另外也可以如后述那样为电灯泡状的照明光源。 Further, as described later may be an electric bulb-shaped lighting source.

图36是表示本申请第5发明的照明光通信系统的第2实施方式的第l变形例的概念图。 FIG 36 is a conceptual diagram showing a second embodiment of the l embodiment illuminative light communication system of the present invention, a fifth modification of application. 在图34所示的例子中,表示将照明器具设置于顶棚面的例子,例如还有如图36所示那样照明器具502被嵌入顶棚面的情况。 In the example shown in FIG. 34 shows an example of the lighting fixture is provided on the ceiling surface, for example, also as shown in the case of the lighting apparatus 502 is embedded in the ceiling surface 36 shown in FIG. 在此情况下,例如能够如图36所示那样使光收发部522比顶棚面还要突出到下部,由此就可进行照明器具502间的利用光的通信。 In this case, for example, as shown in Figure 36 that the ratio of the optical transceiver unit 522 but also projecting to the lower surface of the ceiling, whereby communication can be carried out using light between the luminaire 502.

图37是表示本申请第5发明的照明光通信系统的第2实施方式的第2变形例的概念图。 FIG 37 is a conceptual diagram showing a second modification example of the embodiment of the second embodiment of the illumination light communication system according to the fifth invention of the present application. 该图37所示的例子也表示将照明器具502嵌入顶棚进行设置的例子。 The example shown in FIG. 37 also shows an example of a luminaire embedded in the ceiling 502 of the set. 在将照明器具502嵌入顶栩的情况下在顶棚里嵌入照明器具502的以上的空间空着。 In the case where the lighting fixture 502 is embedded Xu top lighting fixture embedded in the space above a ceiling 502 of the blank. 还能够构成为利用该顶棚里的空间将光收发部522设置在顶棚里在照明器具502间以及与光通信装置501进行通信。 Can also be configured to utilize the ceiling space in the optical transceiver 522 is disposed on a ceiling portion and communicating with the optical communication apparatus 501 between the lighting fixture 502.

图38是表示本申请第5发明的照明光通信系统的第2实施方式的第3变形例的概念图。 FIG 38 is a conceptual diagram showing a third modified example of the second embodiment of the illumination light communication system according to the fifth invention of the present application. 该图38所示的例子,表示作为照明器具502利用悬桂灯罩的情况下的例子。 Example shown in FIG. 38, showing an example of a lighting fixture suspended in the case where the globe 502 using Gui. 在悬挂式的情况下作为光源大多利用电灯泡,在本申请第5发明中也使用与电灯泡同样形状的照明光源。 In the case of suspended using mostly as light sources a light bulb, the bulb also be used an illumination source in the same shape as the fifth invention of the present application. 另夕卜, 光收发部522设置在照明器具502的灯伞的里侧上部。 Another Bu Xi, the optical transceiver 522 is provided in an upper portion of the back side 502 of the lighting fixture of the shade. 当然,设置光收发部522的位置只要是可以与其他照明器具502或光通信装置501等进行通信的位置则为任意。 Of course, the position of the optical transceiver unit 522 is provided as long as the location can communicate with other lighting elements 502 or the like, compared with the optical communication apparatus 501 arbitrarily.

例如在店铺等中在各客席上设置悬挂式的照明器具502的情况较多、在这样的用途中图38所示的构成就较为有用。 In many cases such as setting lighting fixture 502 suspended on each of the guest in a store or the like, configured in such applications shown on FIG. 38 is useful. 例如在开设因特网咖啡等之际就能够仅仅通过利用光进行照明器具502间及照明器具502 与光通信装置501的通信来提供宽带通信而不需要在店内敷设电缆等。 For example, in the occasion of opening the Internet coffee can only light lighting fixture by using the lighting elements 502 and 502 communicate with the optical communication device 501 without the need to provide broadband communications cabling and the like in the shop.

图39、图40是表示本申请第5发明的照明光通信系统的第3实施方式的概念图。 FIG 39, FIG 40 is a conceptual diagram showing a third embodiment of the illuminating light communication system according to embodiments of the present invention is the fifth application. 图41是相同照明光源的一例的说明图。 FIG 41 is an explanatory view showing an example of the same illumination source. 图中,551是照明光源,552是邻接光源间光收发部,553是照明器具间光收发部。 FIG, 551 is a light source, a light source 552 is between adjacent optical transceiver unit, the lighting fixture 553 is between the optical transceiver unit. 在上述的图35等所示的例子中,即使在利用原有的照明器具的情况下还需要与照明光源一起安装光收发部522。 In the example shown in FIG. 35 and the like described above, even when using the existing lighting installation also requires an optical transceiver unit 522 with the illumination light source. 在此第3实施方式中,表示将照明光源与光收发部522—体地进行构成的例子。 In this third embodiment, it shows an example configuration of an illumination light source and the optical transceiver unit 522- body.

本申请第5发明的照明光源551,例如在图41所示的例子中,与图35等同样表示与直管焚光管与同样的棒状形状。 An illumination source 551 application fifth invention, for example, in the example shown in FIG. 41, FIG. 35 and the like and also said straight pipe burning light pipe with the same rod-like shape. 在照明光源551上^L置有发光元件521及受光元件523,同时在内部还设置有未图示的控制部。 On the illumination light source 551 ^ L 521 opposing the light emitting element and the light receiving element 523, and also provided a control unit (not shown) therein. 另外,在腹部设置有邻接光源间光收发部552,在并列设置多个荧光管这样来配置照明光源551的情况下有用于与邻接的照明光源551之间进行通信的光收发部。 Further, the abdomen is provided between adjacent optical transceiver unit light source 552, in a case where a plurality of fluorescent tubes disposed in parallel so that the illumination light source 551 is configured for performing optical communication between a transceiver unit adjacent the illumination source 551 and. 此外,还设想设置3个以上的照明光源551的情况, 事先在腹部的两侧设置邻接光源间光收发部S52为好。 In addition, the case is also contemplated that the illumination source 551 is provided in three or more, arranged in advance between both sides of the light source adjacent to the optical transceiver unit S52 abdomen as well.

另外,设置有用于与邻接的照明光源551以外照明光源551或光通信装置501进行通信的照明器具间光收发部553。 Further, the appliance is provided between the optical transceiver unit 553 illuminating light source 551 for communication or the optical communication apparatus 501 other than the adjacent illuminative light sources 551 for lighting. 由于照明器具间光收发部553对应各种照明器具,所以长度或方向等可调节地进行构成为好。 Since the inter-lighting element light receiving unit corresponding to various lighting fixture 553, the length direction or the like can be configured adjustable as well. 此外,虽然在图41中将照明器具间光收发部553分別设置在两端部,但也可以仅仅在某一方。 Further, although in FIG. 41, the inter-lighting element light transmitting and receiving unit 553 are respectively provided at both end portions, but may be only either one.

将这种照明光源5 51与原有的照明器具的荧光管更换后进安装。 Such fluorescent illumination source 551 with the original lighting fixture backward replacement pipe installation. 此时,事先在保持着荧光管的灯座上原封不动安装照明光源551 为好。 In this case, previously maintained in the fluorescent tube mounting socket intact illumination source 551 as well. 由此照明光源551的电力就能够从照明器具的灯座接受供给。 Whereby illumination light source 551 receiving power can be supplied from the socket of the luminaire. 然后只要对照明器具间光收发部553的长度或方向进行调节就可进行使用了照明光的信息的传输。 Then simply be adjusted between the longitudinal direction of the luminaire or the optical transceiver unit 553 of the information transmission can be carried out using illumination light.

图39所示的例子,表示适用于图33所示的本申请第5发明的第1实施方式的构成的情况。 Example shown in FIG 39, shows a case applied to the configuration shown in FIG. 33 of the first embodiment of the present application the fifth embodiment of the invention. 在此情况下,将设置在各自的照明光源551的照明器具间光收发部553朝向光通信装置501即可。 In this case, the optical communication device 501 is provided to an illumination source 551 between each lighting fixture portion 553 toward the optical transceiver. 在此情况下,照明器具间光收发部553设置于各自的照明器具中的一个照明光源S51,关于其他照明光源551还可以不设置照明器具间光收发部553地使用邻接光源间光收发部552来进行信息的传输。 In this case, the inter-lighting element light transmitting and receiving unit 553 provided in the respective lighting fixture in a lighting source S51, on the other illuminative light sources 551 may not be provided between the luminaire optical transceiver unit 553 used between the adjacent light source light transmitting and receiving unit 552 for transmission of information.

图40所示的例子表示适用于图34所示的本申请第5发明的第2实施方式的构成的例子。 Example shown in FIG 40 shows an example of configuration of a second embodiment of the present application shown in the fifth invention is applied to FIG. 34. 在此情况下,光通信装置501与设置于某照明光源551的照明器具间光收发部553之间进行通信,关于其他照明光源551 In this case, between the optical communication device 501 is provided with a certain illumination light source lighting device 551 for communication between the optical transceiver unit 553, an illumination source 551 with respect to other

信:若如至少二笔划那样设置通i路线,L可在全部照:月光源551中进 Letter: If the route as a through i of at least two strokes, L may be all as: source 551 into the moon

行照明光通信。 Illuminating light communication lines. 当然也可以事先设定多个通信路线。 Of course, a plurality of communication routes can be set in advance.

此外,图39、图40中表示在被嵌入顶棚的照明器具上安装照明光源551的情况,在这种情况下照明器具间光收发部553如图示那样突出到下部较为有效。 Furthermore, FIG 39, FIG 40 shows the case of the illumination light source 551 is mounted on the ceiling lighting fixture is embedded, in this case between the luminaire projection optical transceiver unit 553 to the lower portion as illustrated more effective. 同样,根据安装照明光源551的照明器具的不同,还有周围的灯罩比照明光源551还要延伸到下部的情况。 Also, depending on the illumination light source lighting fixture 551 is mounted, and also extends around the globe than the illumination light source 551 to the lower portion of the case. 在这样的情况下也同样使照明器具间光收发部553突出到下部较为有效。 In this case also that the inter-lighting element light transmitting and receiving unit 553 to a lower portion projecting more effective.

图42是表示本申请第5发明的照明光通信系统的第4实施方式的概念图。 FIG 42 is a conceptual diagram showing a fourth embodiment of the illuminating light communication system according to embodiments of the present invention is the fifth application. 图43是相同照明光源的一例的说明图。 43 is a diagram illustrating an example of the same illumination source. 在该第4实施方式中, 表示在照明光源551或者照明器具502上不设置光收发部522,由发光元件521及受光元件523进行代用的例子。 In the fourth embodiment, it is showing 522, 521, and an example of the optical transceiver unit light-receiving element 523 Replacement by the light emitting element is not disposed on the illumination light source lighting device 551 or 502. 在这里表示使用如图43所示那样配备了发光元件521及受光元件523的照明光源551,在原有的照明器具上安装照明光源551由此来构筑照明光通信系统的例子。 As shown herein denotes the use of a light-emitting element 43 with 521 and illumination source 551 of the light receiving element 523, illumination source 551 is mounted on existing lighting illumination light thereby to construct an example of a communication system. 如与图41所示的照明光源551进行比较可知那样,在图43所示的照明光源551的例子中,未设置邻接光源间光收发部552及照明器具间光收发部553。 As clearly seen in comparison with the illumination light source 551 as shown in FIG. 41, the illumination light source 551 in the example shown in FIG. 43, between adjacent light source unit 552 between the optical transceiver and an optical transceiver luminaire portion 553 is not provided.

受光元件523接受由光通信装置501的光收发部511所发出的光(可见光或红外光等),以接收来自光通信装置501的信息。 A light receiving element 523 receive light (visible or infrared light) from the optical transceiver unit 511 of the optical communication device 501 emitted, to receive information from the optical communication device 501. 根据该接收到的信息来调制发光元件521的发光光,并发射出经过调制后的照明光。 Emitting light modulated in accordance with the light emitting element 521 to the received information, and emits the illumination light modulated through. 如果在终端装置503中对其进行受光并解调,就能够在终端装置503 中接收信息。 If subjected to light in the terminal apparatus 503 and demodulated, the information can be received in the terminal apparatus 503.

另外,在从终端装置503发送信息的情况下,从终端装置503发出的调制光由照明光源551的受光元件523接受并进行解调,来自终端装置503的信息到达照明光源551。 Further, in a case where information is transmitted from the terminal device 503, the modulated light emitted from the terminal apparatus 503 is received by the light receiving element of light illuminating light source 551 and 523 demodulate the information from the terminal device 503 of the illumination light source 551 reaches. 然后根据接收到的信息对发光元件521 的发光光进行调制,发射经过调制后的照明光。 The information is then received by the light-emitting element 521 emitting light modulated illumination light is emitted after modulation. 如果在光通信装置501 的光收发部511接受它并进行解调,则来自终端装置503的信息就到达光通信装置501。 If it accepts the optical transceiver unit 511 and the optical communication device 501 demodulates the information terminal device 503 proceeds from the optical communication device 501.

这样,在此第4实施方式中,不论光通信装置501还是终端装置503 就都是对照明光源551发光,或者接受照明光源551发出的照明光。 Thus, in the fourth embodiment, the optical communication device 501 or whether the terminal device 503 to the illumination source 551 is a light emitting or receiving the illumination light emitted from illumination source 551. 与光通信装置501和终端装置503通过光进行直接通信的情况相比,就能够利用照明光的大功率,同时由于照明器具被设置于顶棚等难以出现影子的场所,所以阴影的影响能够减轻,而能够实现良好的通信。 Case where direct communication with the optical device and the optical communication device 503 and the terminal 501 as compared to the illumination light power can be utilized, while in places difficult to occur due to the shadow of the lighting fixture is provided on the ceiling or the like, it is possible to reduce the influence of the shadow, it is possible to achieve good communication. 当然,也不需要向照明器具502的通信电缆或光电缆等的敷设。 Of course, no need to lay cables or optical communication cables to the lighting fixture 502 and the like.

此外,虽然在图42所示的例子中,表示利用如图43那样的专用照明光源551的例子,但是在例如利用如图33所示那样的专用照明器具的情况下也同样如此,能够不设置照明器具502中的光收发部522来进行构成。 Further, in the example shown in FIG. 42, FIG. 43 shows an example of an illumination source 551 such as a special use, but by the following example the case of a dedicated lighting fixture is also true as shown in FIG. 33, can not be provided luminaire light receiving units 522 to 502 constituted.

图44是表示本申请第5发明的照明光通信系统的第5实施方式的概念图。 FIG 44 is an explanatory diagram of a fifth embodiment of the illuminating light communication system according to the fifth invention of the present application. 图中,561是路灯。 FIG, 561 is a street. 设置在路上的路灯561现在以水银灯或钠蒸气灯、荧光灯等为主流,但也考虑LED等半导体发光元件的应用。 Lights provided on the road 561 shall now mercury or sodium vapor lamp, a fluorescent lamp as the mainstream, but also consider the application of semiconductor light emitting element such as an LED. 在作为路灯561的照明光源使用了半导体发光元件的情况下,能够通过照明光将各种各样的信息对通行中的车辆或步行者进行发送。 In the case where the semiconductor light emitting element as a light source of the street lights 561, various information can be the light of the vehicle or pedestrian traffic transmitted by the illumination. 此时, 为了将待发送的信息对各自的路灯561进行传输而敷设通信电缆或光纤等,这将会花费成本。 In this case, information to be sent to the respective street lights 561 and transmitted laying communication cables or optical fiber, which will take costs.

在本申请第5发明中,在路灯561上设置光收发部522,与上述第2 实施方式同样,在路灯561间的空间通过光来进行信息的交接。 In the fifth invention of the present application, the optical transceiver unit 522 is provided with the above-described second embodiment in the same manner as street lights 561, light for the transfer of information in the space between the lights 561 passed. 由此, 就可对各自的路灯561传输信息并通过路灯561的照明光来发送信息。 Thus, each of the lights 561 can transmit information and transmits the information via optical illumination lights 561. 在这样构成之际,由于仅仅进行各自的路灯561中的施工就可而不用敷设通信电缆或光纤等所以较为经济。 In the occasion of such a configuration, since only the construction of each of the lights 561 can be laid without a communication cable or an optical fiber and the like and it is more economical.

此外,路灯561的间隔比起上述室内的情况要宽,尽管如此在高速路上是30m程度,为可充分进行利用光的通信的范围。 In addition, streetlights 561 than if the interval is wider in the chamber, though the degree of the highway is 30m, the communication can be sufficiently performed using light range. 另外,尽管因地形或道路的构造等而需要进行调整以使光收发部522的方向朝向邻接的路灯,但只要是通常的路灯的间隔则不会有那么困难。 Further, although the terrain or road construction and the like need to be adjusted due to a direction toward the optical transceiver portion 522 adjacent street, but as long as a normal street interval there will not be so difficult. 进而, 虽然还设想发生雾将视野遮住之类的问题,但由于间隔为30m程度所以这也不会成为很大的问题。 Furthermore, although a problem is also envisaged fog will cover the field of vision and the like, but the interval is 30m degree so it does not become a big problem.

在这里作为室外的网络的例子,关于设置在路上的路灯,表示了通过光来进行路灯间的通信的例子,但本申请第5发明的应用例并不限于此。 Examples herein outdoor network, provided on the road lights, an example to perform communication between lights by light, but the application of the fifth embodiment of the present application invention is not limited thereto. 例如还可以利用于航空机的引导灯或节目会场的照明灯等各种各样的用途。 For example, it may also be utilized in the program guide or venue lamp lighting and other various uses of aviation. - -

以上,就本申请笫5发明说明了若干实施方式及其变形例。 Or more, application of the present invention Zi 5 illustrate several embodiments and modifications thereof. 在上述说明中,将来自光通信装置501的信息传输给照明器具502或者照明光源551、路灯561等(在这里称之为照明器具等),但没有必要在各自的照明器具等中将接收到的信息原封不动地通过照明光进行送出。 In the above description, the information transfer from the optical communication device 501 or 502 to the illumination light source lighting device 551, street lights 561, etc. (referred to herein as a lighting fixture, etc.), but not necessarily in the respective lighting elements and the like received information sent without change by the illumination light.

例如也可以构成为在传输来的信息的报头等上附加地址或ID等,以此为基础照明器具等对信息进行取舍选择后通过照明光来进行传输。 For example, it may be configured to transmit the like in the header or the like or an additional address information ID, as a basis of the lighting equipment after a choice selection information transmitted by the illumination light. 另外,也可以存在不进行利用照明光的信息的传输,而是作为一种中继器或路由器发挥功能的照明器具等。 Further, it may also be present to transfer information without the use of illumination light, but as a repeater or router functions like play luminaire.

如以上那样,根据本申请第5发明,各照明器具或照明光源等在空间中通过光来进行通信,由此对进行照明光通信的各照明器具或照明光源等传达信息,所以可低价地构筑照明光通信系统而不需要通信电缆或光纤的敷设施工。 As described above, according to the fifth invention of the present application, each lighting fixture illuminating light source or the like in the space for communication by light, thereby conveying information to the respective illumination light communication apparatus or an illumination light source lighting, it is possible to inexpensively constructing the illumination optical communication system construction without laying communication cables or optical fibers. 此时、还可以利用原有的照明器具来进行构筑,能够进而降低成本,另外,在利用光的通信中,就可按高的通信品质来进行信息的传输而不会如利用电灯线的通信那样发生频带的限制或电波辐射、噪声的重叠等问题。 In this case, the original may also be utilized to construct the lighting fixture, the cost can be further reduced, Further, in the communication using light, a high communication quality can press to transfer information without the use of such power line communication limit or wave radiation band such as the occurrence of noise superimposed problems.

<第6发明> <Sixth invention>

以下,就利用这种照明光的通信的应用例表示若干发明。 Hereinafter, application examples on the use of such illumination light communication represents several inventions. 就本申请第6发明进行说明。 On the sixth invention of the present application will be described. 第6发明表示在通信中利用家电制品或电饰等、 各种各样的照明的例子。 Sixth invention showing the use of home electric appliances or the like in electrical communication ornaments, various examples illumination.

以往在各种各样的电气设备中,LED( L ight Em itting D iode )等半导体发光元件作为显示用而得以使用。 In the past, various electrical devices, LED (L ight Em itting D iode) semiconductor light emitting element is used as a display. 图53、 图54是在电气设备中将LED作为显示用加以利用的形态的一例的说明图。 FIG 53, FIG 54 is an electrical device in the LED illustrating an example of a display form to be utilized. 图53 (A)表示电视接收机的例子,设置有用于显示电源的接通切断或显示时及待机时的区别、或者输入端子的区别等的LED。 FIG 53 (A) represents an example of a television receiver provided with a display for displaying the power is turned off or when the difference between the active and standby time, or the difference between the input terminals like LED. 另外在图53 (B)中表示音频设备的例子,但在此情况下仍然设置有表示电源的接通切断的LED。 Further example shows an audio apparatus in FIG. 53 (B), but still in this case is provided with a power supply is turned off is represented LED. 进而图53 (C)所示的例子,在设置于计测器等的仪表上分别设置LED,显示着各自的仪表的动作状态或仪表所示的值的状态等。 Further in FIG. 53 (C) in the example shown, is provided on the measuring instrument in the instrument or the like are disposed the LED, display the operation state of the respective instrument or meter shown state value and the like. -

不仅是以这样单纯的发光对用户传达显示内容,而且还在用于显示字符或图画等的显示装置上也利用LED等半导体发光元件。 Not only is such a simple light-emitting display user content conveyed, but also be utilized for displaying a semiconductor light emitting element such as an LED display device such as characters and drawings. 例如在图54(A)中表示设置了液晶面板的设备的例子。 For example represents an example of a device provided in the liquid crystal panel of FIG. 54 (A) in the. 在这种液晶面板中, 作为背景光LED被广泛得到利用。 In such a liquid crystal panel, a backlight LED has been widely utilized. 同样在图54(B)中表示节点个人计算机的例子,但在该情况下也作为显示装置在许多时候利用带背景光的液晶面板。 Examples of nodes representing the same personal computer in FIG. 54 (B) but also as a display device in this case a liquid crystal panel with the backlight in many cases. 作为该情况下的背景光也利用LED。 As background light in this case is based on LED. 另外,排列了多数LED的电光告示牌等的显示装置也得以开发和利用。 Further, most of the LED's are arranged like the electric bulletin board display device may be developed and utilized.

进而除了通过辨识如上述那样的发光使用户获得信息这样的用途以外,例如在装饰用上也广泛利用了LED等半导体发光元件。 Further as described above except that by identifying emitting allowing users access to information other than such use, for example decorative also spend extensive use semiconductor light emitting element such as an LED. 在图54(C)所示的例子中,表示利用于圣诞树的灯饰的例子。 In the example of FIG. 54 (C) shown in examples of the use of Christmas tree lighting in FIG. 另外同样, -故利用于商店的广告牌或室内装饰等的装饰。 Also the same - it is the use of decorative billboards or shop in interior decoration. 除此以外还在各种各样的电气设备上利用有LED等半导体发光元件。 In addition also the use of a variety of electrical equipment such as an LED with a semiconductor light emitting element.

设置于这样的电气设备的LED等半导体发光元件使光对于人们直接看见,而引起信息的传输或美的感觉。 The semiconductor light emitting element such as an LED provided to such electrical equipment for people to directly see the light, to cause the transmission of sensory information, or the United States. 以往就有仅仅用于该用途的情况但却没有被用于其他用途。 There is only the case in the past for this purpose but not for other purposes.

图45是表示本申请第6发明的电气设备的一实施方式的框图。 FIG 45 is a block diagram illustrating an embodiment of an electrical apparatus according to a sixth application of the invention. 图中,601是电气设备,602是接收机,611是LED, 612是控制部,621 是受光部,622是光学系统,623是解调部。 FIG, 601 is an electrical device, a receiver 602, 611 is a LED, 612 control unit, 621 denotes a light receiving unit, 622 is an optical system, 623 denotes a demodulator. 在这里作为半导体发光元件的一例表示使用了LED611的例子。 Used herein denotes an example LED611 as an example of the semiconductor light emitting element. 除此以外激光二极管或EL元件及等离子体显示元件等、其他半导体发光元件也同样如此。 In addition to the laser diode and a plasma display element or an EL element and the like, other semiconductor light emitting elements are the same.

LED611是在电气设备上历来所设置的用于显示的LED光源,在这里用于显示例如电源等的装置的状态。 LED611 electrical device is always provided on the LED light source for display, a display state where a power supply device and the like for example. 此外,LED611有的用单一元件所构成有的用多个元件所构成。 Further, LED611 some others constitute a single element formed with a plurality of elements. 另外,在单一的件内具有多色的发光区域等、元件构成还有各种各样。 Further, with the multi-color emission regions within a single member, there are various elements constituting.

控制部612按照信息对LED611的亮灭或者发光量进行控制,并对LED611的发光光进行调制以发送信息。 The control unit 612 according to information LED611 blinking or control the amount of light emission, and the light emitting LED611 modulated to transmit information. LED61 l如上述那样具有应答速度非常快之类的性质,能够通过按照信息高速地控制亮灭或者发光量来发送倌息。 LED61 l as described above, having a very fast response speed and the like properties, it is possible to transmit information by blinking or groom emission amount in accordance with the control information at high speed. 另外,即使进行高速的亮灭或者发光量的控制,这样的亮灭或发光量的变化也无法为人们所看出,而是如同连续亮灯那样被看见。 Further, even when the high-speed blinking or control the amount of light emission, such blinking or light emission amount change is not seen by people, but as seen as continuous lighting. 从而,能够保持以往的LED611的亮灯状态不变来进行信息的发送。 Thus, it is possible to maintain the conventional LED611 lighting state to transmit the same information. 此外,调制方式为任意能够适用各种数字或模拟的调制方式。 Further, the modulation scheme is applicable to any of a variety of digital or analog modulation.

根据这种构成,就能够利用历来在电气设备上作为显示用所设置的LED611,保持其显示功能不变来进行信息的发送。 According to such a configuration, it is possible to always use in electrical equipment provided with a display LED 611, while the display function to transmit the same information. 电气设备要求许多功能但需要在有限的面积上且简单的设计之中使功能增加。 Electrical equipment requirements, but many of the features necessary to function in a limited area and simple designs increases. 为此, 通过利用以往所设置的LED611 ,就可追加信息的发送功能而不会使装置大型化。 For this reason, by using the conventional LED611 set, can additionally send information without the size of the device.

接收机602,接受电气设备601的LED611发出的、经过调制后的光,以接收信息。 Receiver 602, a device 601 receiving electrical LED611 emitted light after modulated, to receive information. 作为用于它的构成,包含接受光变换成电气信号的受光部621和对电气信号进行解调以取出信息的解调部6B而构成。 As for its composition, comprising receiving light into the light receiving portion 621 and the electric signal to form the electrical signal is demodulated to extract the information demodulating unit 6B. 来自上述的电气设备601的光用受光部621接受,用解调部623取出信息, 由此实现从电气设备601向接收机602的信息传输。 The electric device 601 from the light-receiving light receiving portion 621, information extracted by demodulation section 623, thereby enabling transmission of information to the receiver 602 from the electrical device 601.

另外还能够在受光部621设置透镜等光学系统622。 622 can be also in the light receiving portion 621 is provided an optical system such as a lens. 通过设置该光学系统622就可以对进行受光的光的光源进行限定,并能够用针尖来接收信息。 It may be defined to be the light source of the light provided by the optical system 622, and can receive information with a needle. 为此,即使在类似的电气设备排列着的情况下也能够接收来自特定的电气设备的信息而不会受到来自其他电气设备的信息传输的干扰。 For this reason, even capable of receiving information from a particular electrical device in case of similar electrical devices arranged in the information transmission without interference from other electrical devices.

图46是表示本申请第6发明电气设备的一实施方式中的第1应用例的概略图。 FIG 46 is a schematic diagram showing a first application example of the present invention, electrical apparatus a sixth embodiment. 图中,631是电视接收机,632是LED, 633是红外线受光部,641是遥控器,642是受光部,643是红外光发送部,644是显示部, 651是便携终端,652是照相机。 FIG, 631 is a television receiver, 632 is a LED, 633 is an infrared light receiving unit, 641 is a remote controller, 642 denotes a light receiving unit, 643 is an infrared light transmitting unit, 644 is a display unit, 651 is a portable terminal, 652 is a camera. 在图46所示的例子中,表示将本申请第6发明适用于电视接收机的例子。 In the example shown in FIG. 46 shows a sixth application example of the present invention is applicable to a television receiver.

在电视接收机631中,历来来进行利用遥控器641的远距离操作。 In the television receiver 631, traditionally performed by the remote controller 641 of the remote operation. 从遥控器641向电视接收机631的通信一般是利用红外线。 To the communication from the remote controller 641 of the television receiver 631 is typically an infrared. 在图46所示的例子中,作为用于它的构成,在遥控器641上设置红外光发送部643, 另外在电视接收机631侧设置红外线受光部633。 In the example shown in Figure 46, as for its composition, the infrared light transmitting unit 643 is provided on the remote control 641, the infrared light receiving portion additionally provided in the television receiver 631 side 633. 根据这种构成,若在遥控器641用户进行操作则对应于该操作的信息就通过红外线被发送到电视接收机631。 According to such a configuration, when operating the remote controller 641 corresponding to the user operation information is sent to the television receiver 631 via infrared. 例如若用遥控器641进行频道的选择操作,则所选择的频道的信息就通过红外线从红外光发送部6"送到电视接收机631,电视接收机631的红外线受光部633进行接收,切换成所选择的频道。此外,在一般的电视接收机631中,只进行从遥控器6"向电视接收机631的单向通信。 For example, if a channel selection operation with the remote control 641, the information of the channel selected to transmit infrared light from the portion 6 "to the television receiver 631, the television receiver 631 through the infrared light receiving portion 633 receives infrared rays is switched to selected channel. Further, in a general television receiver 631, only one-way communication 6, "the television receiver 631 from the remote controller.

在电视接收机631上通常设置有用于显示电源的接通切断以及是显示状态还是待机状态的一个或多个LED632。 Generally disposed on the television receiver 631 for displaying the power on and off is a state or a standby state or a plurality of LED632. 在本申请第6发明中, 将该LED632用作图45所示的LED611来进行信息的发送。 In the sixth invention of the present application, the LED611 as shown in FIG. 45 LED632 to transmit information. 即,LED632 具有历来所进行的电源的接通切断或状态显示等功能,同时还具有进行与信息相应的调制驱动并发射可视的调制光来发送信息的功能。 That is, LED632 a power supply is turned on always carried cut or status display functions, and also has a function corresponding to the modulation drive information and transmits visible light modulating transmission information.

在遥控器641上设置有用于接受从电视接收机631发射的调制光的受光部642。 A light receiving portion 642 for receiving from the television receiver 631 transmit modulated light is provided on the remote controller 641. 通过此受光部642来接受从电视接收机631发射的可视的调制光,在内部进行解调由此就能够接收从电视接收机631送来的信息。 To accept the modulated visible light emitted from the television receiver 631, thereby demodulating the inside can receive information transmitted from the television receiver 631 through this light receiving portion 642.

由此,就能够实现从电视接收机631向遥控器641的信息传输。 Accordingly, it is possible to realize the information transmission from the television receiver 641 to the remote controller 631. 以往作为单向通信的电视接收机631与遥控器641之间的通信,就可成为双向通信,就能够在遥控器641侧接收电视接收机631的状态并传输给用户。 As a conventional communication between the television receiver 631 and the remote control 641 one-way communication, bidirectional communication can be, can be received in the remote controller 641 side of the television receiver 631 and transmitted to the user state. 利用它就可将例如电视接收机631的操纵方法或节目预约状态等从电视接收机631发送至遥控器641,在遥控器641侧进行接收并显示在显示部644上进行确认。 It can, for example, using the method of operating the television receiver 631 or the program reservation status transmitted from the television receiver 631 to the remote controller 641 is received at the remote side 641 and displayed for confirmation on the display unit 644. 另外还可以一边在遥控器641的显示部644确认电视接收机631的状态一边进行各种操作。 It also can perform various operations while side of the display unit 641 of the remote controller 644 of the television receiver 631 to confirm the status.

在图46中,表示进一步设置了照相机652的便携终端651的例子。 In FIG. 46, showing an example of the portable terminal is further provided a camera 652 651. 使用电祝接收机631的LED632发送的信息可以不是用如遥控器641等 An electric wish information receiver 631 may not use LED632 transmitted as the remote control 641, etc.

那样的专用装置,而是在可接受可见光的各种装置上进行信息的接收。 A dedicated device such as, but receives information on various means acceptable visible light. 近年,带照相机的便携电话或PDA已经盛行利用,能够将它们作为便携终端651进行利用,以接收从电视接收机631送来的信息。 In recent years, a mobile phone with a camera or a PDA has been prevalent use, they can be utilized as the portable terminal 651, to receive the information sent from the television receiver 631. 另外,还可以使例如数字照相机或数字摄像机等那样原本具有撮像功能的设备持有通信功能。 Further, it is also possible, for example, a digital camera or a digital video camera as original equipment with a communication function held by the imaging function.

在遥控器641及便携终端651任何一个都同样如此,例如能够将用电视接收机631接收的节目内容从电视接收机631发送,显示在便携终端651的显示部,还从扬声器进行声音再生。 In the remote controller 641 and a portable terminal 651 are the same in any manner, for example, the program content received by the television receiver 631 transmitted from the television receiver 631, the mobile terminal displayed on the display unit 651, also from the speaker sound reproduction. 例如还能够使与电视接收机631不同的节目(里节目)显示来检查,或者例如不使文字广播等显示在电视接收机631的画面而是在遥控器641以及便携终端651侧进行 For example also enables the television receiver 631 different programs (in program) to check the display, or the like for example, without teletext display, but in the remote control 641 and the portable terminal 651 of the television receiver 631 side of the screen

显示来观看。 Show to watch.

由于这种利用了可见光的信息的传输只要在LED632亮灯的状态 Because of this use of the visible light transmission of information as long as the lighting state LED632

下就可进行,所以例如在不进行视听的待机状态的情况下也可进^亍通信。 Can be carried out under, for example, in a case where it is not viewing the standby state can also be into communication ^ right foot. 另外,由于在遥控器641的受光部642设置了透镜等光学系统的情况或在便携终端651的照相机652等中,能够有选择性地接受来自光源的光,所以即便在例如并列设置多台电视接收机的情况下也可有选择性地接收来自特定的电视接收机的信息。 Further, since the light receiving portion 642 remote controller 641 is provided where the lens and other optical system or the portable terminal 651 of the camera 652 and the like, it is possible to selectively receive light from the light source, so even in e.g. juxtaposed multiple TVs a case where the receiver may also receive information from a particular television receiver selectively.

图47是表示本申请第6发明电气设备的一实施方式中的第1应用例的变形例的概略图。 FIG 47 is a schematic view showing a modification of the present invention, application of the electrical apparatus a sixth embodiment of the first application example. 图中,对与图46相同的部分附加相同的符号并省略重复的说明。 Drawing, and the repeated description of the same and the same reference numerals in FIG. 46, the additional portion. 34是受光部,45是发光部。 34 is a light receiving portion, 45 is a light emitting portion. 在图46所示的例子中, 从遥控器641向电视接收机631的信息传输通过红外线来进行,但在图47所示的变形例中,表示关于从遥控器641向电视接收机631的信息传输也通过可见光来进行的例子。 In the example shown in Figure 46, 641 is performed by infrared transmission of information to the television receiver 631 from the remote controller, but in the modified embodiment shown in FIG. 47, showing the remote control 641 or information from the television receiver 631 examples of the visible light transmission is also carried out by. 此外,关于从电视接收机631向遥控器641的利用可见光的信息传输也与上迷的例同样。 In addition, information on transmission of visible light from the television receiver 631 to the remote controller 641 is also similar to the embodiment of the fans.

为了实现从遥控器641向电视接收机631的利用可见光的信息传输,在遥控器641侧设置有发光部45同时在电视接收机631侧设置有受光部34。 In order to achieve a visible transmission of information from the remote controller 641 to the television receiver 631 using, in the side of the remote controller 641 is provided with a light emitting portion 45 while a light receiving portion 34 is provided in the television receiver 631 side. 它们对应于图46所示的红外光发送部643以及红外线受光部633, They correspond to the infrared optical transmission unit 643 shown in FIG. 46 and an infrared light receiving portion 633,

在从遥控器641侧发送信息的情况下,使发光部45根据依照信息进行了调制的信号进行发光即可。 In the case of transmitting information from the remote controller 641 side, the light emitting portion 45 emits light according to the signal is modulated in accordance with the information. 经过调制后的光在电视接收机631 侧的受光部34中进行受光并解调由此就能够接收从遥控器641所送来 Receives light through the light receiving portion 34 side of the television receiver 631 and demodulates the modulated thereby can receive from the remote controller 641 sent

的信息。 Information.

在设置于遥控器641的发光部45上设置反射镜或透镜等光学系统,以收拢从发光部45发射的调制光的光束这样来构成为好。 Provided like a mirror or a lens optical system on the light emitting portion 45 is provided at the remote controller 641, the modulated light beam emitted from the light emitting in a collapsed portion 45 configured in such a way as well. 由此, 对电视接收机631就可效率良好地使经过调制后的光到达。 Thus, the television receiver 631 can efficiently make the light modulated through arrival. 与此同时, 由于在此通信上所利用的光是可见光,所以若被收拢的光束到达电视接收机631则例如与手电筒等同样,如图47所示那样将电视接收^L631 的面明亮地照明。 At the same time, since the visible light is utilized in the communication, so if they are folded beam reaches the television receiver 631, for example, the flashlight Likewise, the television receiver shown in FIG. 47 ^ L631 surface as brightly illuminate . 由此,能够辨识由从遥控器641发射的光所照射的区域。 Accordingly, the region can be recognized by the light emitted from the remote controller 641 is irradiated. 例如即使在多台电视接收机631存在的情况下也能够可靠地确定成 For example, can be reliably determined even in the presence of the television receiver 631 into a plurality

为信息的发送目标的电视接收机并进行确认来发送信息。 Television receiver destination information and confirm to send the message.

由于红外光不能被眼睛看见,所以无法确定信息的发送目标,另 Since infrared light can not be seen eye, it is not possible to determine the destination information, and the other

外在多台电视接收机存在的情况下就需要在控制器侧进行变更ID等 ID needs to be changed on the controller side in the presence of a plurality of external television receiver

的设定操作。 Setting operation. 但是,在本申请第6发明中不需要这样的设定,用眼睛确 However, this need not be set in the sixth invention of the present application, the determined eye

认光被照射到想进行操作的电视接收机来进行遥控器操作即可,能够 Light is irradiated to identify the television receiver operates like a remote control operation can be carried out, can be

简单地进行可靠的操作。 Simply reliable operation.

此外,遥控器641并不限于电视接收机,例如在摄像机或DVD、 Further, the remote controller 641 is not limited to a television receiver, for example, a camera or a DVD,

音频设备、空调机、其他的各种各样的设备中也可得以利用,在这些 Audio equipment, air conditioners, various other devices may also be utilized in these

i殳备中上述第l应用例可同样适用。 l i is the first application Shu Preparation Example equally applicable.

进而,在存在通过LED等半导体发光元件来显示电源状态或设备 Further, in the present apparatus to display the power status through the LED or other semiconductor light emitting element

状态的功的一切设备中都可以适用本申请发明,接着表示应用于测定装置等的例子。 All the equipment work state in the present application are applicable to the invention, an example of applying the measuring device then indicates the like. 图48是表示本申请第6发明电气设备的一实施方式中的第2应用例的概略图。 FIG 48 is a schematic diagram showing a second application example of the present invention, electrical apparatus a sixth embodiment. 图中,661是仪器,662是LED显示器。 Figure, the instrument 661, 662 is an LED display. 此外,便携终端651与图46所示的同样,设置了照相机652。 In addition, the portable terminal 651 shown in FIG 46 similarly, the camera 652 is provided.

如图48所示,在飞行机的飞机座舱、工厂等的控制板等中排列着各种各样的仪器661。 48, various gauges 661 are arranged in the aircraft cabin flying machine, factory or the like in the control board. 与此同时在各自的仪器661上通过LED显示器662 来显示对应于该仪器661的设备是否动作或者其状态等的情况较多。 At the same time on the respective instrument 661 is displayed in many cases 661 corresponding to the equipment, or whether the operation status through the LED display 662. 将此LED显示器662用作图45所示的LED611来进行信息的发送。 This LED LED611 display 662 as shown in FIG. 45 to transmit the information. 即, LED显示器662具有以往进行的显示设备的动作状态等的功能,同时还持有进行与信息相应的调制驱动,发射可视的调制光以发送信息的功能。 I.e., LED 662 display the operation state display apparatus having the conventional functions performed like, also holds for the respective information modulation drive, the light emitting modulated visible to send information. 例如,能够发送各自的仪器661负责的装置的状态或仪器661所表示的值,设置有仪器661的测定装置或控制装置的手册等各种各样的信息。 For example, the value of the transmission means can be responsible for a respective instrument 661 or instrument 661 state represented by means provided with manual control means or measuring instruments 661 and other kinds of information.

这样从设置于仪器661的LED显示器662发射的调制光就可在设置了例如照相机652的便携终端651等中进行接收。 Such modulated light from the LED display 662 is provided in the apparatus 661 can be transmitted, for example, provided in the camera 652 of the portable terminal 651 receives the like. 特別是在如图48所示那样设置多个仪器661的情况下通过由照相机652有选择性地拍才聂仪器661的LED显示器662,由此就能够接收来自特定的仪器661的LED 显示器662的信息。 Particularly in the case where a plurality of the instrument as shown in FIG. 48 661 662, whereby the LED display can be received from a particular instrument 661 through 662 by the camera 652 before selectively Sign Nie LED display device 661 information. 例如在想知道从左起第4个仪器661的详细的状态或手册的情况下仅仅拍摄第4个仪器661的LED显示器66Z即可。 For example, in the case from the left wants to know the detailed status or manual 4th imaging apparatus 661 only to 66Z LED display apparatus 661 of the fourth. 由此,就能够有选择性地仅仅接收从左起第4个仪器661的LED显示器"2发送的信息。此时,只要用户一边观看用照相机652所拍摄的映像一边捕捉LED显示器662的位置就能够可靠地取得所希望的信息而不会出错。 Accordingly, it is possible to selectively receive only the fourth from the left LED display apparatus 661 is "2 information transmitted. At this time, as long as the user while watching captured by the camera 652 while the captured image 662 on the display position of the LED We can reliably achieve the desired information without error.

如果将这样的信息用电波等进行通信则由于电波在周围传播所以有时无法由针尖捕捉,而接收到其他仪器的信息。 If such information with other radio communication radio wave propagation around since it may not be captured by the needle, and receives information from other instruments. 另外,还需要使频率、时间、代码等不同来进行发送,在接收侧必须进行选择来自特定的仪器的电波等,麻烦的操作及确认。 Further, also a need for a different frequency, time, code, etc. to transmit, radio waves must be selected from a particular instrument on the reception side, and confirmation operation troublesome. 这样在狭窄的场所有多个装置,能够从其中没有错误地直接选出一个,这就是利用可见光的通信的优点。 Such a narrow place in a plurality of devices, from which can be selected directly without a mistake, this is the advantage of using the visible light communication.

通过依次进行如上迷那样的与仪器661的通信,来自仪器661的信息就被储存在便携终端651中。 By sequentially performed as described above to communicate with the device fans 661, 661 on the information from the instrument is stored in the portable terminal 651. 可以将该被储存的信息传输到便携终端651或者其他终端或主机来进行处理。 This information may be transmitted to the portable terminal 651 stored in another terminal or host, or for processing. 例如还可以应用于电表或水表、 煤气表等中的检查用量。 For example, the meter can also be applied to the meter or water meter, gas meter and the like.

图49是表示本申请第6发明电气设备的一实施方式中的第2应用例的变形例的概略图。 FIG 49 is a schematic view illustrating a modification of the second embodiment of the present application applied electric device of a sixth invention embodiment. 图中,653是发光部,663是受光部。 FIG, 653 is a light emitting portion, a light receiving portion 663. 与上逸图46、图47所示的例子同样,对于仪器661也设置接受可见光或者红外光的受光部663,另外在便携终端651上设置发出可见光或者红外光的发光部653,也能够构成为可进行从便携终端651向仪器661的通信以进行双向通信。 The light emitting portion 653 with the example shown in the Yi FIG 46, FIG 47 Similarly, the instrument 661 is also provided to accept visible light or a light unit 663 receiving infrared light, additionally provided to emit visible light, or infrared light on the portable terminal 651 can be configured to from the portable terminal 651 may be in two-way communication to the communication device 661. 通过可这样进行双向通信,就可以进行例如从《更携终端651 对仪器661进行仪器661的确认或信息的传输请求,或者将信息传输后的确认返回到仪器661等可靠的通信。 By way communication may be carried out, for example, may be an acknowledgment or transmission request information from the device 661 "is more portable terminal equipment 661 651 pairs, or the confirmation information transmitted back to the reliable communication apparatus 661 and the like.

另外,在这样的仪器661与便携终端651之间进行信号交换的情况下,例如通过使仪器661的LED显示器662进行用户可看见程度的亮灭或颜色的变更等,就还可以用同一LED显示器662来显示可通信或者通信中等状态。 Further, the case where signal exchange, for example, a user can see the changes of the degree of color or by blinking LED indicator 662 of the instrument 661 or the like between such gauge 661 and the portable terminal 651, can also be used the same LED display 662 to display the communicable state or the communication medium. 由此,对用户而言也就能够其可靠地选择通信对象的仪器661来进行通信而不会与其他仪器弄错。 Thereby, it is possible for the user to reliably select which communication partner device 661 to communicate with other instruments without mistake.

此外,如在图47曾说明过那样,在便携终端651侧的发光部653设-置光学系统,对光的光束进行收拢,由此就可进行向特定的仪器661 的针尖的信息传输,另外还能够通过照射到仪器661的聚光光来判断向哪个仪器661发送信息,在视觉上进行确认。 Further, as in FIG. 47 has been described above, in the portable terminal 651 of the light emitting portion 653 disposed side - facing the optical system, the light beam is folded, whereby information can be transmitted to a particular instrument tip 661, additional can also be transmitted through the irradiation light is determined to which of the condensing device 661 to the information apparatus 661, to confirm visually.

如上述那样,本申请第6发明不仅可应用于家电制品而且可应用于计测器或工厂的控制板等的产业用设备。 As described above, the sixth invention of the present application is applicable not only to home electric appliances but also to a measuring instrument panel or factory equipment and other industries. 除此以外,还可以广泛适 In addition, it can also be widely applied

用于事务设备、汽车或航空机等运输用设备等各种各样的用途。 For a variety of uses business equipment, automotive or aviation and other transport equipment. ' 图50是表示本申请第6发明电气设备的一实施方式中的第3应用例的概略图。 'Figure 50 is a schematic diagram showing a third application example of the present invention, electrical apparatus a sixth embodiment. 图中,671是音频设备,672是液晶面板,673是背景光用LED。 FIG 671 is an audio device, a liquid crystal panel 672, 673 is the background light LED. 在上述第l、笫2应用例中,表示LED单独通过LED来显示装置的电源状况或装置状态等的例子,但本申请第6发明并不限于此。 In the first L, Zi Application Example 2 shows an example of a single power LED device state condition or the like is displayed by means of LED, but the present application is not limited to this sixth invention. 在该第3应用例中,表示将組装在显示装置中的LED等半导体发光元件利用于通信的例子。 In the third application example, it shows a display example of assembling semiconductor light emitting element such as an LED device is used for communication. 此外,便携终端651与图46或图48、图49所示的相同, 至少设置了照相机652。 In addition, 48, the same portable terminal 651 in FIG. 46 or FIG. 49, the camera is provided at least 652. 在这里将音频设备671作为具体例来表示。 Here the audio apparatus 671 is represented as a specific example. 在最近的音频设备671 上为了显示各种信息而设置有液晶面板672。 In a recent audio device 671 for displaying various information is provided with a liquid crystal panel 672. 在此液晶面板672上作为背景光大多利用LED。 On this background the liquid crystal panel 672 often use light LED. 将此背景光用LED673用作图45所示的LED611 来进行信息的发送。 This background light to transmit information with LED611 LED673 as shown in FIG. 45. 即,在液晶面板672上显示有信息,用户能够参照在液晶面板672所映出的图像,与此不同通过按照将要发送的信息来调制驱动背景光用LED673,就能够利用背景光的光来发送信息。 That is, the liquid crystal panel 672 is displayed information, the user can refer to the liquid crystal panel 672 reflected image, different from this by following the information to be transmitted to the modulation driving background light LED673, it is possible to use light background light transmitted information. 通过例如在便携终端651等中接受背景光的光并进行解调,就能够接收信息。 For example, by background light in the light receiving mobile terminal 651 and demodulates the like, it is able to receive information.

另外,如上述笫1应用例及其变形例或第2应用例的变形例那样, 在进行双向通信的情况下在液晶面板672的背景光用LED673的旁边或在液晶面板672的液晶层的背面设置受光元件或者受光层,以接受可见光或红外光这样来进行构成为好。 Further, as described in Application Example 1 and Zi modified embodiment or the second modification of the above application example, the case of performing two-way communication in the background light of the liquid crystal panel 672 or back side LED673 the liquid crystal layer of the liquid crystal panel 672 provided a light receiving element or the light receiving layer to receive visible or infrared light to such configuration as well. 在背景光用LED673的光通过液晶层的状态下,由于来自外部的光也能够通过液晶层所以可采用这样在液晶面板672的内部设置受光部的构成。 In the context LED673 light passes through the liquid crystal layer state, since the light from the outside can be arranged so that it can be configured light receiving portion 672 in the interior of the liquid crystal panel through the liquid crystal layer. 然后,在便携终端651上设置可见光或者红外光的发光元件,发出根据将要发送的信息进行了调制的可见光或者红外光,通过液晶面板672中的受光部接受并进行解调即可„由此,关于从便携终端651向音频设备671的信息传输也能够进行, 可进行双向通信。 Then, a visible light or infrared light emitting element on the portable terminal 651, issued in accordance with the information to be transmitted is modulated visible light or infrared light, receiving and demodulating the light receiving portion to the liquid crystal panel 672 in the "Thus, About can be performed from the portable terminal apparatus 651 to transmit the audio information 671, for two-way communication.

当然,如果音频设备671是可通过遥控器来进行操作的设备,则对于如上述第l应用例那样使用遥控器的情况也能够同样地进行借助于利用了背景光用LED673的可见光的通信。 Of course, if the audio device 671 can be operated by a remote control device, as is the case of using the remote control as the first application example l can be similarly performed by utilizing the background communication with visible light of LED673. 另外,虽然在这里以音频设备671作为具体例进行了表示但并不限于此,对于搭载了将LED用作 Further, although the audio apparatus 671 to herein as a specific embodiment has been shown not limited to this, the LED is used for carrying

光源的各种各样的显示装置的设备也能够进行应用。 The light source device of the display device of the various applications can be performed. 例如可在家电制品的显示部或、无线机、节点式个人计算机、液晶显示器、液晶电视机、自动车等的内面板的液晶显示、汽车导航等、利用将LED用作背景光的液晶显示装置的一切设备中进行利用。 For example, the liquid crystal panel within the display unit or home electric appliances, wireless devices, personal computer node, LCD monitors, LCD televisions, automatic display of vehicles, car navigation, using a LED as a backlight of the liquid crystal display device all carried out using the device. 另外,在上述的便携终端等中也可以在显示部上利用照明用的LED同样地进行通信。 Further, in the same manner may communicate using LED lighting on the display unit in the above-described portable terminal and the like.

进而,还可以适用在将LED以外的半导体发光元件作为光源进行利用的各种各样的显示装置中,并不限于液晶显示装置,只要是应答特性非常高速的元件即使是其他方式的显示装置也可同样地进行利用可见光的通信。 Further, it is also applicable to various display devices other than the semiconductor light emitting element LED as a light source for use in a liquid crystal display device is not limited, as long as a very high speed response characteristic elements even when the display device is otherwise also It may be carried out in the same manner using visible light communication.

图S1是表示本申请第6发明电气设备的一实施方式中的第4应用例的概略图。 FIG S1 is a schematic diagram of a fourth application example of the present invention, electrical apparatus a sixth embodiment. 图中,681是圣诞树,682是装饰灯,683是LED, 684是受光元件。 FIG, 681 is a Christmas tree, decorative lights 682, 683 is an LED, 684 denotes a light receiving element. 在此第4应用例中,对于作为装饰用利用了LED的情况进行了表示,作为其一例表示圣诞树681的情况。 In this fourth application example, with respect to the case of using as a decorative LED were expressed, As an example tree 681 shows a case. 此外,便携终端651与图46或图48、图49、图50所示的同样,至少设置了照相机652。 In addition, the portable terminal 651 in FIG. 46 or FIG. 48, the same, as shown in FIG. 50 FIG. 49, the camera is provided at least 652.

在圣诞树681上实施各种各样的装饰,作为其一使用了装饰灯682。 Various embodiment the Christmas tree decoration 681, 682 used as one of the lights. 装饰灯682是在电线上以恰当的间隔来配置光源,通过将其桂在圣诞树681等上使光源亮灭来进行借助于光的装饰。 Lights 682 on the wire arranged at appropriate intervals to the light source, the light source by which Gui blinking on the Christmas tree 681 by means of light or the like for decoration.

近年,已开发出在装饰灯682上也利用LED683的灯。 In recent years, it has developed over 682 decorative lights also use the lights LED683. 能够将此LED683用作图45所示的LED611来进行信息的发送。 This LED683 LED611 can be used as shown in FIG. 45 to transmit the information. 即,能够在LED683亮灯时使通过依照信息进行调制驱动而经过调制后的可见光进行发光。 That is, by enabling to emit light modulated in accordance with driving information through the visible light modulated at LED683 lighting. 能够通过在例如便携终端651等中接受该调制光进行解调来接收信息。 Can receive the modulated light is demodulated to receive information, for example, the portable terminal 651 or the like through. 这样一来,例如若行人等在观看圣诞树681时遮住便携终端651就能够接收从圣诞树681送来的消息或图像、声音等种种信息。 Thus, for example, when a pedestrian hidden in the portable terminal 651 while watching the Christmas tree 681 can be sent from the tree 681 receives various kinds of information messages or images, sound, etc.

另外,由于在装饰灯682中还有许多未配置LED683的部分,所以能够在此部分设置接受可见光或红外光的受光元件684。 Further, since the portion of the decorative lamp LED683 682 many not arranged, it is possible to accept visible or infrared light is provided in the light receiving element 684 in this section. 然后,在〗更携 Then, bring in more〗

终端651设置可见光或者红外光的发光元件,发出根据将要发送的倌息进行了调制的可见光或者红外光,通过受光元件684受光并进行解调即可。 Terminal 651 is provided a visible light or infrared light emitting element, emitted according to groom the information to be transmitted is modulated visible light or infrared light, the light receiving element 684 to the light receiving and demodulating. 由此,关于从便携终端651向圣诞树681的信息传输也能够进行, 可进^f亍双向通信。 Thus, information about the transmission tree can be performed from the portable terminal 681 to 651, it can be ^ f right foot into two-way communication. 当然,受光元件684也可以与装饰灯682分开与其他装饰品一起配置于圣诞树681 。 Of course, the light receiving element 684 may be separated from the lights on the Christmas tree 681 to 682 arranged together with other ornaments.

虽然在该第4应用例中表示了圣诞树的装饰灯的例子,但除此以外还能够将利用于各种装饰用的LED等半导体发光元件利用于借助于可见光的通信。 Although shows an example of the Christmas tree lights in the fourth application example, it is also possible to use in addition to a variety of decorative semiconductor light emitting element such as an LED used for communication by means of visible light. 例如能够将实施了电饰的衣装或,在游行等中出现的山车的灯饰、室内装饰家具等的装饰、店头或建筑物的电饰等、各种各样的装饰中所利用的LED等半导体发光元件用于可见光的通信。 For example, the implementation of electric clothes or ornaments, decorative coaster appearing in parades such as lighting, furniture and other interior decoration, shop head or electrical accessories such as a building, a variety of decorative utilized in LED a semiconductor light emitting element used for visible light communication.

图52是表示本申请第6发明电气设备的一实施方式中的第5应用例的概略图。 FIG 52 is a schematic diagram showing a fifth embodiment of the present application applied electrical apparatus in a sixth embodiment of the invention. FIG. 图中,691是电光告示牌。 The figure, 691 is an electric bulletin board. 近年,配置了多数光源的电光告示牌691已广泛得以利用,作为其光源大多利用LED。 In recent years, most of the light sources arranged electric bulletin board 691 has been widely utilized as a light source often use LED. 另外,在电光告示牌691中有除进行信息显示的部分以外还配置用于装饰的LED的情况。 In addition, a portion other than the information displayed in the electric bulletin board 691 is also configured for the case of an LED decorative. 能够将这些用于进行信息显示的LED或用于装饰的LED等用作图45所示的LED611来进行信息的发送。 LED611 LED 45 and the like as shown in FIG These LED can be used for displaying information or decoration to transmit information. 例如若行人等在电光告示牌691上遮住带照相机的便携终端651等就能够接收从电光告示牌691送来的消息或图像、声音等种种信息。 For example, if a pedestrian or the like on the electric bulletin board 691 is covered with a camera and other mobile terminal 651 can receive the sent electric bulletin board 691 from various kinds of information messages or images, sound, etc.

当然,如果在电光告示牌691上设置接受可见光或红外光的受光元件,就可以与设置了可见光或者红外光的发光元件的便携终端651 之间进行双向通信。 Of course, if the light-receiving element arranged to accept visible or infrared light in the electric bulletin board 691, it can be provided between the light emitting element of the portable terminal 651 visible or infrared light bidirectional communication.

电光告示牌691除了在街头显示新闻等以外,还在店头作为广告牌得以利用,或者被利用于列车或公交车等的前往目的地显示或种别显示、费用显示等各种各样的用途中的显示。 Electric bulletin board 691 in addition to the news in the streets of the display, also head shop as a billboard to take advantage of, or be used in a train or bus to your destination such as a display or other display types, cost display a variety of uses display. 在这样的种种用途中所用的电光告示牌上可大大适用本申请第6发明。 The sixth invention of the present application can be applied on electric bulletin board greatly in various applications such as use. 除此以外,关于施工中的指示灯或引导员所持的引导灯、路上或路面所设置的标识灯等,利用半导体发光元件的种种用途,可将该半导体发光元件作为通信用来使用,以进行借助于可见光的通信。 In addition, the indicator lamp on the marking member held or guided in guide lamp construction, road or road provided by the use of various semiconductor light emitting device, the semiconductor light emitting element may be used as a communication, for by means of a visible light communication.

这样,根据本申请第6发明,将用于使光对于人们直接看到来传输信息或者使人想起美感的显示装置中所用的LED等半导体发光元件 Thus, according to the sixth invention of the present application, for causing the semiconductor light emitting element such as an LED display device directly visible light for people to transmit information or aesthetic reminiscent of those used in

使作用显示装置的功能原封不动,通过按照信息进行调制驱动就能够利用于借助于可见光的通信。 Acting intact display apparatus, according to the information by modulating the driving means of the visible light can be used for communication. 通过这样利用原有的半导体发光元件就可进行通信而不用重新设置发送装置,装置的大型化或进行设计的变更就不再需要。 Without re-transmitting means provided by such use of existing semiconductor light emitting element can communicate, size or design of the device is no longer necessary changes.

另外,在以往使用遥控器的电气设备中,通过其遥控器上搭载受光装置就能够接收从电气设备送来的信息。 Further, in the conventional electrical apparatus using a remote controller, the received mounting information is transmitted from the electrical device capable of receiving light by means of its remote controller. 即使在遥控器以外也可用带照相机的便携终端等进行信息的接收。 A portable terminal even outside the remote control can also be performed with a camera receiving information. 在此情况下,若如照相机等那样具有光学系统并能够收拢受光束,就能够确定作为信息发送源的光源,并可用针尖进4亍接收。 In this case, if the camera or the like such as an optical system and can be folded by the beam, the light source can be determined as the information transmission source, and may be needle 4 into the right foot receiving.

进而,只要具有可见光或红外线等的发送功能就可在电气设备之间进行双向通信。 Further, as long as other visible or infrared transmission function can be carried out two-way communication between the electric device. 此外,在遥控器侧具有借助于可见光的发送功能的情况下,通过发送所用的光的光束来照明作为发送目标的区域,由此就能够可靠地辨识发送目标的设备进行确定,容易地确定信息的发送目标的通信就成为可能。 Further, in the case of a remote control side transmission function by means of visible light to the illumination light beam transmitted through the area used as the transmission targets, whereby it is possible to reliably identify the determined transmission destination apparatus, identification information readily communication destination has become possible.

<第7发明> <Seventh invention>

接着作为第2应用例,就本申请第7发明进行说明。 Then as a second application example will be described with the seventh invention of the present application. 本申请第7发明是针对应急灯的应用例。 The present application is directed to a seventh application example of the invention the emergency lights.

应急灯即便在显示中也较少是若一旦亮灯则半永久性地照明灭灯的情况。 Emergency light even in the case where the display is also less semipermanently once lighting off the light when the lighting. 这是因为必须预备火灾、灾害等事故,在大楼、剧场、电影院、医院、飞机场、车站等、引人注目的场所设置多个应急灯。 This is because you must prepare a fire accident, disaster, in buildings, theaters, cinemas, hospitals, airports, railway stations and other places set up more compelling emergency lights. 现在的应急灯大多利用荧光灯作为光源。 Most emergency lights now use a fluorescent lamp as a light source. 由于在应急灯中设想在灾害时外部的电力被切断,在异常时使用内部的蓄电池来进行显示。 Since the envisaged external power is cut off when a disaster emergency lamp, used when an abnormality inside the battery to be displayed. 为了有效地利用有限的电力而使用比起白热电灯泡电力效率较好的荧光灯。 In order to effectively use limited power better than using the thermoelectric white fluorescent lamp power efficiency. 但是,期待因电力效率较好的光源的利用、长寿命的光源的采用而带来的维护费用的进一步降低。 However, expect better power efficiency due to use of light, the use of long-life light source and bring further reduce maintenance costs. 虽然如上述那样LED电力效率良好且寿命长,但却没有考虑对应急灯的适用。 Although, as described above, a good power efficiency and long lifetime LED, but is not considered suitable for emergency lights. 如在日本专利公开特开平9-19084号公报中所记载那样,仅有在充电中的显示等、次要的显示上利用LED的例子,却没有作为应急灯的主要光源来利用LED的情况。 As disclosed in Japanese Patent Laid-Open above, only display during charging as described in Patent Publication No. 9-19084, an example using an LED on the secondary display, but not as a main source of the emergency lights of the LED utilized.

另外, 一般设置的应急灯仅仅在视觉上显示哪里有紧急出口或非常楼梯。 In addition, emergency lights generally set only visually display where an emergency exit or very stairs. 作为除此以外的信息,例如在日本专利公开特开平8-:299475 号公^l中所记载那样:没置利用声音的引导机构,或者在日本专利〃^开特开平8 - 67203号公报所记栽那样进行无线电收音机广播等已为人所知。 As information other than, for example, disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent 8-: well No. 299475 ^ l as described in: no opposing guide means with a sound, or in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication 〃 ^ 8 - No. 67203 Hutchison planted as radio radio broadcast, etc. have been known. 但是,声音输出非常消耗电力。 However, the sound output is very power consumption. 为此,与作为应急灯的根本意义的紧急出口等的视觉上的显示一起,为了进行这样的声音输出而需要搭载大容量的蓄电池,在价格变高的同时还有设备也大型化之类的问 For this reason, and as a visual display on the fundamental significance of the emergency exit emergency lights together, etc., in order to carry out such a sound output needs to carry a large battery capacity, the price is high, while there are also large-scale equipment and the like ask

另一方面,利用LED的高速应答特性可进行高速调制,所以还进行了将LED利用于光数据传输的研究。 On the other hand, the use of high-speed response of the LED may be high-speed modulation characteristic, so it has been studied to use the LED optical data transmission. 利用这一点,同时进行照明与通信的想法也为人所知。 With this, while the communication illuminating idea also known. 但是,通常的照明器具若在灾害等中使电力供给停止则熄灭。 However, conventional lighting fixture is stopped when the power supply manipulation extinguished disasters. 为此,在异常时无法进行任何利用,另外,设想异常时的传输系统尚未构筑。 For this reason, when an exception can not make any use, in addition, the transmission system has not been an exception when the idea to build.

对于这样的问题,在此本申请第7发明中,表示将应急灯发出的光利用于通信的例子。 For such problems, in this seventh invention of the present application, it shows an example of the light emitted by the lamp used for emergency communication.

图55是表示本申请第7发明的应急灯以及应急灯无线数据传输系统的一实施方式的框图。 FIG 55 is a block diagram of an embodiment of an emergency light 7 of the present application and invention, a wireless emergency light data transmission system. 图56是作为光源的LED阵列的一例的说明图。 FIG 56 is an LED array light source explanatory view showing an example. 图中,701是应急灯,702是便携终端,711是蓄电池,712是切换部, 713是LED阵列,714是调制解调部,715是数据存储器,716是光调制部,721是受光部,722是解调部,723是显示部,731是灯罩。 FIG, 701 is the emergency lights, 702 is a portable terminal, 711 an accumulator, 712 is a switching unit 713 is an LED array, 714 is a modem unit, 715 is a data memory, 716 is a light modulation section, 721 denotes a light receiving portion, 722 is a demodulation unit, 723 display unit, 731 is a shade. 应急灯701与一般的现有应急灯同样作为电源与外部电源一起具有蓄电池711 ,另外具有用于在来自外部电源的电力供给停止的情况下切换到来自蓄电池711的电力供给的切换部712。 The same as the emergency light 701 to an external power supply having a battery 711 together with the general conventional emergency lights, the other having the power supply from the battery switching unit 711 for switching in the case where the power supply from the external power source 712 is stopped.

在本申请第7发明中,作为照明用的光源取代以往的荧光灯而使用了LED阵列713。 In the seventh invention of the present application, as a light source for illumination of the fluorescent lamp using a conventional substitution of the LED array 713. 图56中表示LED阵列713的形状的一例。 FIG. 56 shows an example of the shape of the LED array 713. 在图56( A) 所示的例子中,与一般的应急灯同样,在表记了图形文字等的灯罩731 中设置有LED阵列713。 In the example of FIG. 56 (A) shown in the same general emergency lights, the LED array 713 provided in graphical notation like lampshade 731 characters. 在以这样的形态进行使用的情况下,如图56 (B)所示,利用与荧光灯同样的棒状LED阵列713。 In the case of use in such a form, as shown in FIG 56 (B), the fluorescent lamp using the same rod-shaped LED array 713. 例如将一个或多个LED元件呈列状进行配置即可。 For example, one or more LED elements arranged in rows can be configured. 另外,如果是这样的LED阵列713, 则能够作为直流亮灯的荧光灯的替代来进行利用,仅将一般所利用的应急灯内的荧光灯替换成如图56 (B)所示那样LED阵列713也能够构成本申请第7发明的应急灯。 Further, if such an LED array 713, it can be utilized as an alternative a DC lighting fluorescent lamp, the fluorescent lamp only emergency lights commonly utilized replaced in FIG. 56 (B) is also shown as the LED array 713 7 can be configured according to the present invention, application of the emergency light. 此时,在从电力线供给交流电力的情况下用AC/DC变换器变换成直流进行驱动即可。 At this time, in the case of the AC power line supplying the AC power from / DC converter can be driven into DC. 另外,在利用交流亮灯的荧光灯的应急灯中,使DC/AC变换器内置在LED阵列713内,在利用蓄电池711的驱动时进行使用即可。 Further, the use of AC lighting fluorescent lamps in emergency the DC / AC converter 713 is built in the LED array, can be used when the battery 711 by the driving. 此外,通过利用作为这种荧光灯的替代的形状的LED阵列713,就能够在外观上与以往的应急灯没有任何变化。 Further, by using this as an alternative shape of the fluorescent LED array 713, it is possible without any change of the conventional emergency light in appearance.

除了作为这种以往的照明管的替代进行构成以外,还可以例如图56 (C)所示那样,构成为将在灯罩731上所形成的图形文字等的显示通过LED阵列713进行直接显示。 In addition to be configured as an alternative to conventional lighting such tubes, for example, may also FIG. 56 (C) as shown, configured as a graphic character or the like is formed on the shade 731 directly displayed by the display LED 713 array. 如果是表示紧急出口等的图形文字, 一般是用白色和绿色来形成图形文字,所以能够将白色LED和绿色LED适宜配置使图形文字显现出来。 If the character is a graph showing emergency exits or the like, is generally used to form a pattern of white and green characters, it is possible to suitably white LED and a green LED so arranged revealed graphic text. 当然,也可以构成为与彩色显示装置同样配置LED,使图形文字等进行显示。 Of course, the display can be configured with the same configuration of the LED color display device, so that the graphics and text. 此外,在此情况下作为灯罩731使用透明的为好。 In addition, in this case 731 as well as a transparent shade.

通过这样使用LED阵列作为应急灯701的光源,因LED具有低电力消耗之类的特征,所以即使是较少的蓄电池容量也能够实现与以往同样的亮灯时间,并实现蓄电池711的小型化、进而能够实现应急灯701 的小型化以及轻量化、低价格化。 By using an LED array as a light source of the emergency light 701, because the LED has low power consumption characteristics and the like, even if the battery capacity is small can be realized similar to the conventional lighting time, and miniaturization of the battery 711, and then be able to achieve 701 compact and lightweight, low cost of emergency lights. 反之,如果是相同的蓄电池容量就能够遍及长时间持续亮灯,可在突害时长时间显示避难引导的显示。 Conversely, if the battery capacity is the same over a long period can be lit, evacuation may be displayed when display of guidance protruding harm long. 另外,由于LED为长寿命所以能够延长更换光源之类的维护间隔,或者能够使维护作业的工数减少,就可降低维护费用。 Further, since the LED long life can be prolonged replacement interval of maintenance such source, or can be made to reduce the number of maintenance work, maintenance costs can be reduced. 当然,希望去进行污渍或蓄电池寿命、灾害时的亮灯检查等、用于性能维持的维护。 Of course, we hope to carry out stains or battery life, lighting inspection time of disaster, for maintaining the performance of maintenance. 进而LED具有较高的耐撞击性,能够期待在剧烈灾害时也避免光源的破损而持续进行亮灯。 Further LED having high impact resistance can be expected at the time of disaster avoid severe damage continues lighting of the light source.

在图55所示的本申请第7发明的应急灯701中,进而内置有调制解调部714、数据存储器715、光调制部716。 Application in the emergency light 701 shown in FIG. 55 in the seventh invention, further built modem unit 714, a data memory 715, the light modulation unit 716. 在这里,利用使用了供给外部电源的电力线的通信方式来对应急灯701传输数据。 Here, the use of a power line communication using the external power supply to the emergency light 701 transmitting data. 调制解调部"4 Modem unit "4

将重叠在外部电源的电压上送来的经过调制的数据进行分离,解调后保存在数据存储器715中。 The external power supply voltage superimposed on the modulated data sent separated, the demodulated data stored in the memory 715. 例如,通过从计算机等利用电力线发送在异常时应从应急灯701传输的数据,就能够对应急灯,1在异常时以外的时候经由外部电源来配送数据,并能够容易地将数据保存到数据存储器715。 For example, the transmission abnormality when data emergency light 701 transmitted from, it is possible for the emergency lights, a time when an abnormality other than to the distribution of data via the external power supply, and can be easily stored data into the data memory by using the computer or the like power line 715. 另外,还能够对数据存储器715中所保存的数据或、应急灯701 Further, the data can also be stored in memory 715 or data, emergency lights 701

的状态等种种信息进行调制后通过电力线进行发送。 And various status information transmitted through the power line after modulation. 由此,即便在远方也能够进行数据的改写确认或应急灯701的动作确认等。 Thus, data rewriting can be performed even in remote or emergency light 701 to confirm an operation confirmation. 此外,在不进行双向通信的情况下调制解调部714还能够仅仅作为解调功能来进行构成。 In addition, the modem portion 714 without bidirectional communication can also be simply configured to function as a demodulation. 另外,在数据存储器715中预先保存着在异常时传输的数据的情况下,该调制解调部714就不需要。 Further, the data previously stored in the memory 715 in the case of abnormal data transmission, the modem unit 714 does not need.

能够在数据存储器715中事先保存在异常时送出的数据。 Abnormality can be pre-stored in the data sent in the data memory 715. 希望该数据存储器715尽量为低电力消耗,另外,还需要在电源切换之际存储着的数据不会被消除。 The desired data memory 715 to the low power consumption as much as possible, will also need the data stored on the occasion of the switching power supply will not be eliminated. 例如用可改写的ROM、非易失性的RAM等进行构成为好。 A good example is configured to be a rewritable ROM, non-volatile RAM or the like.

光调制部716若检测到在切换部712中将电源从外部电源切换到蓄电池711等异常时,就读出保存在数据存储器715的异常时的数据进行调制,并使其重叠于被供给LED阵列713的电力波形。 If the light modulation unit 716 detects when the power supply switch 712 in the switching unit 711 from the external power source to the battery and other abnormalities, reads out the data stored in the data memory 715 when an abnormality is modulated and superimposed on it is supplied to the LED array 713 electricity waveform. 由此LED阵列713的发光光就能够根据由光调制部716调制后的数据对亮灭或者光量进行控制。 Whereby the LED light emitting array 713 can be controlled according to data of the light off the light modulation unit 716 modulation or light amount. 由此进行利用光的数据传输。 Whereby data transmission using light. 当然,还可以在异常时以外也对数据存储器715中所保存的数据进行调制并供给LED阵列713来进行数据传输。 Of course, the data may be stored in memory 715 modulates data other than the abnormal and supplies the LED array 713 for data transmission. 在此情况下,也可以与异常时应传输的数据不同。 In this case, the data may be different from the transmission to be abnormal.

便携终端702是例如带照相机的PDA或便携电话等为好,包含受光部721、解调部722、显示部723等而构成。 702 is a portable terminal with a camera, for example, a PDA or a cellular phone as well, comprising a light receiving portion 721, a demodulation unit 722, a display unit 723 configured like. 受光部721接受从应急灯701的LED阵列713放射的光并变换成电气信号,能够用照相机或光电二极管等进行构成。 A light receiving portion 721 receives light from the LED array 701 emergency light 713 emitted and converted into an electric signal, can be constituted by a camera or a photodiode.

解调部722抽取根据从受光部721输出的电气信号进行了调制的数据信号进行解调以取得数据。 Demodulation unit 722 demodulates the extracted electric signal is modulated according to the light receiving portion 721 outputted from the data signal to obtain the data. 所取得的数据可以有种种活用,在这里是显示在显示部723上。 Data obtained can have all sorts of utilization, here is displayed on the display unit 723. 由此,在异常时从应急灯701通过光所传输的数据就被显示在显示部723。 Accordingly, the abnormality data from the emergency light 701 transmitted through the light was displayed on the display unit 723. 例如能够使有关设置于楼层的紧急出口或避难路线的地图等、文字或图像显示在显示部723中。 For example, on setting up the map on the floor emergency exit or evacuation routes, etc., text or image on the display unit 723. 另外,还能够传输声音信息,只要如便携电话那样内置扬声器声音信息也能够简单地取得。 Further, the sound information can be transmitted, as long as the built-in speaker sound information portable telephone can be easily achieved.

就本申请第7发明的应急灯及应急灯无线数据传输系统的一实施方式中的动作以及利用的一例进行说明。 It will be described an embodiment of the emergency lights 7 of the present application and invention, a wireless emergency light data transmission system in operation, and one case of use. 在应急灯701中预先对数据存储器715进行异常时将要送出的数据的保存。 Emergency light 701 is stored in advance in the data memory 715 when the abnormality of the data to be sent. 作为方法之一,如上述那样利用电力线通信在外部电源的波形上重叠经过调制后的数据来发送,在应急灯701中通过取得从外部电源送来的经过调制的数据进行解调而得到。 As one of the methods as described above overlap power line communication to transmit the modulated data via the external power source waveform, acquired by demodulating the modulated power source is supplied from an external data in the emergency light 701 is obtained. 或者,也可以构成为在外部预先将数据保存于ROM等后在应急灯701上将ROM作为数据存储器715进行安装。 Alternatively, it may be configured to be installed in advance in the ROM and data stored in the emergency light as a data ROM 701 on the external memory 715. 例如也可以上安装存储卡等之类的构成。 For example, may be mounted on a configuration of a memory card or the like.

在异常时光调制部716从数据存储器715读出数据进行调制,并在被供给LED阵列713的电源波形上进行重叠。 Superimposed on the power supply abnormality time waveform modulation unit 716 modulates the data is read from the data memory 715, and the array 713 is supplied to the LED. 通过根据重叠了经过调制的数据的电力来驱动LED阵列713,就能够在LED阵列713发光的同时对其发光量或者亮灭进行控制,通过光将数据送出。 The power passes through the superimposed modulated data to drive the LED array 713, it is possible to control its intensity or blinking light emission in the LED array 713 to emit light at the same time, the data sent by the light.

另外便携终端702的持有者在异常时通过将所持的便携终端702 朝向应急灯701就能够接收从应急灯701通过光送来的数据。 Further the mobile terminal holder 702 will be held at the abnormality by the portable terminal 702 toward the emergency light 701 is able to receive light from the emergency light 701 sent by the data. 例如在异常时自分不知道位于何处的情况也较多,例如即使按照应急灯进行避难也不知道还有多少才能够避难而感到不安。 For example, when an abnormal since points are located not know the situation is greater, for example, even if the asylum in accordance with the emergency lights do not know how many will be able to take refuge uneasy. 但是,在本申请第7发明中能够从应急灯701在视觉上(或者进而也可用声音等)取得建筑物的名称或层数、楼层的地图或避难路线的图示、后面多少m程度有紧急出口等、仅仅用以往的应急灯无法得到的、更详细的各种各样的信息。 However, in the seventh invention of the present application can be obtained from the emergency light 701 to visually (or sound, etc. may also be further) illustrates evacuation route map or the name or number of layers, floors of a building, the degree of back emergency number m export, only with more detailed information on a wide variety of conventional emergency lights can not be obtained. 为此,就能够在某种程度上减轻不安,更为快速地进行避难。 For this reason, it is possible to reduce the anxiety in a way, more quickly evacuate.

通常,由于便携终端702多为电池驱动,所以即使在异常时也能够有效地活用。 Typically, since the portable terminal 702 is a multi-battery-driven, it can be effectively used even when abnormality. 从而,通过在异常时使用没有外部电源发光的应急灯和不需要外部电源的便携终端702,就能够在异常时、特別是在外部电源切断的情况下也能够顺利地进行避难引导等。 Thus, by 702, when an abnormality can be, in particular, can be performed evacuation guidance and the like in the case of an external power-off smoothly without using an external power source in abnormal emergency light emission and the need for external power when the portable terminal.

另外,虽然在本申请第7发明的应急灯701内需要用于光调制部716等动作的电力,但与用于使其发光的电力相比,为了使它们的电子电路部分动作所需要的电力非常少。 Further, although the power in the emergency light 701 application requires a seventh invention the light modulation unit 716 of the operation and the like, compared with the power used to emit light, in order to make their electronic circuitry required to operate the power section very few. 为此,即使具有这种利用光的数据传输功能也几乎不需要使应急灯701的蓄电池711增强,与例如除光 For this reason, even if the data having such a transmission function using light is almost not necessary to make the battery 711 701 emergency light enhancement, for example, in addition to light

以外送出电波或声音等这样的构成相比,就可显著抑制电力消费、另外也不需要另行设置用于送出数据的装置。 Such a configuration other than sending sound waves or the like as compared to the power consumption can be significantly suppressed, it does not require additional separate setting means for sending data. 例如即使用红外线也同样不能避免电力消费,另外还需要另行设置发送机。 That is, for example, infrared is also not avoid the power consumption, also need to separately provide a transmitter. 从这种电力消耗减低及装置简易化的观点出发利用借助于LED光源的光的数据传输较为有利。 And reducing the power consumption of this device from the viewpoint of simplification of the use of data transmission by means of light from the LED light source is advantageous.

当然,应急灯701通过LED阵列713的发光与通常的应急灯同样地进行照明,进行紧急出口或避难路线的显示,即使对不具有便携终端702的人们而言在异常时也有效这一点没有变化。 Of course, the emergency light 701 by the same manner as the LED array 713 emitting with the usual emergency lighting, display evacuation routes or emergency exits, even if the portable terminal 702 does not have valid in terms of people that no abnormal change . 即便为了数据传输而控制发光量或亮灭,这样的光量的变化人们的眼睛也完全不会感知, 就不会损害作为应急灯的功能。 Even for the data transfer and controls the light emission amount or blinking, change in the amount of light of such people's eyes will not perceive it does not impair the function as an emergency light. 在此以上还能够如上述那样活用LED 的特性,所以能够完成超过以往的作为应急灯的功能。 The above is also possible to utilize as the characteristics of the LED, it can be completed over a function as a conventional emergency lights. 另外,利用这种应急灯701的数据传输,并不限于异常时。 Further, using this data transmission emergency light 701 is not limited to the abnormality. 还可以将数据存储器715中所保存的信息经常通过光来进行发送。 Data can also be stored in memory 715 to information is often transmitted by light. 另外,如果将非常用的数据以外的数据也保存在数据存储器715中,用光调制部716在异常时与其以外所时候变更读出数据,就能够将例如周围的店铺信息或新闻等也传输给便携终端702。 Further, if data other than the very use is also stored in the data memory 715, the optical modulator 716 when its other than the abnormal change in the read data, it is possible to store information such as ambient, or the like are also transmitted to the news the portable terminal 702. 应急灯701若一旦亮灯就不会熄灭,不管昼夜经常亮灯。 If the emergency light 701 once the lights will not go out, often regardless of day and night lighting. 为此,便携终端702的利用者就能够经常从应急灯701获得信息。 To this end, the mobile user terminal 702 can always obtain information from the emergency light 701. 另外,如上述那样由于能够利用电力线通信随时改写数据存储器的内容,并能够经常更新内容,所以能够在异常时以外的时候实时地将数据配送到便携终端702 。 Further, as described above, it is possible to overwrite the contents of power line communication data memory at any time, and can be frequently updated content, it is possible to time when an abnormality other than the real time distribution of data to the portable terminal 702.

在上迷的例子中就通过电力线通信取得数据的例子、以及在数据存储器715中预先保存好数据的情况等进行了说明。 Examples of acquired data via the PLC to the example on fans, and in the case of other previously save data in the data memory 715 has been described. 但是并不限于这些,作为将数据送入应急灯701的方法,还能够利用种种方法。 But it is not limited to these, as a method of data into the emergency light 701, but also various methods can be utilized. 图57 是表示本申请第7发明的应急灯以及应急灯无线数据传输系统的其他实施方式的框图。 FIG 57 is a block diagram illustrating another embodiment of the emergency lights 7 of the present application of the invention and a wireless emergency light data transmission system. 图中,741是天线,742是调制解调部。 FIG, 741 is an antenna, 742 is a modem unit. 在图57所示的例子中,表示自外部通过电波来发送数据,用应急灯701接收后保存在数据存储器715中的例子。 In the example shown in FIG. 57, showing from the outside via radio waves transmits data, in data memory 715 in the example with the emergency light 701 received after storage. 由天线741接收到的数据用调制解调部742 进行解调,数据被保存在数据存储器715中。 Received by the antenna 741 is demodulated by the data modem 742, data is stored in the data memory 715. 这种数据的接收在异常时以外的时候进行即可。 Except when an abnormal receiving such data can be performed. 由于在异常时以外的时候,能够接受来自外部电源的电力供给,所以还可进行这样的利用电波的数据接收。 Since the time when an abnormality other than electric power can be supplied from an external power source, so that such data may be received via radio waves. 当然, 在进4f广^"型的数据配送的情况下调制解调部742仅为解调功能就可。 Of course, in a case where modulation into the 4f ^ wide "distribution type data demodulation unit 742 can only demodulation function.

进而,在如图57所示的那样电波以外,也能够利用光电缆或通信电缆等、电力线以外的通信线来预先接受数据的配送。 Furthermore, other than radio waves as shown in FIG. 57, it is possible to use an optical cable or a communication cable, etc., a communication line other than the power line distribution of previously accepted data. 此外,通过利用图S5所示的电力线通信就具有能够接受数据的配送而不用另行设置 In addition, by using power line communication shown in FIG S5 will have to accept delivery of the data is provided separately without

天线或其他电缆等之类的优点。 Other advantages of the antenna cable or the like, or the like.

这样,根据本申请第7发明,通过将LED用作光源,根据作为LED Thus, according to the seventh application of the present invention, by an LED as a light source, according to the LED

的特征的高电力效率就能够抑制蓄电池的消费,并实现由蓄电池的小型化带来的装置的小型化或者发光时间的长期化。 High power efficiency characteristics of the battery consumption can be suppressed, and miniaturization of the apparatus caused by miniaturization of a battery or a long light emission time. 另外,由于是长寿命所以能够将光源的更换等的维修的间隔延长,并能够削减维护费用。 Further, since it is possible to replace the long lifetime of the light source or the like to extend the maintenance intervals and maintenance costs can be reduced. 进而,LED在耐撞击性上也表现出色,就能够提供在剧烈灾害之际也不会破损地可以利用的应急灯。 Further, LED also outstanding performance in the impact resistance, it is possible to provide emergency light on the occasion of the severe disaster is not damaged may be utilized.

另外,由于LED的应答特性较好,所以能够通过控制亮灭或者光量来作为利用光的数据的发送源加以利用。 Further, since the LED good response characteristics, it can be utilized by controlling blinking or light amount by the light source as the transmission data. 应急灯在内部搭载蓄电池, 即使在因灾害等电力切断的情况下也持续发光。 A battery mounted inside the emergency light even in the case of power cut-off due to a disaster and the like also continues to emit light. 利用此发光光就能够在异常时发送预先保存的紧急出口或避难楼梯的位置的显示或至紧急出口的避难路线等、种种异常时的信息。 With this light emitting light can be transmitted while in an emergency exit or stored in advance the display position of evacuation stairs or evacuation route to an emergency exit, etc., various abnormality information. 关于这种发送数据的功能, 与另行设置电波或红外线等的发送设备的情况相比也不花费成本,并不会伴有太大的电力消费,所以不会损害在异常时发光之类的作为应急灯的功能。 Transmitting data on such features, as compared with other radio waves or infrared rays separately provided in the transmitting equipment is costly not, and will not be accompanied by too much power consumption, so it will not damage the abnormal light emission as a class emergency light function.

进而,应急灯一旦亮灯就不会半永久地灭灯,因此不会受到天气或季节影响,设置在引人注目的场所。 Furthermore, once the lights emergency lights will not be semi-permanently put out the lights, and therefore will not be affected by weather or seasonal effects, set in spectacular locations. 为此,不仅是非常用的信息也可以发送周围的广告或指南等一般的信息,能够期待在异常时以外频繁地进行利用,并提高应急灯的附加价值。 For this reason, not only is the information can also send general information such as advertisements or guide around the very use can be expected to be in abnormal use outside frequently, and increase the added value of the emergency lights.

<第8发明> <Eighth invention>

—接着作为第3应用例,就本申请第8发明进行说明。 - followed by a third application example will be described with the eighth invention of the present application. 虽然在上述发明中也作为应用例多少有所记载,但在此本申请第8发明中,表示设置于路上的照明灯的控制和利用该照明灯进行通信的例子。 Although in the above invention is also described as an application example somewhat, but in the eighth application of the present invention, examples of the control and use of the lights provided on the way of communicating lights FIG.

道路照明的目的在于通过使道路上变得明亮,确保车辆或行人的安全且舒适的通行,进而还用于防犯。 The purpose is to pass on the road lighting the road becomes brighter, to ensure the safety of the vehicle or pedestrian traffic and comfortable, and then also for crime prevention. 路上的照明一般使用荧光灯、 卣素灯、钠蒸气灯等。 General fluorescent lamp lighting the road, wine container element lamp, sodium vapor lamp and the like. 另外,最近还研究了使用寿命更长的LED ( L ightEmittingDiode)等半导体发光元件的照明并在实际上进行了设置。 Further, recently studied the illumination longer life LED (L ightEmittingDiode) semiconductor light emitting element is disposed and in fact were. 它们从光的电力效率、明亮度、易于看见、寿命等观点出发而得以采用,依照各自的照明的特性从一般道路到高速路广泛得以利用,在道路上每隔数10米进行配置。 Them from power efficiency, brightness light, easy to see, and the viewpoint of life is employed, in accordance with the respective characteristics to take advantage of extensive illumination to the general road from the highway, at intervals of several tens of meters disposed on the road.

一般而言,像这样的照明大多是若一旦亮灯则长时间继续使用, 不会频繁进行亮灭。 In general, most of the lighting like when the lights once for a long time continue to use, does not frequently blinking. 例如若变暗则亮灯若变明则灭灯。 For example, if the dimming lighting becomes brighter when the lamp is off. 另外,在如隧道那样的场所不分昼夜长时间得以使用。 In addition, day and night as long as the place to use the tunnel.

另一方面,交通信号已与道路照明无关地开发出来。 On the other hand, traffic signal lighting has been developed independently of the road. 其目的是为了对道路上的车辆或人们的交通进行整顿。 Its purpose is to vehicles or people on the road traffic to rectify. 由于固定设置在十字路口或人行横道等所以就有道路施工用的移动型等。 Since fixed at intersections or crosswalks, etc. So there is road construction using mobile type. 它们与道路照明不同、 从红到蓝、黄色这样改变颜色或者进行亮灭。 They differ with the road lighting, from red to blue, yellow so that change color or by blinking. 为此、以往是利用白热 For this reason, the past is the use of incandescent

电灯泡,在最近还利用LED。 Bulb, recently in use LED. 在作为交通信号的利用上要求容易亮灭、 且电力效率好、寿命也长。 On a traffic signal requirements easily using the light off, and good power efficiency, and long life. 作为光源的白热电灯泡虽然在电力效率上比其他光源要差,但由于其亮灭性而得以利用。 As the white light source lamp thermoelectric although other light sources than to a difference in the power efficiency, but rather because its blinking be exploited. 最近以来,亮灭性、 电力效率、进而长寿命的LED要将其置换。 More recently, blinking sex, power efficiency, and long life LED To its replacement.

以往作为道路照明用所用的荧光灯、卣素灯、钠蒸气灯等与交通信号所用的白热电灯泡等分别依照光源的特性区分使用。 Used as a road lighting fluorescent lamp prime wine container, sodium vapor lamp and the like used in traffic signals and the like conventionally white thermoelectric bulb are selectively used in accordance with the characteristics of the source. 另外由于这样区分使用故将道路照明与交通信号兼用之类的想法以往不存在。 In addition, as it will be used to distinguish this idea road lighting and traffic signals and the like conventionally use either absent.

道路上的事故每年都有许多数目被报告,但事故发生以后的处理也很重要。 Accidents on the road every year there are many numbers are reported, but after the accident process is also important. 这是为了防止进一步的事故、不引起交通阻塞。 This is to prevent further accidents, do not cause traffic jams. 如上述那样交通信号被设置在十字路口或人行横道等,进行所设置的场所的交通整顿,但在路上发生了事故等异常的情况下却没有对该异常进行交通整顿的功能。 Under unusual circumstances as described above, such as traffic signals is provided in the intersection or crosswalk for traffic reorganization place the set, but the road accident took place but did not rectify this anomaly traffic function. 因此在以往就是在事故刚刚发生之后只是后续的车辆自行进:行注意的现状。 Therefore, in the past, that is, after the accident just happened just follow the vehicle into its own: the status quo line attention. 如果有事故通报不久警察赶到现场来进行交通整顿。 If there is an accident informed the police soon arrived on the scene to transport rectify. 但是,由于在此之前的安全不得不依赖于个人的注意,所以例如引起碰到事故车、在伴随事故的阻塞的最末尾追尾之类的事故的再次发生的可能性4艮高。 However, because before that security had to rely on personal attention, so for example, car accidents caused by hit, the possibility of an accident at the end of the class the most rear-end accident is accompanied by obstruction of the high recurrence 4 Gen.

一般而言有在发生了事故的情况下当事者等烧起发烟筒,告知后续车辆等事故发生唤起注意方法。 In general there are parties such as hair burned chimney in the event of an accident, inform the following vehicle accidents and other methods to arouse attention. 但是,实际情况是发烟筒不轻易利 However, the reality is not easily made chimney Lee

用。 use. 另外,由于发烟筒冒起火或烟,在可燃性物的附近就较危险,还有烟妨碍视线的情况。 Further, since the risk of fire or smoke chimney made in the vicinity of flammable material on the more risk there is smoke prejudice to the line of sight. 进而,由于是较低的位置所以无法从远方进行注意„另外,还有无法进行远距离操纵等之类的缺点。 Further, since it can not be a low position remote from the note "Further, there are disadvantages can not be remotely operated and the like.

不是利用发烟筒而是在事故车等的后方设置反射板的情况也较多。 But this is not the use of hair chimney reflecting plate disposed behind the vehicle accident or the like is greater. 但是,由于放置于事故车的近处的情况较多、被置于较低的位置, 就有无法从远方看见,若不接近到跟前就不能了解事故之类的问题。 However, since in many cases, placed in a car accident near, is placed in a lower position, it can not be seen from a distance, close to the front if you can not understand the problems like accidents. 另外,由于反射板是人进行设置所以还有无法进行远距离操纵之类的问题。 Further, since the reflector plate is set so there is a human problem can not be remotely operated or the like. 作为针对后续车的事故发生或注意唤起的方法汽车的危险灯是简单的方法。 As a follow-up method for the hazard lights car accident or attention-drawing of the car is a simple method. 但是,有时车辆自身因事故等而无法利用灯。 Sometimes, however, the vehicle itself and can not be used due to an accident such as a lamp. 另外,由于设置在汽车的车体范围内,所以虽然从后续及周边的数台汽车等可以辨识,但从远方或大型车的背后等无法辨识的情况较多。 In addition, because the body is disposed within the range of the car, so although you can identify and follow-up from several car around and so on, but in many cases far behind or large vehicles such as unrecognized. 另外在此情况下由于在各自的汽车等由人进行操作所以无法进行远距离操纵。 Also in this case since it can not be remotely operated to operate the respective automobile or the like by a human.

另外,如果警察赶到现场则设置手信号或简易式的信号装置来进行交通整顿。 In addition, a hand signal or a simple type of signaling device if the police arrived on the scene is set for traffic to rectify. 但是,简易式的信号装置需要在事故发生后从警察局等搬运,对于事故没有适应性。 However, simple type signal transfer means from the police station to wait after the accident, there is no adaptability for the accident. 另外,由于简易式而无法进行远距离操纵。 Further, since the simple type can not be remotely operated.

在高速道路或千线道等上,设置信息显示板来显示事故信息或阻塞信息等,利用者能够在视觉上取得信息。 On the highway trunk lines or channels, etc., a display panel to display setting information or accident information like traffic congestion information, the user can obtain information visually. 进行显示的信息大多通过远距离操纵发送给信息显示板。 Most of the information displayed by the remotely operated to the information display panel. 但是,由于该信息显示板与上述的照明或交通信号等分开进行设置,所以花费成本,另外其设置数与照明或交通信号等相比也不可比较地少。 However, since the information display panel and the above-described lighting or traffic signals separately provided, so that it costs, while the number can not be provided comparatively small compared with the lighting or traffic signals. 为此,利用信息显示板的信息的取得就有非常受限制之类的问题。 For this reason, the use of information access to information display boards have very popular issue such restrictions.

照明光通信,以往没有考虑对如上述那样的交通系统的应用,在 The illuminating light communication, not previously considered as the application of the above-described transportation system, the

本申请第8发明中,表示其适用例。 Eighth invention of the present application, showing the application example.

图58是表示本申请第8发明的道路照明控制系统的第1实施方式的框图。 FIG 58 is a block diagram of an embodiment of a road lighting control system according to the eighth invention of the application. 图中,801是异常检测部,802是照明控制部,803是照明灯。 FIG, 801 is the abnormality detection unit, 802 is a lighting control unit, 803 is a lamp. 异常检测部801对道路上的异常进行检测。 Abnormality detection unit 801 pairs of abnormalities detected on the road. 例如能够在高速道路上设置紧急电话,该紧急电话的由利用者的使用作为异常发生而检测出,或者在对应于该电话的监视中心由操作员指示异常发生。 It can be provided, for example, on an expressway emergency call, the emergency call is detected by the abnormality to the user's use as, or corresponding to the telephone by an operator monitoring center indicating abnormal. 同样还有将向警察等的通报作为契机来指示异常发生的情况。 Also there will be an opportunity to inform the police and so as to indicate the occurrence of an abnormal situation. 或者,也可以构成为通过对道路进行监视的监视装置来检测异常。 Alternatively, it may be configured to be detected by the monitoring means of monitoring abnormality road.

照明控制部802将多个照明灯803作为一个或多个照明组,进行与异常检测部801中的异常检测结果相应的进行照明控制的照明组的选择,和针对所选择的照明组的照明控制。 Illumination control unit 802 as a plurality of lamps 803 illuminate one or more groups selected for illumination control of the lighting control of the lighting group, and lighting for the selected group corresponding to the abnormality detection result of the abnormality detection section 801 . 照明的控制例如能够对照明灯803控制亮灭,或者控制照明灯803的光量。 Controlling the lighting control of the lamp 803 can be controlled, for example, blinking, or the light amount control of the illumination lamp 803. 另外,如果照明灯803 可变更发光光就能够对其发光光的颜色进行控制。 Further, if the illumination lamp 803 emitting light can be controlled to change its color of light emission. 构成照明组的照明灯803为任意,例如如果将一个照明灯803设为照明组就对一个照明灯803逐个控制照明。 Constituting an illumination lamp group 803 is arbitrary, for example, if an illumination lamp group 803 is set to a lamp 803 for individually controlling the illumination. 另外也可以不是连续的照明灯803,而是每隔一个来构成照明組。 Further it may not be continuous lights 803, but every other configuration to a lighting group. 当然,构成照明组的照明灯803的个数或位置在各自的照明组中也可以不同,例如还可以依照异常发生的位置或发生异常的规模等进行变更。 Of course, the number or location of lighting configuration of lighting groups 803 in the respective different lighting group may also be, for example, may also be abnormal in accordance with the position or size of an abnormality or the like are changed. 此外,在对全部照明灯803同样进行控制的情况下(即照明组只存在一个的情况下),照明组的选择处理就不需要。 Further, in the case where all of the lamps 803 for controlling the same (i.e., there is only the case where the lighting group a), the selection process does not need to set the illumination.

照明灯803与一般所设置的照明灯同样在路上设置多个,在黑暗时对道路进行照明。 Lighting the illumination lamp 803 is disposed generally in the same way a plurality of road illumination in the dark. 与此同时,可按照来自照明控制部802的指示进行亮灭控制或光量控制、或者光颜色的控制等照明控制这样来构成。 At the same time, can control blinking or light amount control in accordance with an instruction from the illumination control section 802, or the color of light control illumination control so constituted. 光源与以往的水银灯等不同,使用对亮灭或者光量的变更的应答在数秒以下的光源。 Conventional mercury lamp light source and the different light sources in a few seconds using the following response to the change or blinking of the light amount. 作为这样的光源例如希望是LED或LD ( LAs er D iode )等半导体发光元件。 Examples of such a light source is desirable, for example, an LED or LD (LAs er D iode) semiconductor light emitting element. 在例如使用混合3色光使其发出白色光的方式的LED作为光源的情况下,就可容易地变更发光色。 In the case of an LED, for example, mixed color light 3 to emit white light as a light source of the embodiment, the luminescent color can be easily changed.

图59是异常发生时的照明灯的照明形态的一例的说明图。 FIG 59 is a lighting illumination lamp form when abnormalities occur explaining an example of. 81 l是事故现场,812是紧急电话装置,813~818是照明灯。 81 l is the scene of the accident, emergency telephone apparatus 812, a lamp 813 ~ 818. 在图外所示的例子中表示在高-速道路上发生了事故的情况下的例子,用x来表示事故现场811。 In the example shown in FIG outer shows high - in the case of the example of the accident on the road speed, the scene is represented by x 811. 在此例子中被设置于路侧带的紧急电话装置812实现异常检测部801的功能,若事故当事者或其他的第3者用紧急电话装置8U将事 Emergency call apparatus in this example is provided on the side strip 812 to realize the function of the abnormality detection section 801, if an accident or other parties by a third party to do emergency telephone device 8U

故的发生传给中心等,则从该紧急电话装置将事故发生传给照明控制部802。 Therefore, the occurrence of transmitted center, the emergency call from the incident illumination transmitted to the control unit 802.

照明控制部802就自进行了通报的紧急电话装置812的位置起设置于其跟前的照明灯813~818(对应于图58的照明灯803),选择进行照明控制的照明组,并对所选择的照明组进行照明控制。 Since the illumination control unit 802 has informed on the location of the emergency call from device 812 disposed thereon in front of the illuminating lamp 813 ~ 818 (FIG. 58 corresponds to an illumination lamp 803), select group of lighting control of illumination, and the selected lighting illumination control group. 例如在将2 个照明灯作为照明组时,就距事故现场811最近的照明灯813, 8U的照明组和距事故现场811其次近的照明灯815, 816作为进行照明控制的照明组来选择。 For example, when the two lamp as lighting groups, it is away from the accident site 811 nearest lamp 813, the lighting group 8U and away from the accident site 811 Second near lights 815, 816 as an illumination group lighting control is selected. 然后,就这些照明组进行照明控制。 Then, the lighting control these lighting groups.

作为照明控制,例如能够对于距事故现场811最近的照明灯813, 814进行快闪烁将事故现场811就在附近的情况传给驾驶者,对于照明灯815,816进行慢亮灭将事故现场811就在前面的情况传给驾驶者这样来进行控制。 As the lighting control, for example, the scintillator can be performed quickly transmitted to the accident site 811 in the vicinity of the driver from the accident site to the nearest lamp 811 813, 814, a slow blinking on the scene of the accident for the lights 815, 816, 811 in the former case the driver in such a way to pass control. 或者,如果照明灯可进行照明色的控制,则还能够例如 Alternatively, if the lamp lighting color can be controlled, it is also possible e.g.

对于距事故现场811最近的照明灯813, 814使照明色变更成红色将事故现场811就在附近的情况传给驾驶者,对于照明灯815, 816则是照明色变更成黄色以唤起驾驶者注意这样来进行控制。 For the most recent 811 lights from the scene of the accident 813, 814 lighting color changed to red to pass the accident site 811 motorists in the vicinity, for the lights 815, 816 is the illumination color changed to yellow to evoke the driver's attention so it is controlled.

通过进行这样的照明灯的照明控制,就能够催促从这里接近事故现场的车辆的驾驶者进行注意,能够作为一种交通信号使其发挥功能。 By performing such illumination lamp lighting control, it is possible to close the scene here urging vehicle driver performs noted that it can be used as a traffic signal function. 特别是由于照明灯被设置在路上较高的位置,所以即使从远方也可以良好地辨识。 In particular, since the illumination lamp is provided at a higher position on the road, it can be recognized even from afar well. 由于这样的照明控制能够在事故发生后立即进行,所以能够通过唤起注意来防止二次事故而不用等待警察的到达。 Due to the lighting control can be carried out immediately after the accident, it is possible to prevent secondary accidents by calling attention without waiting for the arrival of the police. 另外,由于照明灯每隔数10米进行配置所以能够将异的发生细致地传给驾驶者等道路利用者。 Further, since the number of meters disposed at intervals of lighting occurs it is possible to finely iso transmitted by the driver and other road use. 由于照明灯一般被设置在道路上,所以能够有效利用已建成的基础设施而不需要另行设置用于将事故发生等告知给驾驶者的显示装置等。 Since the lamp is generally provided on a road, it is possible to effectively use the infrastructure has been completed without the need to separately provide a display means for informing the accident to the driver and the like, and the like.

此外,照明控制并不限于上述的例子。 In addition, the lighting control is not limited to the above example. 例如构成照明组的照明灯的个数或位置均是任意,除了亮灭以外还可以组合对光量进行变更或者与亮灭或光量的变更一起改变照明色等、种种照明方法。 For example, the number or location of the illumination lamp constituted of the group are arbitrary, in addition to blinking may also be combined with the light amount change or blinking light amount or change the lighting color is changed with the other, various illumination methods. 特别是, 由于在夜间将照明灯熄灭所以就不能保证路上的照度格外危险。 In particular, since the lights off at night so it can not be guaranteed particularly dangerous road illumination. 在这样的情况下例如每隔一个对照明灯进行照明控制,或者交互进行亮灭控制以确保路上的照度为好。 In such a case, for example, every control lamp lighting control, or interactive controls blinking illumination of the road in order to ensure as well.

另外,虽然在上述的例子中说明了通过紧急电话装置812的操作来进行照明灯的照明控制,但也可以构成为例如在通过紧急电话装置812对中心等进行了通报后,从中心来指示照明控制。 Further, although the described lighting control to the lamp by operating the emergency call device 812 in the example described above, but may be configured, for example, after been notified by 812 centering like emergency call, from the center to indicate that the illumination control. 另外,除了紧急电话装置812以外,在用监视照相机等对事故等进行识别或者由操作员进行判断的情况下也同样如此。 Further, in addition to the emergency call device 812, the same is true in the case of a monitoring camera and the like for identification or accident judgment by an operator. 进而,还可以按照例如来自通报者的信息或来自监视照相机的信息来判断事故的规模等,如果是轻微事故或故障车等则仅仅指示唤起注意的照明控制。 Further, for example, can also follow or information from the monitoring cameras from the notifier to determine the size of an accident or the like, if a minor fault accident or the like the vehicle lighting control merely indicate calling attention.

另外,除了如上述那样事故发生以外,例如在阻塞的最后部近旁事故也较多,还能够在此近处进行照明灯的照明控制以唤起驾驶者进行注意。 Further, as described above, in addition to the accident, for example, the last portion in the vicinity of the accident more blocked, it is possible to control illumination lights close to evoke here be noted that the driver. 同样还能够取代在施工区间另行设置注意灯,或者与注意灯等并用,通过照明灯的照明控制来唤起注意。 Also substituted can also be provided separately Note lamp construction section, or the like and dried with attention lights, to call attention to the illumination control by the illumination lamp.

进而,还可以在犯罪的发生或急病人的发生、火事等灾害的发生等情况下,以引导紧急车辆的目的来进行照明灯的照明控制。 Further, it is possible in the event of a disaster or emergency occurs patient crimes occurred, fire and other things, so as to guide the purpose of emergency vehicles to the lighting control lights. 在此情况下,除了与事故时同样在发生场所周边进行照明控制以外,还能够对紧急车辆的行驶前方的照明灯进行照明控制,对一般车辆告知紧急车辆的接近这样来构成。 In this case, in addition to the same illumination control when an accident occurs in the peripheral areas and also illumination can be controlled with the vehicle in front of the emergency lights, to inform the emergency vehicle approaching the general vehicle configured in such a way. 例如按照来自紧急车辆的电波或来自中心的引导等选择进行照明控制的照明组,进行照明控制即可。 For example, the illumination control in accordance with lighting group selected from radio waves or the like to guide the vehicle from the emergency center, illumination control can be performed.

图60是表示本申请第8发明的道路照明控制系统的第2实施方式的概略构成图。 FIG 60 is a schematic configuration view showing a second embodiment of the road lighting control system according to the eighth invention of the application. 图中,对与图58相同的部分附加相同的符号并省略重复的说明。 Drawing, and the repeated description of the same Figure 58, the same reference numerals attached portion. 821是车辆,822是受光部,831是行人,832是便携终端。 821 is a vehicle, the light-receiving portion 822, 831 is a pedestrian, the mobile terminal 832 is. 如上迷第1实施方式那样通过进行照明灯803的照明控制就能够对驾驶者等传达唤起注意等信息。 As fans of the first embodiment described above by performing illumination control of the illumination lamp 803 can call attention of the driver and other information conveys the like. 如果高速地进行这样的照明控制就能够将借助于照明灯803的照明光利用于信息的通信。 If such a high speed can be controlled by means of the illumination lamp 803 of the illumination light used for communicating information. 照明光是非常大的功率,通过使用它来发送信息就能够进行可靠的通信。 Illumination light power is very large, reliable communication can be performed by using it to send information.

若作为照明灯803的发光装置使用LED或LD等半导体发光元件 If the other lamp 803 as a light emitting device using an LED or semiconductor light emitting element LD

就能够非常高速地进行亮灭或者光量的控制。 It is possible with very high speed blinking or light intensity control. 在以某种程度的速度以上的速度进行亮灭或者光量的控制的情况下,由于人们的眼睛无法感知亮灭或光量的变动所以感觉到照明灯803是连续亮灯,就能够实现作为道路照明的功能。 In the case of blinking or light intensity control at least some degree of rate speed, because people's eyes can not perceive fluctuation in light quantity or blinking lights so felt 803 is a continuous lighting, can be implemented as road lighting function. 此外,由于使用光,所以就通信速度能够以从人们的眼睛看清楚的程度(数Hz以下)到数100MHz以上的通信速度进行通信。 Further, since the light, so it is possible to extent the communication speed (the number of Hz) from people's eyes look at a few more than 100MHz to communicate the communication speed.

在该第2实施方式中,对照明控制部802给予待发送的信息。 In the second embodiment, information to be transmitted to the illumination control unit 802. 然后, 按照该发送信息,照明控制部802对照明灯803的亮灭或者光量或颜色等进行控制,使照明部3发出根据发送信息经过调制后的照明光。 Then, according to the transmission information, the control unit 802 controls the illumination lamp blinking or the like for controlling the amount of light or color, the illumination unit 3 emits illumination light 803 after modulated in accordance with transmission information.

另一方面,能够在正通行于道路中的车辆821上i殳置受光部822, 接受从照明灯803发射的光,在变换成电气信号后,通过进行解调来取得从照明灯803发送来的信息。 On the other hand, it is possible i light receiving portion 822 facing Shu, receives light emitted from the lamp 803, after converted into an electric signal, obtains by demodulating transmitted from the illumination lamp 803 in the forward pass of the road vehicle 821 Information. 由于一般而言照明灯803是使路上变得不黑暗这样来配置,所以如果在多个照明灯803中通过照明光发送相同信息,即使车辆821在行驶中也能够通过来自不同照明灯803的照明光取得信息。 Since the general way that the lamp 803 is configured this way become dark, if the light transmitting identical information by a plurality of illumination lamps 803, even if the vehicle 821 is traveling can be illuminated from different illumination lamp 803 optical access to information. 例如能够进行交通信息、新闻、音乐等节目信息的配逸。 For example, can be equipped Yat program information, traffic information, news, music and so on.

另外同样,在行人831携带着具有照相机等受光部的便携终端832 的情况下,通过用该便携终端832接受来自照明灯803的照明光就能够取得从照明灯803送来的信息。 Further Also, in the pedestrian 831 carries information such as a camera having a case where the portable terminal light receiving portion 832, by receiving the illumination from the illumination lamp 803 by the portable terminal 832 can acquire the light transmitted from the lamp 803. 在发送面向4亍人831的信息的情况下, 由于一个照明灯803照明的区域不那样宽广,所以还可通过按一个乃至数个照明灯803的照明组逐个变更将要发送的信息,对比较狹窄的区域逐个进行通信。 In the case of transmitting for 4 right foot personal information 831, since the area of ​​a lamp 803 illumination is not as wide, so also by pressing an even number of lights individually change the information to be transmitted illumination group 803, of relatively narrow a region-by communication. 即使行人831在移动中,由于从某照明灯803之下到下一照明灯803之下进行移动要花费时间,所以只要不是传输大量信息的情况就能够进行通信而不会在途中被中断。 Even if the pedestrian 831 is moving, since under certain illumination lamp 803 from below to the next illumination lamp 803 is moved takes time, it is not the case as long as the transmission of large amounts of information communication can be performed without being interrupted on the way. 例如考虑对照明灯803的位置信息或周围的地图信息等进行配送,或者对其附近的商店或公共机关等的信息进行配送等。 For example, consider the map information control lamp 803 or around the location information, etc. for distribution or for distribution of its information store or public institutions nearby and the like. 当然,从照明灯803发送的信息是任意的,并不限定于这些例子。 Of course, the information transmitted from the illumination lamp 803 is arbitrary and not limited to these examples.

此外,还可以通过在照明灯803中i殳置受光部,例如^^日本专利申请特愿2003 - 4560号中所记载那样进行利用光的双向通信。 Furthermore, through i in the light-receiving portion opposing Shu lamp 803, for example, Japanese Patent Application No. ^^ 2003-- No. 4,560 two-way communication is performed as described using light. 通过可进行双向通信由车辆821在行驶中利用因特网就成为可能。 Bidirectional communication using the Internet by a vehicle 821 is traveling is made possible by available. 另外,由于能够取得来自车辆821的应答,所以还可进行与交通控制或交通监视系统的联动。 Further, since it is possible to obtain a response from the vehicle 821, it may be linked with traffic control or traffic monitoring system.

另外,还可以同时进行如在上迷第1实施方式中所说明那样的用于对驾驶者等的唤起注意的照明控制和在第2实施方式中所说明的用于信息传输的照明控制,能够更为有效地活用照明灯803。 Further, as may be simultaneously performed on the fans in the first embodiment described above, and lighting control for lighting control information for transmission in the second embodiment described in the driver or the like to call attention to the possible more effectively use the lamp 803.

一般而言从照明灯803照射的光随着从照明灯803离开其光量就降低。 In general the illumination lamp 803 which is illuminated with the light amount away from the lamp 803 is lowered. 如果是通常的道路照明则只要对步行或车辆的驾驶等没有障碍某种程度的光量降低就被容忍。 If it is usual for road lighting as long as walking or driving a vehicle without obstacles such as the amount of light is reduced to some degree be tolerated. 但是,在如上述第2实施方式中所说明那样利用照明光进行通信情况下,就担心因光量的降低而造成的通信品质的劣化。 However, as described in the second embodiment described above are carried out with illumination light communication, the communication quality is worried due to a decrease of the amount of light caused by deterioration. 为此,就希望即使从照明灯803离开也尽量防止光量降低这样的构成。 For this reason, it is desirable to prevent as much as possible even after leaving can reduce the amount of light from the illumination lamp such configuration 803.

图61是表示照明灯的发光部分的基板形状的一例的概略截面图。 FIG 61 is a schematic sectional view showing an example substrate shape of the light emitting portion of the illumination lamp. 图中,841是基板,842是半导体发光元件。 FIG, 841 is a substrate, 842 is a semiconductor light emitting element. 虽然一般在进行照明的情况下使用多数半导体发光元件842,但在这里将这些多数半导体发光元件842安装在基板841上以组装进照明灯803。 Although most general case where the semiconductor light emitting element 842 during lighting, but here most of these semiconductor light emitting element 842 mounted on the substrate 841 to 803 assembled into a lamp. 此时,若设基板841为平面则从半导体发光元件842放射的光就大体上朝向与基板841垂直的方向。 In this case, assuming that the substrate 841 is a semiconductor light emitting element 842 from the plane of the light is radiated toward a direction substantially perpendicular to the substrate 841. 为此,虽然在照明灯803之下明亮但若从照明灯803离开光量就降低。 For this reason, although under bright illumination lamp 803 but if the amount of light away from the lamp 803 is lowered.

为此在本申请第8发明中,如图61所示那样使基板841弯曲。 For this purpose, the eighth invention of the present application, as the substrate 841 as shown in FIG. 61 is bent. 特别是在道路等的延伸的方向上使其弯曲为好。 In particular it is well bent in a direction extending road or the like. 若这样使基板841弯曲则安装在基板841上的半导体发光元件842就呈放射状朝向不同的方向。 When the substrate 841 is bent so that the semiconductor light emitting element 842 on the substrate 841 is mounted on the radially toward different. 为此,不仅在照明灯803之下,在其周围的方向来自半导体发光元件842 的光也直接照射,就能够抑制从照明灯803离开的情况下的光量降低。 For this reason, not only under the illumination lamp 803, light from the semiconductor light emitting element is irradiated directly in the direction 842 around it, it is possible to suppress the reduction in the case where the amount of light from the illumination lamp 803 to leave.

进而,若从照明灯803离开则从作为光源的半导体发光元件842到路面的距离也变长,光量降低。 Further, if the distance away from the semiconductor light emitting element 842 to the light source lamp 803 from a road surface becomes long, the light quantity decrease. 为了防止因这种距离造成的光量降低, 例如越靠近基板的端部使指向性越狭窄,使从半导体发光元件842放射的光的扩散变少即使是远距离也尽量使光到达这样来构成为好。 To prevent a decrease in quantity of light caused by such a distance, for example, an end portion closer to the substrate so that the narrower the directivity of the diffusion becomes emitted from the semiconductor light emitting element 842 even at a distance less light to reach as far as possible is configured in such a way it is good. 简单地讲,对于例如从自照明灯803正下方起的角度超过土6度的基板841的部分上所配置的半导体发光元件842放射的光,使其指向性变得狭窄这样来构成为好。 Briefly, the light emitting semiconductor element arranged on a portion of the substrate 841, for example, more than six degrees of soil from the angle from directly below the illumination lamp 803 emitted from the 842, so that the directivity becomes narrow so constructed as well. 当然,也可以构成为随着自正下方起的角度变大,緩慢地使指向性变得狭窄。 Of course, it may be configured with an angle from directly below from large, slowly so that the directivity becomes narrow.

根据这种构成,即便是从照明灯803离开的位置,由于使指向性狭窄后的光到达所以能够抑制光量降低。 According to such a configuration, even if the position away from the lamp 803, since the directivity of light reaching the light amount can be suppressed to reduce the stenosis. 从而,即使从照明灯803离开也可以通过来自照明灯803的光进行高品质的通信。 Thus, even away from the illumination lamp 803 can perform high-quality communication by light from the illumination lamp 803.

此外,这种指向性的控制例如考虑对各自的半导体发光元件842 的封装进行变更,或者使路灯3的透明灯罩具有透镜功能等。 Further, this directivity control of each package, for example, consideration of the semiconductor light emitting element 842 changes, or to street light transmitting cover 3 has a lens function.

这样,根据本申请第8发明,将在路上多数设置的照明装置利用于照明以外的用途,例如进行照明灯的亮灭或光量控制、或者照明的颜色控制等,由此就能够在事故发生或阻塞、施工区间等,迅速地对正在通行的人或车辆唤起注意,预防事故同时实现顺利的交通。 Thus, according to the present application the eighth invention, the illumination device majority provided road use purposes other than lighting, for example, lamp blinking or light amount control, or a lighting color control, whereby it is possible in an accident or obstruction, such as the construction section, to quickly access a person or vehicle is calling attention to prevent accidents while achieving smooth transportation. 另外, 可通过进行照明灯的亮灭或光量控制、或者照明的颜色控制等来进行信息的传输,由此就能够对道路的利用者提供种种信息。 Further, by illuminating or blinking the lamp light quantity control, color control, or the lighting or the like for transmitting information, whereby it is possible to provide various kinds of information for the road user.

另外,在作为照明灯的光源使用多数半导体发光元件的情况下,通过使安装该半导体发光元件的基板弯曲,即便在从照明灯离开的情况下也能够抑制光量降低并维持高品质的通信。 Further, in the case where most of the semiconductor light emitting element as a light source illuminating lamp, by mounting the semiconductor light emitting element substrate is bent, even it is possible to suppress the amount of light reduction and maintaining high-quality communication in the case separated from the lamp.

<第9发明> <Ninth invention>

接着作为第4应用例,就本申请第9发明进行说明。 Next, as a fourth application example will be described ninth invention of the present application. 在该本申请笫9发明中,表示在列车等移动体与地上之间进行利用光的通信的例子。 In this application of the present invention, Zi 9 shows an example of communication performed by the light between the body and earth moving trains.

作为连结列车等移动体与地上的通信装置,以往使用无线方式。 The communication device connected to the movable body and the ground train or the like, conventionally used in a wireless manner. 一般在便携电话等所用的方法中,设置基站,并在该基站与移动站之间进行通信。 In the method generally used such as cellular phones, set the base station, and communication between the base station and the mobile station. 但是,由于在隧道内等电波被遮断所以无法进行通信。 However, since radio waves are blocked and so it is not in the tunnel communication. 为此,例如在电话等中有通话被中断或者在进行数据通信的情况下会话切断之类的问题。 For this purpose, for example, the call is interrupted or in progress problem in the case of the data communication session is cut like the phone or the like. 另外,由于电波依照与基站的距离衰减所以不能很大地提高传输速度,进而,还受到衰减等的影响、通信品质不那么好。 Further, since the distance from the base station in accordance with a radio wave attenuation can not greatly increase the transmission speed, and thus, also affected by attenuation, the communication quality is not so good.

在新干线等中在线路上或者线路旁边敷设泄漏同轴电缆(LCX: Leaky Coaxial Cable),利用于/>众电话的通信。 In the next line in the line or Shinkansen laying leaky coaxial cable (LCX: Leaky Coaxial Cable), used for /> public telephone communication. 该泄漏同轴电缆利用了在电缆上流过高频电流和在周围辐射电磁波的性质。 The leaky coaxial cable utilizes the properties of a high frequency current flowing in the cable and the surrounding electromagnetic radiation. 由于此泄漏同轴电缆接近行驶的新干线等列车进行敷设, 所以因距离造成的衰减量不那样变动,可进行高品质的通信。 Because this leak coaxial cables near the train traveling Shinkansen be laid, the amount of attenuation due to the distance that caused no change can be made of high-quality communications. 另外如果在隧道内等也敷设泄漏同轴电缆就能够进行通信。 Further, also if the leaky coaxial cable is laid in the tunnel communication can be performed. 但是,由于在隧道内发生因墙面而造成的电波的反射所以受多通路衰落的影响较强, 具有通信特性显著劣化之类的缺点。 However, since the reflection wave caused by the wall inside tunnels so strongly affected by multipath fading, with deterioration of communication characteristics significant disadvantages like. 另外,关于通信速度也是2. 6MBps 程度,希望进一步的高速化。 In addition, with respect to the communication speed is 2. 6MBps degree, I hope to further speed.

随着近些年的网络技术的改善,提倡构筑可在任何地方任何时《夷进行通信的无处不在网络社会。 With the improvement of network technology in recent years, may, at any time at any place, "Yi ubiquitous communication in the network society to promote and build. 作为担负这样的无处不在网络社会的通信装置,在如上述那样以往的通信装置中通信速度、通信品质均不够,人们期待着能够以进一步高速、高品质进行通信的通信技术。 As communication devices in the network to assume such a ubiquitous society, in the conventional communication apparatus such as a communication speed, communication quality are not described above, it is capable of communicating It is expected to further high-speed communication technology, high quality.

另一方面,为了进行固定电台间的高速大容量的通信而利用光纤。 On the other hand, in order to perform large-capacity high-speed communication between the fixed station using an optical fiber. 在一般的光纤中光纤的技术是用于抑制传输损失的技术,人们尽力使光纤所出射的光尽量到达受光侧。 In a general optical fiber technology is for suppressing transmission loss technology, people try to make the light emitted by the optical fiber as much as possible reaches the light-receiving side. 为此,在通信用光纤中,构成为极力抑制光的泄漏。 For this reason, in the communication fiber constituting strongly suppress the leakage of light.

作为与这种一般的通信用光纤不同的光纤,例如像在日本专利/么、 As a general communication with such different optical fibers, for example, as in Japanese Patent / Mody,

开特开2001 - 133652号公报所记载那样的、使光从光纤的表面进行泄漏的泄漏光纤已经开发出来,在开发途上有种种方式。 Open Laid-Open 2001-- Publication No. 133,652 described above, so that the leak light leaking from the optical fiber surface of the fiber have been developed, there are various ways in the development purposes. 在日本专利/> 开特开2001 - 133652号公报中记载了将这种泄漏光纤用于引导用,或者装饰用、用作光制导的意旨,进而,还记载有可作为通信用进《亍利用的意旨。 In Japanese Patent /> On Laid-Open 2001-- Publication No. 133 652 discloses such intent with leaky optical fiber for guiding, or decoration, as a light guide, and thus, there is also described as a communication into the "right foot using will. 但是,虽然作为通信用进行利用,但关于怎样利用泄漏光纤却完全没有记载。 However, while a communication was carried out using, but on how to use the leaky optical fiber has no description. 如上述那样光纤在固定电台间得以利用,但在以这种利用形态使用泄漏光纤的情况下,光的泄漏就成为传输损失,就招致通信品质的劣化。 As described above, the optical fiber is utilized between the fixed stations, in the case of using such a leaky optical fiber used in the form of, becomes leaked light transmission loss, can lead to deterioration in communication quality. 为此,不仅无法将泄漏光纤利用于以往的固定电台间的通信,实际上就没有使用泄漏光纤进行通信的事例。 To this end, not only will not leak optical fiber communications between fixed stations used for in the past, in fact, there is no leakage optical fiber using examples of communications.

图62是表示本申请第9发明的一实施方式的概略构成图。 FIG 62 is a schematic configuration diagram showing an embodiment of the ninth invention of the present application. 图中, 911是移动体,912是受光部,913是解调部,914是调制部,915是发光部,916是泄漏光纤,921是网络,922是信号控制部,923是发光部, 924是泄漏光纤,925是受光部。 FIG, 911 is a moving body, 912 denotes a light receiving unit, 913 denotes a demodulator, 914 denotes a modulator, 915 is a light emitting portion 916 is a leaky optical fiber, 921 network, 922 is a signal control unit, 923 is a light emitting portion 924 It is a leaky optical fiber, 925 denotes a light receiving portion. 移动体911在一定的路径上移动,例如考虑列车或搬运车等,本申请第9发明并不限于这些。 The moving body 911 moves in a certain path, for example, considering a train or a truck, etc., the ninth invention of the present application is not limited to these. 在这里作为一例设移动体911为列车来进行说明。 Here as an example of the moving body 911 is provided for the train will be described.

在移动体911移动的路径上,恰当长度的泄漏光纤924沿移动体911的路径进行敷设。 Moving the movable body in the path 911, the appropriate length of the leaky optical fiber 924 is laid along the path of the moving body 911. 例如在作为列车的轨道的线路内进行敷设,或者还能够在线路旁边、或防音壁等的侧壁、或者如果是电车则与架线一起进行敷设。 For example, in the line of a track laying train, or the side walls can also be alongside, soundproof walls or the like of the line, or if the train be laid together with the overhead wire.

泄漏光纤924能够使用上述日本专利公开特开2001 - 133652号公. No. 133,652 Public - leaky optical fiber 924 can be the above-mentioned Laid-Open Japanese Patent No. 2001.

^^中所记载的光纤、或者除此以外的具有泄漏光的特性的一切光纤。 ^^ fiber as described, or in addition to having all the characteristics of an optical fiber light leakage. 1 条泄漏光纤924,例如若移动体911是列车则数十m以上的长度为好。 A leaky optical fiber 924, for example if the train is moving body 911 is a length of several tens of m as well.

考虑因光的泄漏而造成的衰减等来决定每l条的敷设长度即可。 Considering attenuation due to leakage of light caused by the article to determine the lay length l of each can. 此外, 泄漏光纤924除了敷^1成一列以外,还可敷^:成使发光区间一部分重复 Further, in addition to the leaky optical fiber 924 into a cladding ^ 1, ^ may apply: a light emitting portion such that the repetition interval

使其不出现裂缝。 So that no cracks occur.

在泄漏光纤924的一端设置用于将光信号送到泄漏光纤924的发 At one end of the leaky optical fiber 924 is provided for an optical signal to the optical fiber 924 leaks hair

光部923,通过信号控制部922来进行驱动控制。 Light portion 923, drives and controls the signal control unit 922. 作为发光部923能够^f吏用例如激光二极管(LD: L aser Diode)或LED ( L ig ht Emitting Diode)等。 As the light emitting portion 923 can be ^ f officials, for example a laser diode (LD: L aser Diode) or LED (L ig ht Emitting Diode) and the like. 特别是LD具有尖锐的指向性为优选。 In particular LD having a sharp directivity is preferable. 在任一情况下都具有高速应答特性,通过由信号控制部922高速地进行ON / OFF或者光量的控制来进行调制,能够对泄漏光纤924出射光信号。 In either case, a high-speed response characteristic, is modulated, emitted light 924 can be a signal to the leaky optical fiber by ON / OFF-controlled by the amount of light or the signal control unit 922 at high speed.

信号控制部922依照从网络921发送至移动体911的信息来驱动控制发光部923,使光信号从发光部923送出至泄漏光纤924。 A signal control unit 922 in accordance with the information transmitted from the moving body 911 to the network 921 controls the light emitting unit 923 is driven, the optical signal sent out from the light emitting portion 923 to the leaky optical fiber 924. 另外,对由受光部925所接受的光信号进行解调后将信息送至网络921。 In addition, after the demodulation information for the optical signal received by the light receiving portion 925 to the network 921. 此外,还可以具有在向移动体911发送信息的情况下进行动作控制以在移动体911进入利用泄漏光纤924的泄漏光的照射范围时进行动作的功能。 Further, it also has a function for controlling operation of the operation to enter when the moving body 911 using the leaked light leaks irradiation range of the optical fiber 924 in the case of transmitting information to the mobile body 911. 另外,还能够构成为在信号控制部922间进行通信,或者通过利用别的控制装置的控制,进行按照移动体911的移动的泄漏光纤924的切换控制。 In addition, can also be configured to communicate signals between the control unit 922, or the level of control by the control apparatus, performs switching control in accordance with the leaky optical fiber 911 moves the movable body 924.

此外,网络921能够由任意的信道构成,是有线的通信电缆等。 Furthermore, the network 921 can be composed of any channel, a wired communication cable and the like. 当然,也可以通过该通信电缆连接到因特网等的骨干网络。 Of course, it may be connected to a backbone network such as the Internet via the communication cable.

受光部925被设置成与设置于移动体911的泄漏光纤916大致相对,接受从泄漏光纤916泄漏的光并变换-成电气信号,传给信号控制部922。 A light receiving portion 925 is provided with a movable body 911 provided at the substantially opposite the leaky optical fiber 916, for receiving light leaking from the leaky optical fiber 916 and converted - into an electric signal, a signal transmitted to the control unit 922. 作为受光部925能够使用光电二极管(PD: PhotoDio de )等受光元件。 As the light receiving unit 925 can be a photodiode (PD: PhotoDio de) by a light receiving element.

另一方面,在移动体911上作为用于接收信息的构成设置有受光部912和解调部913,另外作为用于发送信息的构成设置有调制部914 及发光部915、泄漏光纤916。 On the other hand, as the movable body 911 is provided for receiving information constituting the light-receiving section 912 and demodulation section 913, transmitted as the additional information provided for composing with a modulating portion 914 and the light emitting portion 915, the leaky optical fiber 916. 受光部912被设置成大致相对着沿移动路径敷设的泄漏光纤924,接受从泄漏光纤924泄漏的光信号并变换成电气信号。 A light receiving portion 912 is disposed substantially along a movement path relative to the laying of the leaky optical fiber 924, the optical signal is received from the optical fiber 924 leaks and leaks into an electric signal. 此受光部912也与上述的受光部925同样能够使用PD等受光元件。 This light receiving portion 912 is also similar to the above can be used such as a PD light-receiving portion 925 of light receiving element.

解调部913对由受光部925接受并变换成电气信号的信号进行解调,以取得所送来的信息。 Demodulation unit 913 demodulates the signal from the light receiving portion 925 and converted into an electric signal, to obtain the information sent. 经过解调后的信息被送往移动体911内的计、 算机或者网络。 Information after demodulated is sent, within the moving body 911, or computer network. ,

从移动体911发送的信息被传给调制部914,调制部914按照将要发送的信息进行驱动控制以使发光部915的ON/OFF或者光量发生变化。 Information transmitted from the moving object 911 is passed to the modulation unit 914, modulation unit 914 performs drive control in accordance with the information to be transmitted to the light emitting unit ON 915 ON / OFF light amount or change. 发光部915与上述的发光部923同样能够用LD或LED等进行构成, 按照利用调制部914的驱动控制将光信号送出到泄漏光纤916。 The light emitting portion 915 and the light-emitting portion 923 can be similarly configured with like LD or LED, in accordance with the modulation drive control section 914 sends the optical signal to the leaky optical fiber 916.

泄漏光纤916与上述的泄漏光纤924同样,沿移动体911的移动方向进行设置。 Similarly leaky optical fiber 916, is set along the moving direction of the moving body 911 and the leaky optical fiber 924 described above. 然后,将从发光部915送出的光信号从其表面进行泄漏。 Then, the optical signal sent from the light emitting unit 915 leak from the surface thereof.

图63是向本申请第9发明一实施方式中的移动体911发送信息(下行链路)时的动作的一例的说明图。 FIG 63 is a diagram illustrating an example of an operation when the transmission information (downlink) 911 moves to a ninth invention of the present application embodiment. 若移动体911来到泄漏光纤924上则信号控制部922按照预先从网络921接收到的待发送给移动体911的信息对发光部923进行驱动控制,使经过调制后的光信号从发光部923 送出至泄漏光纤924。 When the movable body 911 of the leakage signal to the control unit on the optical fiber in accordance with pre 924,922 received from the network 921 to be transmitted to the information of the movable body 911 of the light-emitting unit 923 drives and controls the light passing through the modulated signal from the light emitting portion 923 sent to the leaky optical fiber 924.

从发光部923放射的光信号在泄漏光纤924中行进, 一部分从泄漏光纤924的表面漏出。 A light emitting portion 923 travels signal radiated from the leaky optical fiber 924, a portion of the optical fiber 924 leaks from the surface of the leak. 如图63 (A)所示若移动体911的受光部912来到泄漏光纤924之上,则受光部912接受从泄漏光纤924泄漏的光倌号并变换成电气信号。 A light receiving portion 912 in FIG. 63 (A) if the moving object 911 on the optical fiber 924 to leak, the light receiving portion 912 receiving light leaking from the optical fiber 924 leaks No. groom and converted into an electric signal. 然后,能够将在受光部912变换成电气信号的光信号用解调部913进行解调以取得信息。 Then, it is possible in the light receiving unit 912 demodulates the optical signal is converted into an electrical signal by the demodulating unit 913 obtains information.

例如在泄漏光纤924,皮敷设于线路等的轨道的情况下,受光部912 被设置于移动体911的地板下。 For example, when the leaky optical fiber 924, the skin laid on the track circuit or the like, the light receiving portion 912 is disposed under the floor of the movable body 911. 一般而言由于在轨道上照射太阳光或街灯等周围的光,所以从泄漏光纤924泄漏的光信号易于受到这些干扰光的影响。 Since the general ambient light or the like irradiated sunlight or street lights on the track, it is easy to be affected by the interference of light leaking from the optical fiber 924 the signal leakage. 但是,在存在列车等移动体911的情况下移动体911覆盖轨道。 However, in the case where the moving body 911 moves trains 911 to cover the track. 因此,泄漏光纤924与移动体911的受光部912进入移动体911的阴影, 形成非常暗的状态。 Thus, the leak light receiving portion 912 and the optical fiber 924 into the shadow of the moving body 911 of the movable body 911, forming a very dark state. 因而能够显著减轻太阳光或街灯等的干扰光等的影响,可进行高品质的通信,还能够将通信速度提高。 It is possible to significantly mitigate the effects of sunlight or street lights, etc. disturbance light or the like, can perform high-quality communication, it is possible to increase the communication speed. 当然,即使在泄漏光纤924被敷设于轨道以外的情况下,例如将光信号与周围光一起用受光部912进行受光,在以后的信号处理中采取例如对与周围光的差分等进行检测等、通常的针对干扰光的对策由此就可检测出光信号。 Of course, even in a case is laid outside the track of the leaky optical fiber 924, for example, an optical signal with ambient light together for the received-light unit 912 receiving, taking for example, the difference with the ambient light or the like for detecting the like in the subsequent signal processing, typically the optical signal can be detected thereby countermeasure against disturbance light. 另外,移动体911为电车等,虽然由于闪光等而频繁地发生电磁噪声, 但光信号能够不受这种电磁噪声的影响地进行通信。 Further, the moving body 911 trams, while electromagnetic noises due to frequent occurrence of flickering etc., the optical signal without being influenced by such electromagnetic noise communicate. 进而,即使在隧道内等也不会受到衰减的影响,与以往的利用电波的情况相比就能够格外进行高品质的通信,另外还可进行高速通信。 Further, even if the attenuation is not affected in the tunnel, as compared with the conventional case of using the radio wave can be exceptionally high-quality communication, high speed communication may additionally.

移动体911原样在轨道上进行行驶过来。 Mobile 911 as it travels over on the track. 例如从图63中的(A)行驶到(B)。 From FIG. 63, for example, with the (A) to (B). 其间,虽然在移动体911的移动的同时受光部912也进行移动,但是与在移动体911的移动方向上延伸的泄漏光纤924的距离不会#»大改变。 Meanwhile, although the movable member 911 while moving the light receiving portion 912 also moves, but the distance from the leaky optical fiber extending in the direction of movement of the body 911 is not # 924 »major changes. 另外,由于泄漏光纤924使所入射的光大致一样地进^f亍漏出,所以即使移动体911移动,移动体911的受光部912接受的光信号的强度也不那样变化。 Further, since the leaky optical fiber 924 so that the incident light into substantially the same manner ^ f leakage right foot, so that even if the change 911 moves the movable body, the intensity of the optical signal received light receiving portion 912 nor moving member 911. 从而,即使移动体911移动也可原样继续维持高品 Thus, even if the moving body 911 can move as it continues to maintain a high product

质、高速通信。 Quality, high-speed communication.

若移动体911进一步继续移动就超过1条泄漏光纤924的一端进行移动,但在此情况下通过接受来自下一敷设着的泄漏光纤924的泄漏光就能够继续进行信息的接收。 If the mobile body 911 continues to move further to leak over one end of the fiber 924 moves, but in this case, by receiving light leaking from the next laying of the leaky optical fiber 924 can continue to receive information. 此时,例如若使泄漏光纤924的光的泄漏范围重复则通信就不会中断。 In this case, for example, an optical fiber 924 leaks Ruoshi leakage range is repeated, the communication will not be interrupted.

这样一来,就能够进行向移动体911的信息发送(下行链路)。 Thus, it is possible to perform information transmission to (downlink) of the movable body 911. 此外,在如图62所示敷设着多个泄漏光纤924的情况下,能够任意地进行控制对哪个发光部923进行驱动控制。 Further, as shown in FIG. 62 laying the case where a plurality of leaky optical fiber 924, can be arbitrarily driving control unit 923 to which the light emitting. 例如若是列车则与道口等的控制系统联动或者同样探测列车靠近开始发光部923的驱动控制即可。 For example if the train is linked with the control system or the like crossing the same near the probe drive train control unit 923 to start emitting light. 另外,在移动体911之间进行双向通信的情况下也可以探测用图62所示一个或多个跟前的受光部925接受来自移动体911的光信号的情况,开始该发光部923的驱动控制。 Further, in the case of two-way communication between the moving body 911 can detect the light receiving portion of the front case 925 to accept light signals from the moving body 911 with the one shown in FIG. 62 or more, the start of the light emission drive control section 923 . 当然,也可以经常按照信息对发光部923进行驱动控制。 Of course, it can often be a drive control unit 923 according to the information of the light emission.

图64是从本申请第9发明的一实施方式中的移动体911发送信息(上行链路)时的动作的一例说明图。 FIG 64 is a transmission operation in the information (uplink) from the application of the present invention, a ninth embodiment of the moving body 911 one case described in FIG. 在从移动体911发送信息的上行链路的情况下也能够与上述的下行链路情况同样地进行通信。 It is possible to perform downlink communication with the same manner as in the case where uplink information transmitted from the mobile body 911. 在移动体911中用调制部914调制待发送的信息,通过经过调制后的信息来进行发光部915的驱动控制,使光信号出射到泄漏光纤916中。 Information of the mobile body 911 by the modulation unit 914 is modulated to be transmitted, light emission is performed by the drive control section 915 through information modulated, the optical signal is emitted to the optical fiber 916 leaks. 从发光部915出射的光信号在泄漏光纤916中行进,一部分从泄漏光纤916的表面漏出。 Emitting an optical signal traveling section 915 emitted from the leaky optical fiber 916, a portion of the optical fiber 916 leaks from the surface of the leak.

如图64 (A)所示那样若移动体911的泄漏光纤916的光漏出的区域来到外部的受光部925,则受光部925接受从泄漏光纤916泄漏的光信号并变换成电气信号。 FIG 64 (A) 911 as shown in leakage if the mobile body region of the light leaking outside the optical fiber 916 to the light receiving portion 925, the light receiving portion 925 receives the light signal leaking from the leaky optical fiber 916 and converted into an electric signal. 然后,就能够在信号控制部922对已变换成电气信号的光信号进行解调以取得信息。 Then, it is possible to demodulate the signal control section 922 has been converted into an optical signal to an electric signal acquisition information. 在这种来自移动体911的信息发送(上行链路)情况下也与上述下行链路的情况相同,例如在泄漏光纤924被敷设在线路等轨道的情况下能够在移动体911自身的阴影中进行通信,能够减轻干扰光的影响。 In this case, from the information transmission (uplink) and the moving body 911 is also the same as the case of the aforementioned downlink, for example, in a case where the line is laid in the track like the leaky optical fiber 924 can be shaded movable body 911 itself in communication, is possible to reduce the influence of disturbance light. 另外,由于电磁噪声或衰减等的影响较少所以可进行高品质、高速通信。 Further, due to less influence of electromagnetic noise or the like can be attenuated so that high-quality, high-speed communication.

移动体911原样在轨道上行驶过来。 Moving body 911 as it is traveling over on the track. 例如从图64中的(A)行驶到(B)。 For example in Figure 64, with (A) to (B). 在此情况下,与上述的下行链路的情况相反,在移动体911的移动的同时泄漏光纤916进行移动。 In this case, the case of the downlink contrast, while moving the movable body 911 of the leaky optical fiber 916 moves. 但是,移动体911的泄漏光纤916 与设置于外部的受光部925的距离不会很大变化。 However, the moving body 911 is provided in the leaky optical fiber 916 from the outside of the light receiving portion 925 does not vary greatly. 另外,由于泄漏光纤916使所入射的光大致一样地进行漏出,所以即使移动体911移动与受光部925相对的泄漏光纤916的位置发生变化,外部的受光部925接受的光信号的强度也不那样变化。 Further, due to leakage optical fiber 916 so that the incident light substantially equally from leaking, even if the moving member 925 opposite the leak 911 moves and the light receiving section positions the optical fiber 916 is changed, the intensity of the optical signal outside of the light receiving portion 925 received no that change. 从而,即使移动体911移动也可原样继续维持高品质、高速通信。 Thus, even if the moving body 911 can move as it continues to maintain a high quality, high-speed communication.

这样,就能够从移动体911进行信息的发送(上行链路)。 Thus, it is possible to transmit the information (uplink) from the mobile body 911. 此外, 进而在移动体911移动的情况下只要由以规定间隔所配置的下一别的受光部925接受从移动体911的泄漏光纤916泄漏的光信号即可。 Further, in the case of further movement of the movable member 911 by the next at predetermined intervals as long as the other light receiving portion arranged from the moving object 925 receiving an optical signal 911 to optical fiber 916 leaks leakage. 受光部925以设置于移动体911的泄漏光纤916的长度以内的间隔进行配置即可。 A light receiving portion 925 is provided on the movable body 911 to leak within the interval length of the fiber 916 can be configured.

通过组合上述下行链路及上行链路的通信进行利用,就能够与移动体911之间进行双向通信。 By using a combination of the communication for the downlink and the uplink, it is possible to perform two-way communication between the mobile member 911 and. 除了列车的运行管理等业务用途以外,例如可对移动体911由乘车中的利用者从终端装置利用因特网等网络921。 In addition to the train operation management business use, for example, by the drive of the movable body 911 from the user terminal apparatus 921 using a network such as the Internet. 当然也可以是通过仅仅单向的构成来实现单向通信的构成。 Of course, it is achieved by constituting the one-way communication only unidirectional configuration. 例如还可以是构筑将信息送至移动体911的仅仅下行链路的广播型系统,将映像信息配送至各移动体911等之类的利用。 May also be constructed, for example, a broadcast system information to the mobile body 911 is a downlink only, to the map information delivery by the movable member 911 and the like.

如上述那样,在本申请第9发明中移动体911与地上侧的构成大致同样。 As described above, the ground side of the configuration 911 with substantially the same movable body in the ninth invention of the present application. 即,作为发送侧的构成具有泄漏光纤以及发光部和对发光部进行驱动控制的构成,作为接收侧的构成具有受光部与解调部即可。 That is, constituting the transmission side and the light emitting portion having a leaky optical fiber and configured to control driving of the light-emitting portion constituting the receiving side to the light receiving portion having a demodulation section. 由于构成相同所以能够使向移动体911的信息发送与自移动体911的信息发送之际的通信速度大致相同。 Since the same configuration it is possible to transmit information to the mobile body 911 and moving body information from the communication speed of the transmission 911 is substantially the same occasion. 通过对泄漏光纤动脑筋通信速度在上行链路以及下行链路均在lGBp s以上也是可能的。 By brains leaky optical fiber communication speed uplink and downlink were lGBp s or more are possible. 例如在如上述那 In that example, as described above

10MBps同时进行通信也能够确保充分的通信速度。 10MBps while communicating also possible to secure a sufficient communication speed.

这样,根据本申请第9发明,作为无线通信的媒体利用光,因它的特性而能够排除衰减的影响或电磁噪声的影响,并实现高品质、高速的移动体通信。 Thus, according to the ninth invention of the present application, as a wireless communication medium using light, electromagnetic noise influence or affect its characteristics due to fading can be eliminated, and to achieve high-quality, high-speed mobile communication. 另外,向移动体的信息的发送(下行链路)以及自移动体的信息的发送(上行链路)均能够通过同样的构成来进行通信,双向都可以相同的通信速度来进行通信。 Further, the moving object transmit information (downlink) and from the transmission (uplink) are capable of communicating configuration information by the same moving body, bidirectional communication can be the same speed to perform communication. 进而,例如在列车的地板里和线路上进行通信等情况下在列车的阴影中能够以暗的状态进行通信,就可将干扰光的影响格外降低而进行高品质的通信。 Further, for example, in a train on the line, and a floor in the case where communication can be performed in the shadow of the train in a dark state of the communication, the influence of disturbance light can be reduced to perform exceptionally high-quality communication. 根据本申请第9发明,如上述那样就取得诸如在以往的利用电波的移动体通信中无法实现的种种效果。 The ninth invention of the present application, as described above, to achieve various effects such as the conventional mobile communication using radio waves can not be achieved.

以上,就本申请第1至第9发明进行了说明。 Above, the present application have been described on the first to ninth invention. 但是无需赘言本发明并不限定于它们所记述的范围,还可进行各种变形。 However, needless to say the present invention is not limited to the scope thereof are described, may be variously modified.

Claims (6)

1.一种广播系统,其特征在于,具有: 用于照明的半导体发光光源; 用于向该半导体发光光源供给电力的电力线; 对多个信息进行调制,根据频率分割进行多路化或者根据时间分割和所附加标记的信息进行多路化,使之与电力波形重叠并送出到该电力线的信息调制装置; 从电力线上的经过调制后的多个信息中,根据频率选择或者根据时间分割的标记选择用光发送的1个或多个信息的选择装置;以及使被选择的信息的信号重叠在上述半导体发光光源上施加的电压上的叠加装置, 其中,根据上述半导体发光光源的光量的变化或者亮灭,以光来发送由上述选择装置选择的信息。 1. A broadcast system, comprising: a light source for illuminating a semiconductor; a light source to supply power to the semiconductor power line; a plurality of modulated information, according to a time multiplexing or frequency division carried out in accordance with division and information additional marker are multiplexed, so as to overlap the power waveform and sent to an information modulation means of the power line; from a plurality of information after the modulated power line in accordance with the frequency selection or according to a time division mark selecting one or more selected device information transmitted light; and the selected information is superimposed on the signal light applied to the semiconductor light emitting apparatus is superimposed on the voltage, the light amount of the semiconductor light emitting light source or a change blinking, the light to transmit information by said selecting means.
2. 按照权利要求l所述的广播系统,其特征在于: 上述选择装置按照上述电力线上的指示信息来选择根据半导体发光光源的光量的变化或者亮灭进行发送的信息。 2. The broadcasting system according to claim l in claim 1, characterized in that: said selection means according to the indication information of the power line to select information to be transmitted according to the change of the light amount of the semiconductor light source or blinking.
3. —种利用所供给的电力来发光并进行照明的电灯泡,其特征在于,具有:用于照明的半导体发光光源;从重叠于所供给的电力的经过调制后的多个信息中,根据频率选择或者根据时间分割的标记选择用光发送的l个或者多个信息的选择装置;以及使被选择的信息的信号重叠在上述半导体发光光源上所施加的电压上的叠加装置,其中,根据上述半导体发光光源的光量的变化或者亮灭,以光来发送由上述选择装置选择的信息。 3. - using the electric power supplied to kinds of light emitting and light bulb lighting, comprising: a semiconductor light emitting source for illumination; information from a plurality of superimposed on supplied electric power through modulation, the frequency selection or marker selection time division l or a plurality of selection means according to information transmitted light; superimposing a signal voltage superimposed on said semiconductor light source and that the applied information is selected, wherein, according to the above change in light amount of the semiconductor light source or blinking, the light to transmit information by said selecting means.
4. 按照权利要求3所述的电灯泡,其特征在于: 上述电力是交流,并设置将交流变换成直流的AC/DC变换装置,上述叠加装置将用上述选择装置所选择的信息成分重叠于由上述AC/DC变换装置所变换的直流的电力上来驱动上述半导体发光光源。 4. The electric lamp according to claim 3, wherein: the electric power is AC, and set the AC / DC converting means converts AC into DC, and the combining means selected by said selecting means from the information components superimposed on the above-described AC / DC conversion apparatus converting DC electric power up driving the semiconductor light source.
5. —种照明装置,利用供给的电力使用于照明的半导体发光光源发光以照明,该照明装置具有:从重叠于所供给的电力的经过调制后的多个信息中,根据频率选择或者根据时间分割的标记选择用光发送的l个或者多个信息的选择装置;以及使被选择的信息的信号重叠在上述半导体发光光源上所施加的电压上的叠加装置,其中,根据上述半导体发光光源的光量的变化或者亮灭,以光来发送由上述选择装置选择的信息。 5. - illumination device using the electric power supplied to the lighting using semiconductor light emitting source to illuminate, the lighting device comprising: a plurality of information is superimposed on the electric power supplied via the modulation, according to a frequency selection or according to a time l split marker selection means selecting one or a plurality of information transmitted light; and signal information superimposing means is superimposed on the selected voltage in the semiconductor light emitting light source is applied, wherein, according to the semiconductor light source change in the amount of light or blinking, the light to transmit information by said selecting means.
6. 按照权利要求5所述的照明装置,其特征在于: 上述电力是交流,并设置将交流变换成直流的AC/DC变换装置,上述叠加装置将用上述选择装置所选择的信息成分重叠于由上述AC/DC变换装置所变换的直流的电力上来驱动上述半导体发光光源。 6. The lighting device according to claim 5, wherein: the electric power is AC, and set the AC / DC converting means converts AC into DC, and the combining means selected by said selection means information components superimposed on by the AC / DC conversion device converting a DC electric power up driving the semiconductor light source.
CN 200380104093 2002-10-24 2003-10-23 Illumination light communication device CN100563130C (en)

Priority Applications (11)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP309557/2002 2002-10-24
JP2002309557A JP3827082B2 (en) 2002-10-24 2002-10-24 Broadcasting system and the light bulb, the lighting device
JP352075/2002 2002-12-04
JP4560/2003 2003-01-10
JP37746/2003 2003-02-17
JP70673/2003 2003-03-14
JP82278/2003 2003-03-25
JP84819/2003 2003-03-26
JP161859/2003 2003-06-06
JP177816/2003 2003-06-23
JP323052/2003 2003-09-16

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN1723639A CN1723639A (en) 2006-01-18
CN100563130C true CN100563130C (en) 2009-11-25

Family

ID=32455331

Family Applications (5)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN 200810130496 CN101350667A (en) 2002-10-24 2003-10-23 Illumination light communication device
CN 200810130497 CN101350668A (en) 2002-10-24 2003-10-23 Illumination light communication device
CN 200380104093 CN100563130C (en) 2002-10-24 2003-10-23 Illumination light communication device
CN 200810130498 CN101350669A (en) 2002-10-24 2003-10-23 Illumination light communication device
CN 200810130495 CN101350666B (en) 2002-10-24 2003-10-23 Illumination light communication device

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN 200810130496 CN101350667A (en) 2002-10-24 2003-10-23 Illumination light communication device
CN 200810130497 CN101350668A (en) 2002-10-24 2003-10-23 Illumination light communication device

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN 200810130498 CN101350669A (en) 2002-10-24 2003-10-23 Illumination light communication device
CN 200810130495 CN101350666B (en) 2002-10-24 2003-10-23 Illumination light communication device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP3827082B2 (en)
CN (5) CN101350667A (en)
TW (1) TWI309927B (en)

Families Citing this family (97)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
FR2852168B1 (en) 2003-03-06 2005-04-29 Excem Method and device for digital transmission with low crosstalk
FR2852467B1 (en) 2003-03-13 2005-07-15 Excem Method and apparatus for transmission without crosstalk
CN1968873A (en) 2004-06-25 2007-05-23 日本电气株式会社 Article position management system, article position management method, terminal device, server, and article position management program
JP4641767B2 (en) * 2004-09-01 2011-03-02 アバゴ・テクノロジーズ・イーシービーユー・アイピー(シンガポール)プライベート・リミテッド An optical communication system and a lighting apparatus used therefor
FR2875653B1 (en) * 2004-09-20 2006-10-20 Excem Sa Transmitting device for optical transmission in free space
DE102004046503B4 (en) * 2004-09-23 2009-04-09 Eads Deutschland Gmbh Indirect optical free space communication system for broadband transmission of high rate data in the passenger compartment of an aircraft
JP2006352562A (en) * 2005-06-16 2006-12-28 Shimizu Corp Visible light communication lighting device
JP4616714B2 (en) 2005-07-05 2011-01-19 アバゴ・テクノロジーズ・ジェネラル・アイピー(シンガポール)プライベート・リミテッド An optical communication system, and a lighting device, a terminal device used therein
JP4643403B2 (en) 2005-09-13 2011-03-02 株式会社東芝 Visible ray communication system and method
KR100636053B1 (en) 2005-11-21 2006-10-12 한국광기술원 Apparatus for visible light communication
FR2898226B1 (en) * 2006-03-06 2009-03-06 Excem Soc Par Actions Simplifi An electroluminescent emission for optical transmission in free space
JP2007274566A (en) 2006-03-31 2007-10-18 Nakagawa Kenkyusho:Kk Illumination light communication device
WO2008008125A2 (en) * 2006-05-18 2008-01-17 Zxtalk Assets Llc. Method and device for secret radio communications
JP2008048205A (en) * 2006-08-17 2008-02-28 Nec Lighting Ltd Luminaire and visible light communication system
JP4786475B2 (en) * 2006-08-31 2011-10-05 株式会社東芝 Aircraft information detection system
JP2008092303A (en) * 2006-10-02 2008-04-17 Sharp Corp Optical transmitter, optical transmission system, optical receiver, and optical communication system
JP5513892B2 (en) * 2006-11-30 2014-06-04 コーニンクレッカ フィリップス エヌ ヴェ Intrinsic flux detection
KR100831383B1 (en) * 2007-02-16 2008-05-22 라이텍코리아 (주) Led lamp control system having emergency function
JP2008227944A (en) * 2007-03-13 2008-09-25 Toshiba Corp Receiving apparatus for visible light communication, and visible light communication system
JP5031427B2 (en) 2007-03-30 2012-09-19 三星電子株式会社Samsung Electronics Co.,Ltd. Visible light transmission apparatus, a visible light reception apparatus, a visible light communication system, and a visible light communication method
DE102007043255B4 (en) * 2007-09-11 2016-09-22 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Method and arrangement for transmitting data
JP5078581B2 (en) * 2007-12-07 2012-11-21 株式会社中川研究所 Luminaire having a communication function
JP5301839B2 (en) * 2008-01-23 2013-09-25 株式会社アウトスタンディングテクノロジー Visible light communication device, visible light communication method, and program
WO2009149461A2 (en) * 2008-06-06 2009-12-10 Power Tagging Technologies Intelligent power system and methods for its application
KR100977295B1 (en) 2008-09-24 2010-08-23 한국전자통신연구원 Apparatus for time division visual light wireless communication using dynamic LED display panel and method thereof
US20100322635A1 (en) * 2009-06-18 2010-12-23 Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab Using ambient led light for broadcasting info and navigation
EP2449807A4 (en) * 2009-07-02 2015-04-22 Apple Inc Access point and terminal communications
KR101526038B1 (en) * 2009-09-18 2015-06-04 인터디지탈 패튼 홀딩스, 인크 Method and apparatus for dimming with rate control for visible light communications(vlc)
CN101710890B (en) 2009-12-15 2013-01-02 华东理工大学 Pulse and OFDMD double-data modulation method
JP2011244141A (en) * 2010-05-17 2011-12-01 Panasonic Electric Works Co Ltd Visible light communication led lighting system
US8274232B2 (en) * 2010-08-03 2012-09-25 General Electric Company Lighting system communications apparatus and method
CN104485057B (en) * 2010-08-12 2017-03-01 佛山逸扬广告标识制造有限公司 A display having a display function IR
CN102376200B (en) * 2010-08-12 2015-02-04 上海本星电子科技有限公司 Display device with infrared display function
CN102624451A (en) * 2011-01-27 2012-08-01 郭丰亮 Power line carrier-based LED visible light communication system
US8666254B2 (en) * 2011-04-26 2014-03-04 The Boeing Company System and method of wireless optical communication
US9059842B2 (en) 2011-06-09 2015-06-16 Astrolink International Llc System and method for grid based cyber security
WO2013020053A1 (en) 2011-08-03 2013-02-07 Power Tagging Technologies, Inc. System and methods for synchronizing edge devices on channels without carrier sense
JP2013038593A (en) * 2011-08-08 2013-02-21 Outstanding Technology:Kk Spatial optical transmission device
JP2013046117A (en) * 2011-08-22 2013-03-04 Outstanding Technology:Kk Status information gathering device
CN103051381B (en) * 2011-10-13 2016-08-03 内诺兰达公司 Methods for visible light communication in ambient light interference
CN103095376A (en) * 2011-11-02 2013-05-08 深圳光启高等理工研究院 Communication terminal and server and system
CN102509534B (en) * 2011-11-11 2014-10-22 刘显福 A method and apparatus to display based on the combination led to achieve network
JP5242766B2 (en) * 2011-12-20 2013-07-24 京セラ株式会社 Optical communication devices, optical communication method and communication system
FR2985116B1 (en) * 2011-12-21 2014-03-07 Continental Automotive France A communication between an electronic module and a sensor
JP5488583B2 (en) * 2011-12-27 2014-05-14 カシオ計算機株式会社 Information providing system, a server, an information providing method, and a program
CN104081753B (en) * 2011-12-31 2016-09-21 李汶基 Flash not visible ray communication system, transmitting device, receiving device and communication method
EP2805587B1 (en) * 2012-01-17 2019-06-26 Signify Holding B.V. Modulation of light emitted by a lighting device, using plurality of different modulation periods
CN102568350A (en) * 2012-02-24 2012-07-11 郭丰亮 Intelligent signboard system based on LED (light-emitting diode) visual light communication
CN103295427A (en) * 2012-02-29 2013-09-11 深圳光启创新技术有限公司 E-book reading system
CN103312376B (en) * 2012-03-15 2017-08-25 深圳光启智能光子技术有限公司 Based on the power line and a visible light communication system
CN103369773A (en) * 2012-03-29 2013-10-23 中国计量学院 Wireless communication intelligent household system based on LED illuminating lamps
DE102012206691A1 (en) * 2012-04-24 2013-10-24 Zumtobel Lighting Gmbh Road and Wegbeleuchtungssystem
CN102694595A (en) * 2012-05-16 2012-09-26 华为终端有限公司 Mobile terminal and method and device for information transmission of mobile terminal
US9560284B2 (en) 2012-12-27 2017-01-31 Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation Of America Information communication method for obtaining information specified by striped pattern of bright lines
US8988574B2 (en) 2012-12-27 2015-03-24 Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation Of America Information communication method for obtaining information using bright line image
JP5603523B1 (en) 2012-12-27 2014-10-08 パナソニック インテレクチュアル プロパティ コーポレーション オブ アメリカPanasonic Intellectual Property Corporation of America Control method, an information communication apparatus and program
US9087349B2 (en) 2012-12-27 2015-07-21 Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation Of America Information communication method
WO2014103160A1 (en) * 2012-12-27 2014-07-03 パナソニック株式会社 Information communication method
US9088360B2 (en) 2012-12-27 2015-07-21 Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation Of America Information communication method
US8922666B2 (en) 2012-12-27 2014-12-30 Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation Of America Information communication method
JP6229872B2 (en) * 2012-06-15 2017-11-15 株式会社アウトスタンディングテクノロジー Spatial optical transmission device
JP6019442B2 (en) * 2012-06-22 2016-11-02 株式会社アウトスタンディングテクノロジー Contents providing system using a spatial optical transmission
CN103514838B (en) * 2012-06-29 2016-12-21 施耐德电器工业公司 Apparatus and method to achieve a multi-color backlight drive method using wire transmission
CN102820909B (en) * 2012-07-19 2015-12-02 清华大学 A power line communication method and a communication system in combination with the optical communications
CN102917502B (en) * 2012-10-25 2014-09-17 深圳市同鑫科技有限公司 LED bulb capable of being maintained by user
CN102983906A (en) * 2012-12-14 2013-03-20 中国人民解放军镇江船艇学院 Marine intelligent lamplight communication system
AU2013367893B2 (en) 2012-12-27 2017-06-29 Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation Of America Information communication method
SG11201504980TA (en) 2012-12-27 2015-07-30 Panasonic Ip Corp America Video display method
US10303945B2 (en) 2012-12-27 2019-05-28 Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation Of America Display method and display apparatus
US9608725B2 (en) 2012-12-27 2017-03-28 Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation Of America Information processing program, reception program, and information processing apparatus
US9608727B2 (en) 2012-12-27 2017-03-28 Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation Of America Switched pixel visible light transmitting method, apparatus and program
WO2014103333A1 (en) 2012-12-27 2014-07-03 パナソニック株式会社 Display method
JP2014138324A (en) * 2013-01-17 2014-07-28 Casio Comput Co Ltd Information service system, server system, terminal device, information service method, and program
CN103117826A (en) * 2013-02-01 2013-05-22 东南大学 Voice broadcaster implemented by aid of visible light wireless communication
US10097240B2 (en) 2013-02-19 2018-10-09 Astrolink International, Llc System and method for inferring schematic and topological properties of an electrical distribution grid
US8971715B2 (en) * 2013-03-15 2015-03-03 Jingxi Zhang Apparatus and methods of displaying messages for electronic devices
TWI474637B (en) * 2013-03-29 2015-02-21 Aten Int Co Ltd Video and audio transmission apparatus and light emitting module and light receiving module thereof
US9438312B2 (en) 2013-06-06 2016-09-06 Astrolink International Llc System and method for inferring schematic relationships between load points and service transformers
CA2915066A1 (en) 2013-06-13 2014-12-18 Astrolink International Llc Non-technical losses in a power distribution grid
CN103338059B (en) * 2013-07-09 2016-08-10 清华大学 Opto-electric hybrid broadcast transmission method and apparatus
JP2016535872A (en) * 2013-09-04 2016-11-17 エシロール アンテルナシオナル (コンパニー ジェネラル ドプティック) Method and system for Augmented Reality
JP6102808B2 (en) * 2014-03-20 2017-03-29 横河電機株式会社 Device adapter, equipment systems, and startup control method
US20150341113A1 (en) * 2014-05-20 2015-11-26 The Boeing Company Lighting and data communication system using a remotely located lighting array
CN104104441A (en) * 2014-08-12 2014-10-15 陈思源 Near field communication method and near field communication system for intelligent terminals
CN104320188A (en) * 2014-09-25 2015-01-28 北京广厦网络技术股份公司 Stereo wireless transmission system
CN104301010B (en) * 2014-10-17 2016-08-17 清华大学 Visible power line communication data transmission method and apparatus for supporting and positioning
AU2015338943A1 (en) 2014-10-30 2017-05-04 Astrolink International Llc System and methods for assigning slots and resolving slot conflicts in an electrical distribution grid
WO2016070139A1 (en) 2014-10-30 2016-05-06 Hansell Jerritt Harold System, method and apparatus for grid location
CN105156917A (en) * 2015-03-09 2015-12-16 龙腾照明集团有限公司 LED illuminating system with space optical communication function
CN105098037A (en) * 2015-08-10 2015-11-25 南京邮电大学 Communication and lighting multiplex LED lamp
CN105207717A (en) * 2015-09-14 2015-12-30 中国人民解放军信息工程大学 Information transmission system
CN105099555A (en) * 2015-09-15 2015-11-25 中国人民解放军信息工程大学 Portable light communication terminal
CN105245284A (en) * 2015-09-15 2016-01-13 中国人民解放军信息工程大学 Optical communication system for mines
CN105405173B (en) * 2015-12-16 2018-11-16 广州市果豆科技有限责任公司 A unmanned automatic control and parking lots charge system, method
CN105846896B (en) * 2016-05-16 2017-12-26 苏州安莱光电科技有限公司 An infrared full range dimming compensation visible light communication apparatus ofdm
CN105812059A (en) * 2016-05-23 2016-07-27 中国人民解放军信息工程大学 Visible light communication system and method
CN106130630A (en) * 2016-06-20 2016-11-16 中国人民解放军信息工程大学 Information transmission system

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN2085139U (en) 1991-03-05 1991-09-18 李平 Ac/dc double-purpose emergency desk lamp
MXPA00009452A (en) 1999-09-30 2004-07-16 Motorola Inc Lighting system of data input device.
JP4282184B2 (en) 1999-10-26 2009-06-17 パナソニック株式会社 Key button illumination device and the key button illumination device with a wireless communication terminal device

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
Integrated system of white LED visible-lightcommunicationandpower-line communication. Komine, T., Nakagawa, M.Personal, Indoor and Mobile Radio Communications, 2002. The 13th IEEE International Symposium,Vol.on SEPT. 15-18, 2002 PISCATAWAY, NJ, USA, IEEE, vol 4 . 2002

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2004147063A (en) 2004-05-20
TWI309927B (en) 2009-05-11
CN101350668A (en) 2009-01-21
TW200410512A (en) 2004-06-16
JP3827082B2 (en) 2006-09-27
CN101350666B (en) 2012-07-04
CN101350667A (en) 2009-01-21
CN101350669A (en) 2009-01-21
CN1723639A (en) 2006-01-18
CN101350666A (en) 2009-01-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8944617B2 (en) Lighting system with combined directly viewable luminous or transmissive surface and controlled area illumination
US6244727B1 (en) Optic lens cell and illuminated signage having a cell array
EP1015810B1 (en) A method for optically marking an elongated indication path and devices using same
JP5602966B1 (en) Control method, an information communication apparatus and program
US20110153201A1 (en) Indoor navigation method and system using illumination lamps
US9955551B2 (en) Detector controlled illuminating system
US7748148B2 (en) Display sign adapted to be backlit by widely spaced light emitting diodes
ES2345609T3 (en) Carril driver data line.
US8475002B2 (en) Sustainable outdoor lighting system and associated methods
US20190139387A1 (en) Integration of LED Lighting Control with Emergency Notification Systems
ES2339243T3 (en) Methods and systems for lighting environments.
JP4763678B2 (en) Traffic light-emitting diode device
JP6118006B1 (en) Information communication method, an information communication apparatus and program
CN102967307B (en) Positioning and navigation system based on indoor illumination
US7929867B2 (en) Emergency lamp and wireless emergency lamp data transmission system
US5775016A (en) Illuminated safety guide
US8100552B2 (en) Multiple light-source illuminating system
US7374327B2 (en) Light panel illuminated by light emitting diodes
ES2545785T3 (en) Lighting device
US8331790B2 (en) LED light interior room and building communication system
JP2009520194A (en) Object detection lighting system and method
JP2004501496A (en) Lighting control device and a lighting control method using Ccd sensor
JP2004221747A (en) Illuminating light communication system
US7163325B2 (en) Road indication device
CN101617347B (en) Security lights and emergency notification system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
C06 Publication
C10 Request of examination as to substance
REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: HK

Ref legal event code: DE

Ref document number: 1087848

Country of ref document: HK

C14 Granted
REG Reference to a national code

Country of ref document: HK

Ref country code: HK

Ref document number: 1087848

Ref legal event code: GR

ASS Succession or assignment of patent right

Free format text: FORMER OWNER: NAKAGAWA LAB INC.

Owner name: BULLET CO., LTD.

Effective date: 20130416

C41 Transfer of the right of patent application or the patent right